Sanskrit Dictionary

Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.

Amarakosha Search

32 results

Word	Reference	Gender	Number	Synonyms	Definition

aṃkuraḥ	2.4.4	Masculine	Singular	abhinavodbhit

ānartaḥ	3.3.70	Masculine	Singular	kāṭhinyam, kāyaḥ

avaśyāyaḥ		Masculine	Singular	tuṣāraḥ, tuhinam, himam, prāleyam, mahikā, nīhāraḥ	frost

bāhudā		Feminine	Singular	saitavāhinī	dhavala(river)

bhūḥ	2.1.2-3	Feminine	Singular	kṣmā, mahī, dhātrī, kumbhinī, ratnagarbhā, bhūmiḥ, rasā, dharā, kṣoṇī, kṣitiḥ, vasudhā, gotrā, pṛthvī, medinī, gahvarī, ilā, bhūtadhātrī, sāgarāmbarā, anantā, sthirā, dharaṇī, kāśyapī, vasumatī, vasundharā, pṛthivī, avaniḥ, vipulā, gauḥ, kṣamā, jagatī, acalā, viśvambharā, dharitrī, jyā, sarvaṃsahā, urvī, kuḥ

dāritaḥ	3.1.101	Masculine	Singular	bhinnaḥ, bheditaḥ

droṇī	1.10.11	Feminine	Singular	kāṣṭhāmbuvāhinī	an oval vessel of wood used for holding or pouring out of water

dvijā		Feminine	Singular	kauntī, kapilā, bhasmagandhinī, hareṇū, reṇukā

gauḥ	2.9.67-72	Feminine	Singular	upasaryā, rohiṇī, bahusūtiḥ, kapilā, navasūtikā, ekahāyanī, droṇakṣīrā, bandhyā, saurabheyī, garbhopaghātinī, arjunī, acaṇḍī, dhavalā, vaṣkayiṇī, dvivarṣā, pīnoghnī, tryabdā, samāṃsamīnā, sandhinī, vaśā, praṣṭhauhī, naicikī, pareṣṭukā, pāṭalā, suvratā, caturabdā, droṇadugdhā, avatokā, usrā, kālyā, aghnyā, sukarā, kṛṣṇā, dhenuḥ, ekābdā, pīvarastanī, trihāyaṇī, māheyī, vehad, śṛṅgiṇī, bālagarbhiṇī, śavalī, cirasūtā, dvihāyanī, sukhasaṃdohyā, caturhāyaṇī, dhenuṣyā, sravadgarbhā, mātā(49)	cow

mattaḥ	2.8.36	Masculine	Singular	prabhinnaḥ, garjitaḥ

nyāyyam	2.8.24	Masculine	Singular	yuktam, aupayikam, labhyam, bhajamānam, abhinītam

piṭharam	3.3.196	Neuter	Singular	kaṭhinaḥ

pratyagraḥ	3.1.77	Masculine	Singular	nūtanaḥ, navaḥ, nūtnaḥ, abhinavaḥ, navyaḥ, navīnaḥ

rathī	2.8.77	Masculine	Singular	rathinaḥ, rathikaḥ

śarvarī		Feminine	Singular	rajanī, kṣapā, rātriḥ, tamī, tamasvinī, kṣaṇadā, niśīthinī, yāminī, vibhāvarī, triyāmā, niśā	the star spangled night

senā	2.8.79	Feminine	Singular	sainyam, camūḥ, ‍vāhinī, anīkam, balam, anīkanī, dhvajinī, cakram, ‍varūthinī, pṛtanā

senānīḥ	2.8.63	Masculine	Singular	vahinīpatiḥ

sṛgaḥ	2.8.92	Masculine	Singular	bhindīpālaḥ

tālaparṇī		Feminine	Singular	daityā, gandhakuṭī, murā, gandhinī

vatsādanī		Feminine	Singular	jīvantikā, somavallī, chinnaruhā, viśalyā, guḍūcī, madhuparṇī, tantrikā, amṛtā

vyagraḥ	3.3.198	Masculine	Singular	kaṭhinaḥ, nirdayaḥ

vyañjakaḥ		Masculine	Singular	abhinayaḥ	gesture

yātrā	2.8.97	Feminine	Singular	gamanam, gamaḥ, vrajyā, abhiniryāṇam, prasthānam

śaṅkhinī		Feminine	Singular	corapuṣpī, keśinī

kāntārthinī	2.6.10	Feminine	Singular

abhinirmuktaḥ	2.7.58	Masculine	Singular

sandhinī	2.9.70	Feminine	Singular

bhinnārthakaḥ	3.1.81	Masculine	Singular	anyataraḥ, ekaḥ, tvaḥ, anyaḥ, itaraḥ

chinnam	3.1.104	Masculine	Singular	chitam, chātam, vṛkṇam, lūnam, kṛttam, dātam, ditam

abhinītaḥ	3.3.87	Masculine	Singular	pūtaḥ, vijanaḥ

śikhin	3.3.113	Masculine	Singular	vrīhibhedaḥ, varṣaḥ, arciḥ

vāhinī	3.3.119	Feminine	Singular	kratuḥ, vistāraḥ, tucchakaḥ

Monier-Williams Search

2018 results for hin

हिन

ind. for, because (= 2. h/i-)

हिन

See under 2. h/i-

हिनान्नवस्त्रवेष

mfn. (a brahma-cārin-) eating less food (than his preceptor) and wearing an inferior dress

हिन्दोल

m. (orf(ā-).) a swing, swinging cradle or hammock

हिन्दोल

m. an ornamental swing or litter in which figures of kṛṣṇa- are carried during the Swing-festival in the light half of the month śrāvaṇa-

(see

)

हिन्दोल

m. (in music) a particular rāga-

हिन्दोलक

m. a swing

हिन्दोलय

Nom. P. yati-, to swing, rock about (see andolaya-)

हिन्दोली

f. a particular rāgiṇī-

हिन्दु

m. (fr. the Persian $) a Hindu (more properly Hindo) .

हिन्दुधर्म

m. the Hindu religion

हिन्दुस्थान

n. the country of the Hindus, Hindustan (properly restricted to the upper provinces between Benares and the Sutlej)

हिन्ताल

m. the marshy date tree, Phoenix or Elate Paludosa (see tāla-and bṛhat-tāla-)

हिन्व्

hinv/a-, hinvān/a- See 1. hi-.

हिन्व

m. "Inciter", Name of indra-'s father (prīṇayitri-

)

हिन्वान

See root, column 2.

हिन्विधेनामन्

mfn. (of unknown meaning)

आबर्हिन्

mfn. fit for tearing out

अब्धिनगरी

f. Name of dvārakā-, the capital of kṛṣṇa-.

अब्धिनवनीतक

m. the moon.

अभिग्राहिन्

mfn. seizing,

अभिलङ्घिन्

mfn. violating, acting contrary to (in compound)

अभिनभस्

ind. towards the sky.

अभिनभ्यम्

ind. near the clouds or the sky

अभिनद्

to sound towards (accusative)

; to sound, raise a noise

: Causal -nādayati- (perf. Passive voice parasmE-pada -nādita-,or for the sake of the metre -nadita-[

]), to cause to sound, fill with noise.

अभिनद्ध

mfn. ( nah-),"tied round"

अभिनद्धाक्ष

mfn. blindfold

अभिनहन

n. a bandage (over the eyes)

अभिनहन

See abhi-naddha-.

अभिनक्ष्

-n/akṣati- (perf 3. pl. -nanakṣ/uḥ-; parasmE-pada P. -n/akṣat- A1. -n/akṣamāṇa-) to approach, come to, arrive at

अभिनम्

(Aorist 3. sg. -anamat-,or -anān-[

]) to bow or bend or turn towards.

अभिनामधेय

n. a surname,

अभिनामिन्

m. Name of a ṛṣi- in the sixth manvantara-

अभिनम्र

mf(ā-)n. deeply bowed or curved

अभिनन्द्

to please

; to rejoice at, salute, welcome, greet, hail ; to praise, applaud, approve (often with na- negative"to refuse") ; to acknowledge: Caus. -nandayati-, to gladden

अभिनन्द

m. the delight, pleasure (of sensuality)

अभिनन्द

m. wish, desire for (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

अभिनन्द

m. Name of the first month

अभिनन्द

m. Name of a commentator on the amara-koṣa-

अभिनन्द

m. Name of the author of the yoga-vāsiṣṭhasāra-

अभिनन्दा

f. delight

अभिनन्दा

f. wish

अभिनन्दन

n. delighting

अभिनन्दन

n. praising, applauding

अभिनन्दन

n. wish, desire

अभिनन्दन

m. Name of the fourth jaina- arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-.

अभिनन्दनीय

mfn. to be acknowledged or applauded

अभिनन्दिन्

mfn. rejoicing at, wishing, desiring (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

अभिनन्दित

mfn. delighted, made happy, saluted, applauded, etc.

अभिनन्दितृ

mfn. gladdening

अभिनन्द्य

mfn. equals abhi-nandanīya-

अभिनन्द्य

ind.p. having rejoiced at

अभिनन्द्य

having gladdened.

अभिनर्द्

P. (Epic also A1.) to roar towards

; to roar

अभिनश्

(Aorist subjunctive 3. sg. -naṭ-

) to attain, reach

अभिनासिकाविवरम्

ind. to the opening of the nose

अभिनत

mfn. bent, inclined,

अभिनव

mf(ā-)n. quite new or young, very young, fresh

अभिनव

mf(ā-)n. modern (see -kālidāsa-and -śākaṭāyana-below)

अभिनव

mf(ā-)n. Name of two men

अभिनव

mf(ā-)n. not having experience

अभिनवचन्द्रार्घविधि

m. "a ceremony performed at the time of the new moon", Name of the 114th chapter in the

अभिनवगुप्त

m. Name of a well-known author.

अभिनवकालिदास

m. the modern kālidāsa-, id est mādhavācārya-.

अभिनवशाकटायन

m. the modern śākaṭāyana-.

अभिनववैयाकरण

m. a modern grammarian.

अभिनवयौवन

mf(ā-)n. youthful

अभिनवीभू

to become new commentator or commentary on

अभिनवोद्भिद्

m. a new bud.

अभिनय

See 1. abhi-nī-.

अभिनय

m. (indication of a passion or purpose by look, gesture, etc.) acting, dramatic action (expressive of sentiment)

अभिनेतव्य

mfn. to be represented dramatically.

अभिनेतृ

m. one who brings near

अभिनेय

mfn. equals abhi-netavya-.

अभिनी

(perf. Opt. -ninīyāt-

; Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. -neṣi-

) to conduct towards, bring near

etc. ; to represent dramatically, act ; to adduce, quote

अभिनी

( -ni-i-), (Imper. -ny/etu-) to enter into (as in approaching a woman)

अभिनिधा

P. to place upon or into (locative case)

; A1. to place upon one's self (as a burden)

; to touch slightly with (instrumental case)

etc.: Passive voice -dhīyate-,"to be touched by each other", be in close contact (as the letters e-, o-and a-in the saṃdhi- called abhin/ihita- q.v)

अभिनिधन

n. Name of different verses of the sāma-veda-

अभिनिधान

n. placing upon

अभिनिधान

m. [

and

] or n. [

] "touching"or close contact (of letters in pronunciation, especially in the cases where initial a-is suppressed after e-and o-).

अभिनिध्यै

to give attention to

अभिनिगद्

to speak to

अभिनिगदन

n. the act of talking or reciting to,

अभिनिहन्

(p. -ghnat-) to beat, strike

अभिनिहत

mfn. put on (as on a spit), (abh/i n/ihata-)

अभिनिहत

mfn. for abhi-n/i-hita- q.v

अभिनिहित

mfn. touched with (instrumental case;also /an-- negative)

अभिनिहित

m. "close contact", Name of a special saṃdhi- (by which final e-and o-are brought into close contact with the initial a-of the following word, which in the old language probably was not entirely suppressed)

अभिनिहित

See abhi-ni-dhā-.

अभिनिह्नव

m. ( hnu-), denial

अभिनिह्नव

m. Name of a sāman-.

अभिनिःसृ

to stream forth, issue

अभिनिःसृज्

to pour out towards

अभिनिःसृप्

to move towards

अभिनिःसृत

mfn. issued or issuing from (ablative)

)

अभिनिःस्तन्

to sound heavily (as a drum)

अभिनिक्रम्

(Aorist 2. sg. -akramīs-) to tread down (with accusative)

अभिनील

mfn. very black or dark.

अभिनीलनेत्रता

f. having dark-blue eyes (one of the 32 signs of perfection),

अभिनिलीयमानक

mfn. ( lī-), (a bird) lying down in its nest in the presence of (a spectator)

अभिनिमन्त्र्

to summon, invite

अभिनिम्लोचन

n. (

, Scholiast or Commentator) the setting of the sun upon anything.

अभिनिम्लुच्

equals -mruc- before

(see ni-mruc-and ni-mluc-.)

अभिनिम्लुप्त

equals abhi-ni-mrukta- above

अभिनिम्रोक

m. (

, Scholiast or Commentator) the setting of the sun upon anything.

अभिनिम्रुच्

-mr/ocati- (said of the sun) to set upon anybody who is sleeping or has not finished his work

अभिनिम्रुक्त

mfn. upon whom while not doing any work or while sleeping the sun has set

अभिनिम्रुक्त

mfn. (wrongly written abhi-nir-mukta-)

अभिनिनर्तम्

ind. ( nṛt-), so as to accomplish step by step id est repeating separately,

(see abhy-ā-gāram-.)

अभिनिनी

to pour out (water etc.) upon commentator or commentary on

; (ni-nī-.)

अभिनिपत्

Caus. -pātayati-, to throw down

अभिनिपात

m. equals abhini-dhāna- m.or n. above commentator or commentary on

अभिनिपीड्

to press, squeeze, trouble

अभिनिपीडित

mfn. pained, tormented.

अभिनिरस्

to throw towards

अभिनिर्भर्त्स्

(ind.p. -bhartsya-) to scold thoroughly

अभिनिर्दिश्

to point out, indicate

etc. ; to appoint, characterize

; to settle, fix

अभिनिर्गम्

to go out or away from (ablative)

अभिनिर्हृ

to obtain (?), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

अभिनिर्जित

mfn. ( ji-), conquered

अभिनिर्मि

P. - miṇoti-, to cause by a miracle,

अभिनिर्मि

to assume a shape, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

अभिनिर्मित

mfn. (3. mā-), made, created

अभिनिर्मुक्त

for abhi-ni-mrukta- q.v

अभिनिर्णुद्

( nud-), (Potential -ṇudet-) to drive out, frighten away

अभिनिर्वद्

to declare with regard to (accusative)

अभिनिर्वप्

to share out or add anything to another thing (either accusative and locative case [

]or instrumental case and accusative [

]).

अभिनिर्वृत्

to result from, proceed

: Causal -vartayati-, to produce, accomplish

अभिनिर्वृत्त

mfn. resulting from

अभिनिर्वृत्ति

f. resulting, proceeding, accomplishment.

अभिनिर्या

to march out, go out towards (dative case) or from (ablative)

अभिनिर्याण

n. march of an assailant

अभिनिर्याण

n. = abhi-- niṣkramaṇa-,

अभिनिषद्

( sad-) to sit down or settle round (perf. 3. sg. -ṣasāda-)

; (optative 1. plural -ṣīdema-)

अभिनिशम्

(ind.p. -śāmya-) to perceive, notice

अभिनिश्चिक्रमिषा

f. desire of going forth from home,

अभिनिश्चित

mfn. (2. ci-), quite convinced of.

अभिनिश्चित

mfn. settled or fixed with regard to (accusative)

अभिनिषिच्

( sic-), to pour out, effuse, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

अभिनिष्कारिन्

mfn. intending anything evil against, injuring

(see abhi-k/ṛtvarī-.)

अभिनिष्क्रम्

to go out towards ; to lead towards (as a door)

; to leave the house in order to become an anchorite

and

अभिनिष्क्रमण

n. going forth

अभिनिष्क्रमण

n. leaving the house in order to become an anchorite

and

अभिनिष्क्रान्त

mfn. gone out towards

अभिनिष्क्रान्त

mfn. descended from (ablative)

अभिनिष्क्रान्त

mfn. having left the house (ablative) in order to become an anchorite

and

अभिनिष्क्रान्तगृहावास

mfn. having left his house (for becoming an anchorite)

अभिनिष्कृत

mfn. directed against (as an evil action)

अभिनिष्पद्

to come to (accusative)

; to enter into, become (with accusative)

; to appear

: Causal -pādayati-, to bring to (accusative)

अभिनिष्पत्

to fly out towards (accusative)

; to spring forth, shoot forth.

अभिनिष्पतन

n. springing forth, issuing.

अभिनिष्पत्ति

f. appearance commentator or commentary on

अभिनिश्रि

to pass (from one thing) to another (accusative)

अभिनिष्टान

m. "a sound which dies away", the visarga-

अभिनिस्तान

m. equals abhi-niṣṭāna-

अभिनिष्टान

See abhi-niḥ-stan-.

अभिनिष्ठिव्

to spit upon

अभिनिस्यन्द्

(or -ṣyand-), to trickle upon

अभिनिष्यन्द

m. trickling

अभिनीत

mfn. brought near

अभिनीत

mfn. performed

अभिनीत

mfn. highly finished or ornamented

अभिनीत

mfn. fit, proper

etc.

अभिनीत

mfn. equals marṣin- or amarṣin- (? patient or impatient)

अभिनीति

f. gesture, expressive gesticulation

अभिनीति

f. friendship, civility

अभिनीति

persuasion,

अभिनिवर्तम्

ind. ( vṛt-), so as to turn back towards (accusative)

अभिनिवेश

m. application, intentness, study, affection, devotion (with locative case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

अभिनिवेश

m. determination (to effect a purpose or attain an object), tenacity, adherence to (locative case)

अभिनिवेशन

n. application to, intentness on (compound),

अभिनिवेशिन्

mfn. intent upon, devoted to

अभिनिवेशिन्

mfn. determined.

अभिनिवेशित

mfn. made to enter into, plunged into.

अभिनिविश्

-viśate-, to enter (with accusative)

; to disembogue (as a river) into (accusative)

; to devote one's self entirely to (accusative)

etc.: Caus. -veśayati-, to cause to enter, lead into (accusative)

; to cause to sit down upon (locative case)

; to cause any one to devote himself entirely to

etc., (with manas-,or ātmānam-) to devote one's attention to (locative case)

अभिनिविष्ट

mfn. entered or plunged into

अभिनिविष्ट

mfn. intent on (locative case or in compound)

अभिनिविष्ट

mfn. endowed with

अभिनिविष्ट

mfn. determined, persevering.

अभिनिविष्टक

mfn. (probably) stale, flat,

अभिनिविष्टता

f. state of being persevering

अभिनिवृत्

to become, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

अभिनियम

m. definiteness as to (compound),

अभिनियुक्त

mfn. ( yuj-), occupied in.

अभिन्न

mfn. ( bhid-), uncut, unbroken

etc.

अभिन्न

mfn. uninterrupted

अभिन्न

mfn. (a-bhinn/a-)

अभिन्न

mfn. (in arithmetic)"undivided", integer, whole (as numbers)

अभिन्न

mfn. unchanged, unaltered, not different from (ablative or in compound)

अभिन्नगति

mfn. not changing its course

अभिन्नकाल

mfn. occurring at the same time,

अभिन्नपरिकर्माष्टक

n. the eight processes in working whole numbers.

अभिन्नस्थिति

mfn. not breaking its rules

अभिन्नता

f. ([

]) "non-difference", identity

अभिन्नता

f. (with numbers) wholeness.

अभिन्नतरक

mfn. (Comparative degree) not at all different

अभिन्नात्मन्

mfn. "of undaunted spirit", firm.

अभिन्नत्व

n. ([

]) "non-difference", identity

अभिन्नत्व

n. (with numbers) wholeness.

अभिन्नवेल

mfn. not breaking bounds,

अभिन्न्नाण्ड

mfn. having a whole egg,

अभिनृम्ण

mf(ā-)n. exceedingly propitious

अभिनृत्

-nṛtyati-, to dance towards (accusative) or in imitation of (accusative)

अभिनु

A1. (3. plural abh/īnavante-) to turn one's self towards (accusative)

अभिनु

P. A1. (proper 1. plural -navāmahe-,3. plural -navante-; imperfect tense P.3. plural -anāvan-; Aorist 1. sg. -anūṣi-,3. dual number -anūṣātām-,3. plural -anūṣata-[very frequently] or -nūṣata-

) to shout towards (accusative)

: Intensive (1. plural -nonumas-) idem or 'A1. (3. plural abh/īnavante-) to turn one's self towards (accusative) '

अभिनुद्

to push, press: Caus. -nodayati-, to excite, spur or urge on.

अभिन्यस्

-asyati-, to depress (as fire)

अभिन्यास

m. a kind of fever

अभिन्युब्ज्

to press down, hold down

अभिवेधिन्

See abhi-vyadh-.

अभिवेधिन्

mfn. (in geometry) cutting (as one line another) .

अभिव्याधिन्

mfn. wounding

अभ्यर्थिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') asking

अच्छिन्न

mfn. uncut, uncurtailed, uninjured

अच्छिन्न

mfn. undivided, inseparable.

आच्छिन्न

mfn. cut off etc.

आच्छिन्न

mfn. removed, destroyed (as darkness)

अच्छिन्नपर्ण

mfn. having uninjured leaves

अच्छिन्नपत्त्र

mf(ā-)n. (/acchinna--) (said of goddesses, of a bird, of an altar shaped like a bird) , having the wings uncurtailed, uninjured

अच्छिन्नपत्त्र

mf(ā-)n. having uninjured leaves

अधिनागम्

ind. "on elephants"and"on snakes",

अधिनम्

Intensive A1. -n/amnate-, to incline over

अधिनाथ

m. a supreme lord, chieftain

अधिनाथ

m. Name of the author of the kālayogaśāstra-.

अधिनी

(Aorist 2. plural -naiṣṭa-) to lead away from (ablative)

, to raise above the ordinary measure, enhance

अधिनिधा

Ved. to place upon ; to impart, grant.

अधिनिर्हन्

(perf. 2. sg. -jaghantha-) to destroy, root out from

अधिनिर्मुच्

Passive voice -mucyate-, to escape from

अधिनिर्णिज्

mfn. covered over, veiled

अधिनिषद्

( sad-), (perf. 3. plural -ṣed/uḥ-) to settle in a place

अधिनिशम्

ind. by night, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

अधिनिवस्

to dwell in.

अधिनिव्यध्

(Imper. 3. dual number -vidhyatām-) to pierce through

अधिनृत्

(Imper. -nṛtyatu-) to dance upon (accusative)

अधिन्यस्

to throw upon

अधिरोहिन्

mfn. rising above, ascending, etc.

अद्रोहिन्

mfn. free from malice or treachery.

अगन्धिन्

mfn. without smell, scentless,

अगारदाहिन्

m. "house-burner", an incendiary

आगारदाहिन्

m. an incendiary

आगतरोहिन्

mfn.

आगतयोधिन्

mfn.

अघोरपथिन्

m. a particular sect of śaiva-s who eat loathsome food and are addicted to disgusting practices.

अग्राहिन्

mfn. not taking, not holding (said of a leech and of tools)

अग्रयोधिन्

m. the foremost man or leader in a fight

अग्रयोधिन्

m. a champion.

आहारार्थिन्

mfn. seeking or begging for food.

आहवशोभिन्

mfn. distinguished in battle,

अहिन

= 1. /ahīna-,

अहिनकुलिका

f. the natural enmity between a snake and an ichneumon

अहिनामभृत्

m. "bearing the name snake", Name of baladeva- (as identified with śeṣa-)

अहिनामन्

n. any animal named snake

अहिनस्

mfn. having a nose like a snake

commentator or commentary

अहिनिल्वयनी

f. (confer, compare - nirvlayan/ī-) a snake's skin,

अहिनिर्व्लयनी

f. the cast-off skin of a snake

(

)

अजगन्धिनी

f. a plant equals aja-śṛng/ī- q.v

आजिशोभिन्

mfn. distinguished in battle,

अज्ञानबोधिनी

f. Name (also title or epithet) of a commentator or commentary on the ātma-bodha- by śaṃkarācārya-

आकाशमुखिन्

m. plural Name of a śaiva- sect (the adherents of which keep their faces turned towards the sky).

अखिन्न

mfn. unwearied,

आलालमेहिन्

mfn. discharging the above with the urine, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

आलम्भिन्

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' touching, taking hold of.

अलिमोहिनी

f. Name of a plant

अलोभिन्

mfn. not desiring.

आमगन्धिन्

mfn. idem or ' mfn. idem or 'mfn. smelling like raw meat or smelling musty ' '

अम्बरलेखिन्

mfn. touching the sky,

अम्बुवाहिन्

mfn. carrying or conveying water

अम्बुवाहिनी

f. a wooden baling vessel

अम्बुवाहिनी

f. Name of a river (varia lectio madhu-vāhinī-)

अनपराधिन्

mfn. innocent.

अनवच्छिन्न

mfn. not intersected, uninterrupted

अनवच्छिन्न

mfn. not marked off, unbounded, immoderate

अनवच्छिन्न

mfn. undiscriminated.

अनवच्छिन्नहास

m. continuous or immoderate laughter.

अनवगाहिन्

mfn. ( gāh-), not dipping into, not studying.

अन्नार्थिन्

mfn. asking for food.

अन्तर्भिन्न

mfn. inwardly divided or torn,

अन्तर्धिनामन्

mfn. named concealment,

अनुबन्धिन्

mfn. connected with, attached

अनुबन्धिन्

mfn. having in its train or as a consequence, resulting

अनुबन्धिन्

mfn. continuous, lasting, permanent.

अनुच्छिन्दत्

mfn. not destroying.

अनुच्छिन्दत्

mfn. cutting lengthwise.

अनुच्छिन्न

mfn. not cut off

अनुच्छिन्न

mfn. unextirpated.

अनुग्रहिन्

m. proficient in magic skill.

अनुग्राहिन्

mfn. gracious, favourable.

अनुरोधिन्

mfn. complying with, compliant, obliging, having respect or regard to.

अनुशोभिन्

mfn. shining.

अन्योन्यस्पर्धिन्

mfn. = rivalling

अपकारार्थिन्

mfn. malicious, malevolent.

अपराधिन्

mfn. offending

अपराधिन्

mfn. criminal

अपराधिन्

mfn. guilty.

अपराधिन

mfn. not dependent on another

अपरिभिन्न

mfn. not broken into small pieces, not crumbled

अपरिच्छिन्न

mfn. without interval or division, uninterrupted, continuous

अपरिच्छिन्न

mfn. connected

अपरिच्छिन्न

mfn. unlimited

अपरिच्छिन्न

mfn. undistinguished.

अपस्तम्भिनी

f. Name of a plant.

आपस्तम्भिनी

f. Name of a plant

अपथिन्

nthās- m. absence of road

अप्रच्छिन्न

mfn. not split

अप्रतियोधिन्

mfn. "not having an adversary", irresistible

(see gaRa gamyādi-.)

आरम्भिन्

mfn. enterprising, one who makes many new projects

अरथिन्

m. a warrior who does not fight in a car, or owns no car

आर्चाभिन्

m. plural Name of a school founded by ṛcābha- (a pupil of vaiśampāyana-), (gaRa kārtakaujapādi-

)

अर्धिन्

mfn. forming a half.

अर्धिन्

mfn. giving half (the dakṣiṇā-)

अर्धिन्

mfn. receiving half (the dakṣiṇā-)

अरेफिन्

mfn. equals a-riphita-

अर्काश्वमेधिन्

mfn. performing the two

आरोहिन्

mfn. ascending, mounting

आरोहिन्

mfn. one who mounts, rides

आरोहिन्

mfn. leading to, helping to attain

अर्थाभिनिर्वृत्ति

f. accomplishment or successful issue of any matter

अर्थाधिनाथ

m. "lord of wealth", Name (also title or epithet) of kubera-,

अर्थग्राहिन्

mfn. choosing advantage

अर्थार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of gaining wealth

, desirous of making a profit, selfish

अर्थसम्बन्धिन्

mfn. concerned or interested in an affair

अर्थसंग्रहिन्

mfn. accumulating wealth

अर्थिन्

mfn. active, industrious

अर्थिन्

mfn. (cf arth/et-above)

अर्थिन्

mfn. one who wants or desires anything (instrumental case or in compound; see putrārthin-, balārthin-)

अर्थिन्

mfn. supplicating or entreating any one (genitive case)

अर्थिन्

mfn. longing for, libidinous

अर्थिन्

m. one who asks for a girl in marriage, a wooer

अर्थिन्

m. a beggar, petitioner, suitor

अर्थिन्

m. one who supplicates with prayers

अर्थिन्

m. a plaintiff, prosecutor

अर्थिन्

m. a servant

अर्थिन्

m. a follower, companion

असद्ग्राहिन्

mfn. equals -graha- mfn.

(varia lectio -grahin-).

अषाढिन्

mfn. wearing the staff (of palāśa- wood) called aṣāḍha-

असंभिन्दत्

mfn. not damaging

असंभिन्दत्

mfn. not bringing into contact, not mingling

असंभिन्न

mfn. not broken or passed (as barriers or bounds)

असंभिन्न

mfn. not being in contact, separated, separate

आसन्नयोधिन्

mfn. (an arrow) employed in close fight,

आशाविभिन्न

mfn. disappointed in expectation.

असोमपीथिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. one who does not drink or is not admitted to drink the soma- juice etc. ' '

अश्राद्धिन्

mfn. not performing funeral rites

अस्ररोधिनी

f. the plant Mimosa Pudica

असुखिन्

mfn. unhappy, sorrowful

आश्वलायनशाखिन्

mfn. āśvalāyanaśākhā

अश्वमेधिन्

mfn. engaged in an aśva-medha-

अतिपथिन्

(Nominal verb -panthās-) m. a better road than common

अतिथिन्

mfn. ( at-), travelling

अतिथिन्

m. Name of a king (also suhotra- and atithi- q.v)

अतिव्याधिन्

mfn. piercing through, wounding

आत्मद्रोहिन्

mfn. self-tormenting, fretful

आत्मग्राहिन्

mfn. taking for one's self, selfish

आत्मश्लाघिन्

mfn. self-praising

अतुहिन

not cold,

अतुहिनधामन्

m. "having not cold light", the sun

अतुहिनरश्मि

m. "having not cold light", the sun

अतुहिनरुचि

m. "having not cold light", the sun

अतूर्तपथिन्

(/atūrta--), m (Nominal verb -panthās-)fn. having a path that cannot be obstructed

अवभासनशिखिन्

m. Name of a nāga- demon

अवभिन्न

mfn. pierced

अवभिन्न

mfn. broken, injured

अवच्छिन्न

mfn. separated, detached

etc.

अवच्छिन्न

mfn. (in logic) predicated (id est separated from everything else by the properties predicated) , distinguished, particularised

अवलेहिन्

mfn. lickerish, fond of dainties, ([

;"sṛkkiṇī lelīhāna- id est sadā kruddha-"commentator or commentary ])

आवर्हिन्

mfn. fit to be torn out

अवरोधिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') obstructing, hindering

अवरोधिन्

mfn. wrapping up, covering

अवरोहशाखिन्

m. "having branches with avaroha-- shoots ", the Indian fig-tree

अवरोहिन्

mfn. descending

अवरोहिन्

mfn. equals avaroha-vat- q.v (gaRa balādi- q.v)

अवरोहिन्

m. the Indian fig-tree

अवसथिन्

mfn. having a habitation

अविभिन्न

mfn. not separated from (ablative)

अविभिन्न

mfn. unchanged

, unchanged

अविच्छिन्दत्

mfn. not separating from each other,

अविच्छिन्न

mfn. uninterrupted, continual

अविच्छिन्नपात

m. continually falling (on one's knees)

अविदाहिन्

mfn. not producing heartburn (on account of being imperfectly digested)

अविधिना

ind. instrumental case equals avidhāna-tas- q.v

अविरोधिन्

mfn. not being out of harmony with, not being obstructive to (genitive case or in compound)

अविश्रम्भिन्

mfn. diffident

अविवाहिन्

mfn. interdicted as to marriage, not to be married

आव्याधिन्

mfn. shooting, attacking, wounding

आव्याधिनी

f. plural (inyas-) a band of robbers

अव्यथिन्

mfn.

अव्यथिन्

mfn. not discomposed,

अव्यवच्छिन्न

mfn. uninterrupted

and

(together with s/aṃtata-)

अव्यवच्छिन्नम्

ind. or in compound avyavaccihinna-- ([

]) uninterruptedly.

अव्युच्छिन्न

mfn. uninterrupted

अयसोभिन्

mfn. bright with good fortune

ayānaya- See s. v.

अयथामुखिन

mfn. having the face turned away

आयुधिन्

m. bearing weapons

आयुधिन्

m. a warrior

बाधिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') injuring, impeding

बहुच्छिन्ना

f. a species of Cocculus

बाहुच्छिन्न

mfn. having a broken arm

बहुशाखिन्

mfn. equals prec. mfn.

बाहुशर्धिन्

mfn. relying on his arm (said of indra-)

बाहुयोधिन्

m. a wrestler, boxer

बलखिन्

mfn. coming from Balkh

बालप्रबोधिनी

f. Name of work

बलार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of power

बलवर्धिन्

mfn. equals prec. mfn.

बलवर्धिनी

f. a species of medicinal plant (equals jīvaka-)

बन्धिन्

mfn. binding, clasping (see dṛḍhabandhinī-)

बन्धिन्

mfn. catching (see matsya-bandhin-)

बन्धिन्

mfn. causing, effecting, producing (see phala-b-, rāga-b-)

बन्धिन्

mfn. showing, evincing, betraying (see vātsalya-b-).

बर्हिन्

m. a peacock

etc.

बर्हिन्

m. Name of a deva-gandharva-

बर्हिन्

m. of a ṛṣi- (equals barhiṣada-)

बर्हिन्

n. a kind of perfume

भागार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of a share (as of a sacrifice)

भगवद्गीतातत्पर्यबोधिनी

f. Name of work

भैक्षार्थिन्

mfn. seeking for alms,

भक्तिवर्धिनी

f. Name of work

भारसाधिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. accomplishing great things (said of weapons), very efficacious '

भारवाहिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. carrying lowest, a porter '

भार्याद्रोहिन्

mfn. acting maliciously towards a wife

भार्यार्थिन्

(ryārth-) mfn. seeking or desiring a wife

भस्मगन्धिनी

f. "having the smell of ashes", a kind of perfume

भट्टिबोधिनी

f. Name of Comms. on

भवाब्धिनाविनविक

m. a pilot on the boat (which crosses) the ocean of worldly existence

भावग्राहिन्

mfn. understanding the sense, appreciating the sentiment

भावप्रबोधिनी

भावविशोधिनी

f. Name of work

भिक्षार्थिन्

(kṣārth/in-) mfn. asking for alms, a beggar or mendicant

भिन्द्

varia lectio for bind- q.v

भिन्द्धिलवणा

f. (fr. 2. sg. imperative + l-) constant sprinkling of salt gaRa mayūra-vyaṃsakādi- (see paca-lavaṇā-).

भिन्दिपाल

m. a short javelin or arrow thrown from the hand or shot through a tube (others"a stone fastened to a string"or"a kind of sling for throwing stones")

(varia lectio bhindapāla-, bhiṇḍimālā-, bhindomāla-, bhindimāla-or laka-, bhindumāla-).

भिन्दिपालक

m. a short javelin or arrow thrown from the hand or shot through a tube (others"a stone fastened to a string"or"a kind of sling for throwing stones")

(varia lectio bhindapāla-, bhiṇḍimālā-, bhindomāla-, bhindimāla-or laka-, bhindumāla-).

भिन्दु

m. a breaker, destroyer

भिन्दु

m. a bubble on liquids

(see bindu-)

भिन्दु

f. a woman who brings forth a still-born child

(see nindu-).

भिन्दु

bhinna- etc. See column 1.

भिन्दुर

m. Ficus Infectoria

भिन्न

mfn. split, broken, shattered, pierced, destroyed

etc.

भिन्न

mfn. leaky (as a ship)

भिन्न

mfn. broken through, transgressed, violated

etc.

भिन्न

mfn. divided into parts, anything less than a whole

etc.

भिन्न

mfn. opened, expanded, blown

etc.

भिन्न

mfn. detached, disjoined, loosened

भिन्न

mfn. interrupted, disturbed

भिन्न

mfn. disclosed, betrayed

भिन्न

mfn. disunited, set at variance

भिन्न

mfn. seduced, bribed

भिन्न

mfn. changed, altered

भिन्न

mfn. distinct, different from or other than (ablative or compound)

etc.

भिन्न

mfn. deviating, abnormal, irregular

भिन्न

mfn. mixed or mingled with (instrumental case or compound)

भिन्न

mfn. cleaving to (locative case or compound)

भिन्न

mfn. equals bhinna-karaṭa-

भिन्न

m. (in arithmetic) a fraction,

भिन्ना

f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana

भिन्न

n. a fragment, bit, portion

भिन्न

n. a wound from a pointed weapon, a stab

भिन्न

n. a particular mode of fighting

भिन्नभागहर

(prob. wrong reading for -hāra-), m. division of fractions,

भिन्नभाजन

n. a broken pot or vessel, potsherd

भिन्नभाण्ड

n. a broken pot or vessel, potsherd

भिन्नाभिन्न

mfn. distinct and not different, separate and not separate

भिन्नभिन्नात्मन्

m. chick-pea, Cicer Arietinum

भिन्नदला

f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana

भिन्नदर्शिन्

mfn. seeing different things, state a difference, making a different (opp. to sama-d-), partial

भिन्नदेह

mfn. "whose body is pierced", wounded

भिन्नदेश

mfn. occurring or happening in various places

भिन्नदेशत्व

भिन्नदृश्

mfn. equals -darśin-

भिन्नगण्डकरट

mfn. equals -karaṭa-

भिन्नगर्भ

mfn. disunited in the centre, disorganised (said of an army)

भिन्नगति

mfn. going with great strides or quickly

भिन्नगात्रिका

f. Cucumis Usitatissimus

भिन्नघन

m. the cube of a fraction

भिन्नगुणन

n. multiplication of fractions

भिन्नहृदय

mfn. pierced through the heart

भिन्नहृति

f. division of fractions

भिन्नजाति

mfn. plural of different rank

commentator or commentary

भिन्नजातिमत्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. plural of different rank commentator or commentary '

भिन्नजातीय

mfn. of a different kind

commentator or commentary

भिन्नजातीय

mfn. of a different tribe or caste

भिन्नक

mfn. broken

भिन्नक

m. "a seceder", a Buddhistic mendicant

भिन्नक

m. Name of a musical mode or rāga-

भिन्नकाल

mfn. one who does not keep to the right time,

भिन्नकल्प

mfn. having different rites

भिन्नकरट

(

) mfn. a rutting elephant having a fissure in the temples (from which fluid exudes).

भिन्नकरीन्द्रकुम्भमुक्तामय

mf(ī-)n. consisting of pearls fallen from the crack in the frontal protuberances of a chief elephant

भिन्नकर्ण

mfn. having divided ears (said of particular animals)

भिन्नकट

(

) mfn. a rutting elephant having a fissure in the temples (from which fluid exudes).

भिन्नकी

ind. with kṛ-, to divide, separate

भिन्नक्लेश

mfn. one in whom the (Buddhistic) kleśa-s (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) are destroyed

भिन्नक्लेशत्व

भिन्नक्रम

mfn. out of order or place, displaced

commentator or commentary

भिन्नकुम्भ

m. a person who has regained his liberty by redeeming his pledge

भिन्नकूट

mfn. each employing a different stratagem

(Scholiast or Commentator)

भिन्नकूट

n. an army whose inferior officers have perished

भिन्नलिङ्ग

n. incongruity of gender in a comparison

भिन्नलिङ्गक

mf(ikā-)n. containing words of different gender

भिन्नमन्त्र

mfn. one who has betrayed a plan

भिन्नमर्मन्

mfn. pierced in the vital organs. mortally wounded

भिन्नमर्याद

(

) (

) mfn. whose course is broken, separated from the right way, uncontrolled, unrestrained, regardless, disrespectful.

भिन्नमर्यादिन्

(

) mfn. whose course is broken, separated from the right way, uncontrolled, unrestrained, regardless, disrespectful.

भिन्नमस्तकपिण्डक

mfn. whose skull and forehead are cloven, (an elephant) whose frontal prominences have fissures

भिन्नमस्तकपिण्डिक

mfn. whose skull and forehead are cloven, (an elephant) whose frontal prominences have fissures

भिन्ननौ

mfn. "whose ship is broken", shipwrecked

भिन्ननौक

mfn. "whose ship is broken", shipwrecked

भिन्नाञ्जन

n. divided antimony or collyrium mixed (with oil etc.), eye-ointment

भिन्नाञ्जनाभ

mfn. appearing like pounded antimony. (

)

भिन्नाञ्जनचयोपम

mfn. like a quantity of pounded antimony

भिन्नाञ्जनाकार

mfn. appearing like pounded antimony. (

)

भिन्नाञ्जनसंनिभ

mfn. similar to pounded antimony

भिन्नाञ्जनवर्ण

mfn. having the colour of pounded antimony ( bhinnāñjanavarṇatā -tā-, f.)

भिन्नाञ्जनवर्णता

f. bhinnāñjanavarṇa

भिन्नपरिकर्मन्

n. an arithmetical operation with fractions

भिन्नप्नकार

mfn. of a different kind or sort

भिन्नरुचि

mfn. having a different taste

भिन्नशकृत्

mfn. equals -varcas-

भिन्नसंहति

mfn. whose union is broken, disunited

भिन्नसंकलन

(

) (

) n. addition of fractions,

भिन्नसंकलित

(

) n. addition of fractions,

भिन्नस्वर

mfn. having a broken or changed voice

भिन्नस्वर

mfn. discordant

भिन्नस्वरमुखवर्ण

mfn. having a broken or changed voice and complexion

भिन्नतन्त्र

mfn. occurring or happening in different actions

भिन्नत्व

n. the state of being different from (compound)

भिन्नवचन

mf(ā-)n. containing words of different number

भिन्नवचन

n. incongruity of number in a comparison

भिन्नवर्चस्

mfn. voiding excrement

(also ska-)

भिन्नवर्चस्

mfn. having thin evacuations ( bhinnavarcastva -tva- n.)

भिन्नवर्चस्त्व

n. bhinnavarcas

भिन्नवर्ग

m. the square of a fraction

भिन्नवर्ण

mfn. changed in colour, discoloured, pale

भिन्नवर्ण

mfn. of a different caste or tribe

भिन्नवर्त्मन्

mfn. separated from the right way

भिन्नवत्

mfn. one who has divided

भिन्नविट्क

mfn. (fr. 3. viṣ-) equals -varcas-

भिन्नविट्कत्व

n. equals -varcas-tva-

(Scholiast or Commentator"change of colour in the faeces") .

भिन्नवृत्त

mfn. one who has abandoned the path of duty, leading a bad life

भिन्नवृत्त

mfn. containing a metrical fault

भिन्नवृत्ति

mfn. having different occupations

भिन्नवृत्ति

mfn. having a different profession

commentator or commentary

भिन्नवृत्ति

mfn. leading a bad life, following evil courses (equals vṛtta-; bhinnavṛttitā -tā- f.)

भिन्नवृत्ति

mfn. wrong reading for -vṛtta-

भिन्नवृत्तिता

f. bhinnavṛtti

भिन्नव्यवकलित

n. subtraction of fractions

भिन्नयोजनी

f. Plectranthus Scutellarioides

(wrong reading -yājanī-).

भिन्नोदर

m. "born from a different womb", a brother by a different mother, a half brother

भिन्रार्थ

mfn. having different aims

commentator or commentary

भिन्रार्थ

mfn. having a clear or distinct meaning, clear, perspicuous

भिन्रार्थता

f. clearness, intelligibleness

भोजनार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of food, hungry

बीजकाण्डप्ररोहिन्

(

) (i, 48) mfn. springing from a seed or from the (slip or portion taken from a) stalk,

बीजप्ररोहिन्

(

) mfn. growing from seed.

बीजोदाहरणबालबोधिनि

f. Name of work on algebra

बिसकण्ठिन्

m. a kind of small crane

बोधिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') intent upon, careful of.

बोधिन्

mfn. knowing, familiar with

बोधिन्

mfn. causing to know or perceive

बोधिन्

mfn. awakening, enlightening (see jñāna--, tattva--, bāla-bodhinī-).

बोधिन्मनस्

mfn. (according to

fr. bodhit-m-) one whose mind is awake, watchful, attentive

बोधिन्यास

m. Name of work

ब्रह्मबोधिनी

f. Name of work

ब्रह्मग्राहिन्

mfn. worthy to receive that which is holy

(varia lectio mārgha-).

ब्रह्मतत्त्वसुबोधिनी

f. Name of work

बृहत्तुहिनशर्कर

mfn. full of great lumps of ice

बुद्धकायवर्णपरिनिष्पत्त्यभिनिर्हारा

f. a particular dhāraṇī-

बुद्धिविरोधिन्

m. Name of a man

चक्रयोधिन्

m. "discus-fighter", Name of a dānava-

चरणयोधिन्

m. "foot-fighter", a cock

चरितार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of success

चतुरस्रशोभिन्

mfn. beautifully symmetrical,

चतुर्वाहिन्

m. (scilicet ratha-) a carriage drawn by 4 (horses or oxen)

चेलकण्ठिन्

mfn. for śveta-k-

छायाभिन्न

mfn. divided in radiance, reflecting light from various surfaces

छिन्दक

m. Name of a race,

छिन्दत्प्राणि

n. an animal cutting (id est living on) grass

छिन्न

mfn. cut off, cut, divided, torn, cut through, perforated

etc.

छिन्न

mfn. opened (a wound)

छिन्न

mfn. interrupted, not contiguous

छिन्न

mfn. disturbed (kiṃ naś chinnam-,"what is there in this to disturb us?"there is nothing to care about

)

छिन्न

mfn. ? (said of the belly of a leach)

छिन्न

mfn. limited by (in compound)

छिन्न

mfn. taken away or out of.

छिन्न

mfn. disappeared

छिन्न

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' decaying or exhausted by

छिन्ना

f. a harlot

छिन्न

f. equals nnodbhavā-

(see /a--, reṣm/a--).

छिन्नबन्धन

mfn. having the bands broken, liberated

छिन्नभक्त

mfn. "having one's meals interrupted", starving

छिन्नभिन्न

mfn. pierced through and through, cut up, destroyed

छिन्नभूयिष्ठधूम

mfn. bursting through the thick smoke

छिन्नधन्वन्

mfn. (a warrior) whose bow has been broken by his enemy's arrow

छिन्नद्रुम

m. a riven tree

छिन्नद्वैध

mfn. one whose doubts have been destroyed,

छिन्नग्रन्थिनिका

f. a kind of bulbous plant

छिन्नहस्त

mfn. "cut-hand", Name of a man,

छिन्नक

mfn. "having a little cut off."

छिन्नकर्ण

mfn. having the ears shortened (as animals)

छिन्नकर्ण

mf(ī-)n. (

)

छिन्नकतर

mfn. (Comparative degree)

Va1rtt. 5.

छिन्नकेश

mfn. having the hair cut

छिन्नम

m. Name of a poet

(vv.ll. nnapa-, chittapa-)

(chitrama- edition)

छिन्नमस्ता

f. equals staka-

छिन्नमस्तका

f. "decapitated", a headless form of durgā-

छिन्नमस्तकीकृ

to decapitate

छिन्नमूल

mfn. cut up by the root

छिन्ननास

m. "cut-nose", Name of a man

छिन्ननास्य

mfn. having the nose-rein broken

छिन्नान्त्र

mfn. affected with a koṣṭha-bheda- disease

छिन्नपक्ष

(nn/a-.) mfn. having the wings torn off.

छिन्नपत्त्री

f. "having divided leaves", Hibiscus cannabinus

छिन्नरुह

m. Clerodendrum phlomoides

छिन्नरुहा

f. equals nnodbhavā-

छिन्नरुहा

f. Boswellia thurifera

छिन्नरुहा

f. Pandanus odoratissimus

छिन्नसंशय

mfn. one whose doubts are dispelled, confident

छिन्नशास

mfn. breathing at irregular intervals

छिन्नशास

m. interrupted or irregular breathing,

छिन्नस्थूण

mfn. having broken legs,

छिन्नतरक

mfn. (Comparative degree) equals chinnaka-tara-,

vArttika 1 and 2

छिन्नवत्

mfn. (pf.p.P.) having cut or cut off.

छिन्नवेषिका

f. Clypea hernandifolia

छिन्न्नाब्र

n. a cloud torn asunder,

छिन्नोद्भवा

f. Cocculus cordifolius

चिरमेहिन्

m. "urining for a long time", an ass

चित्रबर्हिन्

mfn. having a variegated tail (a peacock, son of garuḍa-),

चित्रयोधिन्

mfn. fighting in various ways

चित्रयोधिन्

m. arjuna-

चित्रयोधिन्

m. Terminalia Arjuna

चित्रयोधिन्

m. a quail

चित्तप्रमाथिन्

mfn. confusing the mind, exciting any one's (genitive case or in compound) passion or love

दधिनदी

f. Name of a river,

दादूपन्थिन्

m. plural his followers

दाहिन्

mfn. burning, setting on fire

दाहिन्

mfn. tormenting, paining

दैवदत्तशठिन्

m. pl. idem or 'm. plural the pupils of deva-datta-, Va1rtt. 5 (see deva-dattīya-)' gaRa śaunakādi-

दैवानुरोधिन्

mfn. obedient to fate or to the will of the gods

दम्भिन्

mfn. acting deceitfully, (m.) a deceiver, hypocrite

दम्भिन्

mfn. see a--.

दानभिन्न

mfn. set at variance by bribes

दण्डवाहिन्

m. a policeman

दारपरिग्रहिन्

m. one who takes a wife

दर्भिन्

m. Name of a man

देहिन्

mfn. having a body, corporeal

देहिन्

m. a living creature, man

etc.

देहिन्

m. the spirit, soul (enveloped in the body)

देहिनी

f. the earth

देशकालविरोधिन्

mfn. neglecting place and time

देशविरोधिन्

(

), mfn. contradictory as to time.

धनलोभिन्

mfn. equals -lubdha-

धनार्थिन्

mfn. "wealth-seeking", covetous, miserly

धनुर्ग्राहिन्

(

) m. an archer.

धर्माधर्मप्रबोधिनी

f. Name of work

धर्मद्रोहिन्

mfn. equals -druh-

धर्मद्रोहिन्

m. a rākṣasa-

धर्मनिबन्धिन्

mfn. dharmanibandha

धर्मपथिन्

m. (Nominal verb -panthās-) the way of duty or virtue, R

धर्मरोधिन्

mfn. opposed to law, illegal, immoral

धर्मश्रेष्ठिन्

m. Name of a Buddhist arhat-.

धर्मसुबोधिनी

f. Name of work

धातुग्राहिन्

m. calimine

धिन्व्

See 3. dhi-.

धीशोधिनी

f. Name of work

दिनाधिनाथ

m. "day-lord", the sun

दीर्घाभिनिष्ठानान्त

mfn. ending in a long vowel or in visarga-,

दोहिन्

mfn. milking, yielding milk or desires (see kāma-dohinī-).

दोषग्राहिन्

mfn. fault-finding, censorious, susceptible of evil

(see guṇa--).

दृढबन्धिनी

f. "winding closely round", a kind of creeper (equals śyāmā-)

दृढग्राहिन्

mfn. seizing firmly, pursuing an object with untiring energy

द्रोहिन्

mfn. hurting, harming

द्रोहिन्

mfn. perfidious against, hostile to (genitive case or compound)

दृष्टिपथिन्

m. (Nominal verb panthās-) idem or 'm. the path or range of sight '

दुग्धिन्

mfn. having milk, milky

दुग्धिन्

n. calcareous spar

दुग्धिनिका

f. red-flowered apāmārga-

दुःखच्छिन्न

mfn. cut with difficulty, tough, hard

दुःखच्छिन्न

mfn. pained, distressed

दुःखदुःखिन्

mfn. having sorrow upon sorrow

दुःखिन्

mfn. pained, afflicted, grieved

दुःसाधिन्

m. a door-keeper.

दुन्दुभिनिर्ह्राद

m. "drum sounding", Name of a dānava-.

दूरभिन्न

mfn. pierced from a distance, wounded deeply

दूराधिरोहिन्

varia lectio for rārohin- q.v

दूरारोहिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. mounted high, far gone or advanced '

दूरवेधिन्

mfn. piercing from afar (as a missile, weapon)

दूरविभिन्न

mfn. "far separated", not related

दुर्गमाशुबोधिनी

f. Name of a commentator or commentary

दुश्छिन्न

mfn. badly cut out or extracted (thorn)

द्वंद्वभिन्न

n. separation of the sexes

द्वंद्वयोधिन्

mfn. fighting in couples or by single combat

द्विच्छिन्न

mfn. cut into two, bisected

द्विविवाहिन्

mfn. allied with 2 by matrimony

द्विविवाहिन्हितासपिण्डीकरण

n. Name of chapter of

एधिनि

f. the earth (= medinī-),

एकान्तग्राहिन्

mfn. comprehending partially

एकरिक्थिन्

mfn. sharing the same heritage, co-heir

एकतीर्थिन्

mfn. inhabiting the same hermitage

एकतीर्थिन्

(lexicographers (i.e. a word or meaning which although give in native lexicons, has not yet been met with in any published text)), m. one who has the same teacher, fellow-student

गाधिन्

m. (equals gāth/in-) Name of viśvā-mitra-'s father (king of kānyakubja-)

गाधिनगर

n. " gādhi-'s city", Name of kānyakubja-.

गाधिनन्दन

m. equals -ja-

गजबन्धिनी

f. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. a post to which an elephant is bound ' '

गजयोधिन्

mfn. fighting on an elephant

गजयोधिन्

mfn.

गन्धग्राहिन्

mfn. perfumed

गन्धमोहिनी

f. the bud of Michelia Campaka

गन्धिन्

mfn. having a smell, odoriferous

गन्धिन्

mfn. smelling of (in compound)

गन्धिन्

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having (only the smell id est) a very little of anything

गन्धिन्

mfn. (mātṛ-gandhinī-,"a mother only by name")

गन्धिन्

mfn. for gardhin-

गन्धिन्

m. a bug, flying bug

गन्धिन्

m. Xanthophyllum virens

गन्धिन्

n. idem or 'f. a kind of perfume '

गन्धिनी

f. a kind of perfume

गान्धिनी

varia lectio for ndinī- q.v

गर्भनाभिनाडी

f. idem or 'f. "embryo-artery", the umbilical cord ' , 3, 28.

गर्भिन्

mfn. pregnant, impregnated or filled with (accusative

;or instrumental case,

)

(f. plural garbh/iṇayas-,ii, 1, 2, 6; see

) etc.

गर्भिन्

mfn. (iṇī-), a pregnant woman

etc.

गर्भिन्

mfn. pregnant (as an animal)

(see

)

गर्भिन्

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with words denoting animals (exempli gratia, 'for example' go-garbhiṇī-,a pregnant cow)

गार्दभिन्

m. plural Name of a dynasty

(see gardabhila-.)

गर्धिन्

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' desirous, greedy, eager after, longing for

गर्हिन्

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' abusing

गरुद्योधिन्

m. "fighting with the wings", a quail

गाथिन्

mfn. familiar with songs, singer

गाथिन्

m. (

) Name of viśvā-mitra-'s father (son of kuśika-)

गाथिन्

m. plural (inas-) the descendants of gāthin-

(varia lectio)

गाथिन्

See 3. gā-.

गाथिन

m. (

) patronymic fr. gāthin-

गाथिनी

f. Name of a metre (containing 12 + 18 + 12 + 20 or 32 + 29 syllabic instants.)

गौडाभिनन्द

m. Name of a poet

गौडाभिनन्दन

m. Name of a poet

गवेष्ठिन्

m. Name of a dānava-

गेहेदाहिन्

mfn. "scorching and burning at home", idem or 'mfn. "blustering at home", a house-hero, coward gaRa pātresamitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi-.'

गेहेमेहिन्

mfn. "making water at home", a lazy or indolent man gaRa pātre-samitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi-.

गेहिनी

f. idem or 'f. equals gṛh-, a housewife '

घृतलेखिनी

f. idem or 'f. a ladle for ghee '

गोधिनी

f. a variety of Solanum

गोवाहिन्

m. Bos Gavaeus,

ग्राहिन्

mfn. (

) in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' seizing, taking, holding, laying hold of

(varia lectio)

ग्राहिन्

mfn. catching, engaged in catching,

ग्राहिन्

mfn. picking, gathering

ग्राहिन्

mfn. containing, holding

ग्राहिन्

mfn. gaining, obtaining, acquiring

ग्राहिन्

mfn. keeping

(

)

ग्राहिन्

mfn. purchasing

ग्राहिन्

mfn. drawing, attracting, fascinating, alluring

ग्राहिन्

mfn. choosing

ग्राहिन्

mfn. searching, scrutinizing

ग्राहिन्

mfn. "perceiving, acknowledging" See guṇa--

ग्राहिन्

mfn. astringent, obstructing, constipating

ग्राहिन्

m. equals hi-phala-

ग्रन्थिबर्हिन्

m. equals -parṇaka-

ग्रन्थिन्

mfn. strung together (?)

ग्रन्थिन्

mfn. one who reads books, well-read

ग्रन्थिनिका

f. a kind of bulbous plant

(see chinna-g-.)

ग्रथिन्

See 2. grath-.

ग्रथिन्

mfn. false

गृद्धिन्

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' eagerly longing for

गृद्धिन्

mfn. being very busy with (in compound)

गृहमेधिन्

mfn. one who performs the domestic sacrifices, religious man

गृहमेधिन्

mfn. being the object of domestic rites (as the marut-s)

गृहमेधिन्

m. the householder who performs the domestic rites, a married Brahman who has a household, a Brahman in the 2nd period of his life

etc.

गृहमेधिनी

f. the wife of a householder

("natural intelligence"Scholiast or Commentator)

गृहिन्

mfn. possessing a house

गृहिन्

m. the master of a house, householder, gṛha-stha-

(genitive case plural hīṇām-for hiṇām-,

) etc.

ग्रीवच्छिन्न

mf(/ā-)n. one whose neck is cut

गुच्छिन्

m. equals guccha-karañja-

गुहिन

n. a wood, thicket

गुल्फिनी

f. (for lminī-?) an army

गुणभिन्न

mfn. separated according to the 3 guṇa-s sattva-, rajas-, and tamas-

गुणग्राहिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. appreciating merit '

हरिद्रामेहिन्

mfn. suffering from it

हारिद्रमेहिन्

equals haridrā-m-, lb.

हरिहरदेवहिन्दूपति

m. Name of certain man (

)

हस्तिमेहिन्

mfn. hastimeha

हठिन्

mfn. obstinately insisting on

हथिनावग्राम

m. Name of a village

हट्टवाहिनी

f. a gutter in a market-place

हव्यलेहिन्

m. "oblations-licker", fire, the god of fire

हव्यवाहिनी

f. "oblations-bearer", Name of the tutelary deity of the family of kapila-

हेमदुग्धिन्

m. Ficus Glomerata

हेमगन्धिनी

f. the perfume reṇukā-

हितानुबन्धिन्

mfn. having welfare as a consequence, having salutary consequence

हितार्थिन्

mfn. seeking or desiring one's (own) or another's welfare or advantage

हृदयदाहिन्

mfn. heart-burning

हृदयग्राहिन्

mfn. captivating the heart

हृदयप्रमाथिन्

mfn. agitating or disturbing the heart

हृदयवेधिन्

mfn. heart-piercing

ह्रीतमुखिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. equals hrīṇa-m- '

इहार्थिन्

mfn. busy in worldly objects,

ईहार्थिन्

mfn. aiming at any object, seeking wealth.

इक्षुमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from diabetes

इन्द्रायुधशिखिन्

m. Name of a nāga-.

इन्द्रियबोधिन्

mfn. arousing the bodily powers, sharpening the senses

इन्द्रियबोधिन्

n. any excitement of sense, an object of perception, a stimulus, etc.

जगन्मोहिनी

f. "infatuating living beings", Name of a surāṅganā-

जहिन

m. Name of a man

(vv.ll. hila-, javina-).

जलधिनन्दिनी

f. equals -jā-

जलार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of water, thirsty

जम्भिन्

m. the citron tree

जनाधिनाथ

m. equals nanātha-

जनाधिनाथ

m. viṣṇu-

जनमोहिनी

f. "infatuating men", Name of a surāṅganā-

जयवाहिनी

f. "conferring victory", Name of indra-'s wife

जिह्मयोधिन्

mfn. fighting unfairly

जिह्मयोधिन्

m. bhīma- (who struck an unfair blow at dur-yodhana-)

जीमूतवाहिन्

m. smoke

ज्ञानबोधिनी

f. "awakening knowledge", Name of a Vedantic treatise.

जृम्भिन्

mfn. yawning

जृम्भिन्

mfn. blossoming

ज्यैष्ठिनेय

m. (gaRa kalyāṇyādi-) a son of the father's first wife (jyeṣṭhā-)

(fr jyeṣṭhinī- Scholiast or Commentator)

ज्येष्ठिनी

f. a woman who has an elder brother

ज्येष्ठिनी

f. see jyaiṣṭhiney/a-.

कबन्धिन्

mfn. "bearing huge vessels of water or clouds"("endowed with water"

), Name of the marut-s

कबन्धिन्

m. Name of a kātyāyana-

कलहिन्

mfn. contentious, quarrelsome

कलकण्ठिन्

m. the Indian cuckoo

कालप्रबोधिन्

mfn. awakening in time (as a mantra-)

कालस्कन्धिन्

m. Ficus glomerata

कल्पशाखिन्

m. equals -taru-.

कल्याणाभिनिवेशिन्

mfn. intent on virtue or on benefiting others

कामदोहिनी

f. "yielding desires" equals -dhenu-

कामार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of pleasure or love, amorous

कामार्थिनगर

n. Name of a town.

कनकवाहिनी

f. "gold stream", Name of a river

कानिष्ठिनेय

m. (gaRa kalyāṇy-ādi-) a son of the youngest or of a younger wife

कानिष्ठिनेय

m. (plural) commentator or commentary on

(kaniṣ-printed text) .

कण्ठिन्

mfn. belonging to the throat.

काण्वशाखिन्

m. a follower of the kāṇva- branch of the veda-.

कन्यार्थिन्

(kanyārthin-) mfn. idem or '(kanyārthika-) mfn. wanting or desiring a girl.'

कफविरोधिन्

mfn. obstructing the phlegm

कफविरोधिन्

n. black pepper

कफिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. phlegmatic '

कफिन्

m. an elephant

कफिन्

m. varia lectio for kapphiṇa- q.v

कफिन

vv.ll. for the above.

कफिनी

f. Name of a river

कपित्थिनी

f. a region abounding in kapittha-s gaRa puṣkarādi-

करभिन्

m. "having a trunk", an elephant

करग्राहिन्

mfn. (1. kara-grāhin-;for 2.See) taking the hand

करग्राहिन्

mfn. a bridegroom

करग्राहिन्

(2. kara-grāhin-) mfn. levying a tax, a tax-collector.

करम्भिन्

mfn. possessing gruel

करवीरकरम्भिन्

n. Name of a wood

(varia lectio karavīrākara-)

कर्मानुबन्धिन्

mfn. connected with or involved in works

कर्मविरोधिन्

mfn. disturbing or preventing any one's works

कार्यार्थिन्

mfn. making a request, seeking for business, applying for employment

कार्यार्थिन्

mfn. pleading a cause in court, going to law

commentator or commentary on

काष्ठलोहिन्

m. a club, short cudgel (especially if bound with iron)

काष्ठाम्बुवाहिनी

f. a wooden bucket or baling vessel

काष्ठिन्

mfn. wooden

काष्ठिन्

mfn. having wood

कठशाठिन्

m. plural the schools of kaṭha- and śāṭha-

काठशाठिन्

m. plural the pupils of kaṭhaśāṭha- gaRa śaunakādi-

काठशाठिन्

m. or of kaṭha- and śāṭha-

कठिन

mfn. (Comm. on

) hard, firm, stiff (opposed to mṛdu-)

कठिन

mfn. difficult

etc.

कठिन

mfn. harsh, inflexible, cruel

etc.

कठिन

mfn. violent (as pain)

कठिना

f. crystallized sugar, a sweetmeat made with refined sugar

कठिना

f. a species of betel

कठिन

n. an earthen vessel for cooking

कठिन

n. a strap or pole for carrying burdens

(see vaṃśa-kaṭhina-)

कठिन

n. a shovel, scoop

कठिन

n. (also) a garment made in a day and offered to a monk as a present,

काठिन

n. (fr. kaṭhina-) hardness, sternness

काठिन

m. the date fruit

कठिनचित्त

mfn. hard-hearted, cruel, unkind.

कठिनहृदय

mfn. equals -citta- above.

कठिनक

m. a shovel, scoop

कठिनफल

m. Feronia Elephantum

कठिनपृष्ठ

m. "hard-backed", a tortoise

कठिनपृष्ठक

m. idem or 'm. "hard-backed", a tortoise '

कठिनता

कठिनतारकनाथ

m. the full moon,

कठिनत्व

n. hardness, firmness, harshness, severity,

etc.

कठिनत्व

n. difficulty, obscurity

कठिनावदान

n. Name of a Buddhist legend.

कठिनय

Nom. P. kaṭhinayati-, to harden, indurate, render hard

कठिनेक्षु

m. a kind of sugar-cane

कठिनी

f. chalk

कठिनीभू

to become hard.

कठिनीभूत

mfn. hardened, indurated.

कठिनिका

f. chalk

कठिनीकृ

idem or 'Nom. P. kaṭhinayati-, to harden, indurate, render hard '

काठिन्य

n. hardness, rigidity, stiffness, sternness, severity (Name of a disease)

काठिन्य

n. firmness of character, difficulty, obscurity (of style) commentator or commentary on

काठिन्य

n. error for kaṭhilla-

काठिन्यफल

n. the plant Feronia Elephantum (kapittha-)

केशवश्रेष्ठिन्

m. Name of a merchant.

खड्गग्राहिन्

m. "a sword-bearer", a particular dignitary

खिन्दक

m. Name of the Arabic astronomer Alkindi.

खिन्धि

m. idem or 'm. Name of the Arabic astronomer Alkindi.'

खिन्धिक

m. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. Name of the Arabic astronomer Alkindi.' '

खिन्न

mfn. depressed, distressed, suffering pain or uneasiness

etc.

खिन्न

mfn. wearied, exhausted

खिन्नमानस

mfn. distressed in mind,

किन्धिन्

m. a horse

(varia lectio for kilkin-).

कोहिन्

m. the tree Wrightia antidysenterica

कोशपीथिन्

mfn. one who exhausts or has exhausted the wealth of any one

कोटिवेधिन्

mfn. "striking an edge" id est performing most difficult things

कोटिवेधिन्

m. Name of a plant

क्राथिन्

See para-k-.

क्रोधिन्

mfn. id

क्रोधिन्

m. a buffalo

क्रोधिन्

m. a dog

क्रोधिन्

m. a rhinoceros

क्रोधिन्

m. the 38th year of the sixty years' bṛhaspati- cycle

क्रोधिनी

f. a mystical Name of the letter r-.

कृत्तत्त्वबोधिनी

f. Name of a grammatical treatise.

क्षणदाधिनाथ

m. the moon, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

क्षारमेहिन्

mfn. one whose urine has that smell and taste

क्षौद्रमेहिन्

mfn. affected with that disease

क्षेमवृद्धिन्

m. Name of a man gaRa bāhv-ādi-.

कूचिदर्थिन्

mfn. (kūcid-) striving to get anywhere ["seeking oblations from any quarter"

]

कूचिदर्थिन्

See 2. k/ū-.

कुगेहिनी

f. equals -kuṭumbinī-

कुकुराधिनाथ

m. "lord of the yādava-s", Name of kṛṣṇa-.

कुलश्रेष्ठिन्

mfn. of good family, eminent in family

कुलश्रेष्ठिन्

m. the chief of a guild

कुमारवाहिन्

m. "carrying skanda-", a peacock (as being skanda-'s usual vehicle)

कुम्भिन्

mfn. having a jar

कुम्भिन्

mfn. shaped like a jar

कुम्भिन्

m. "having on his forehead the prominence called kumbha- ", an elephant

कुम्भिन्

m. (hence) the number"eight"

कुम्भिन्

m. a crocodile

कुम्भिन्

m. a kind of poisonous insect.

कुम्भिन्

m. a sort of fragrant resin (g/uggulu-) or the plant bearing it

कुम्भिन्

m. Name of a demon hostile to children

कुम्भिनरक

m. Name of a hell

कुम्भिनी

f. the earth

कुम्भिनी

(f. of bhin- q.v)

कुम्भिनीबीज

n. the croton-nut (Croton Jamalgota)

कुनखिन्

mfn. having bad or diseased nails

etc.

कुनखिन्

m. Name of a man

कुनखिन्

m. of a work belonging to the

कुष्ठिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. leprous '

कूटयोधिन्

mfn. fighting unfairly or treacherously

लाभिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') obtaining, meeting with, finding

लाभिन्

mfn.

लघुबोधिनी

f. Name of work

लघुवेधिन्

mfn. easily piercing, cleverly hitting

लक्षवेधिन्

mfn. piercing or hitting the mark

(see lakṣya-v-).

लक्ष्यवेधिन्

mfn. piercing or hitting a mark

(see lakṣa-vedhin-).

ललनावरूथिन्

mfn. surrounded by a troop of women

ललिताभिनय

m. erotic performance, representation of love scenes

लङ्कादाहिन्

m. "burner of laṅkā-", Name of hanumat- (as having set fire to the city with his burning tail)

लवणमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from it

लेहिन्

mfn. licking, a licker (See madhu-l-).

लेहिन

m. borax

लेखिन्

mfn. scratching, grazing, touching (ambara-l-."touching the sky")

लिङ्गवर्धिन्

mfn. causing erections

लोभिन्

mfn. covetous, avaricious, desirous of. eager after, longing for (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

( lobhitā bhi-tā- f.)

लोभिन्

mfn. alluring, enticing, charming

लोहिनी

f. a woman with a red-coloured skin or red with anger

लोहिनी

See under 1. l/ohita-, column 1.

लोहिनिका

See under lohitaka- above.

लोहिनीका

f. red glow or lustre

लोहिन्य

(?) m. patronymic

लोकप्रवाहिन्

mfn. flowing through the world

लोकसंग्राहिन्

mfn. propitiating men

लोकसीमानुरोधिन्

mfn. conforming to ordinary limits, moderate,

लोकवाधिन्

mfn. occupying space

लोकविरोधिन्

mfn. (= - viruddha-).

लोमप्रवाहिन्

mfn. equals loma-vāhin-

लोमवाहिन्

mfn. either"bearing or having feathers, feathered", or"sharp enough to cut a hair"(said of an arrow)

मधुलेहिन्

(

) m. "licking honey"or"longing after honey", a bee.

मधुमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from saccharine urine

मधुरकण्ठिन्

mfn. "sweet-throated", singing sweetly

मधुवाहिन्

mfn. bearing or carrying honey (a river)

मधुवाहिनी

f. Name of a river

महाभिनिष्क्रमण

(hābh-) n. "the great going forth from home", Name of buddha-'s celebrated abandonment of his own family

महामोहिन्

m. a thorn-apple

महारजनगन्धिन्

n. a kind of ruby

महास्कन्धिन्

m. the fabulous animal śarabha-

महिन्

mfn. equals mah/at-, great, mighty

( mahintama -tama- mfn.

)

महिन्

mfn. keeping a feast, festive

(see 3. mahi-,above) .

महिन

mf(ā-)n. = mah/in-1, great, mighty

महिन

n. sovereignty, dominion

महिना

See mahim/an-.

माहिन

mf(ā-)n. (1. mah-) glad. some, blithe, causing or feeling joy (others"great, powerful")

माहिन

n. dominion

महिना

ind. mahiman

महिनदी

f. (only in vocative case mahe-nadi-) a great river

महिनस

m. a form of śiva- or rudra-

माहिनावत्

mfn. exhilarated, excited (others"great, mighty")

महिन्धक

m. a rat

महिन्धक

m. an ichneumon

महिन्धक

m. the cord of a pole for carrying loads

महिन्तम

mfn. mahin

मकरवाहिनी

f. Name of a river

मलवाहिन्

mfn. carrying filth or soil, bearing or containing dirt

मलयगन्धिनी

f. Name of a vidyā-dharī-

मलयगन्धिनी

f. of a companion of umā-

मन्दाभिनिवेश

mfn. having little inclination for (locative case)

मन्दसुबोधिनी

f. Name of work

मन्दवाहिनी

f. "gently-flowing", Name of a river

मञ्जिष्ठामेहिन्

mfn. suffering from this disease

मन्मथिन्

mfn. enamoured, impassioned, in love

मनोभिनिवेश

m. close application of mind, tenacity of purpose

मनोदाहिन्

m. "heart-inflamer", the god of love,

मनोधिनाथ

m. "heart-lord", a lover, husband

मनोग्राहिन्

mfn. captivating the mind, fascinating

मनोमोहिनी

f. Name of a surāṅganā-

मन्थिन्

mfn. shaking, agitating

मन्थिन्

mfn. paining, afflicting

मन्थिन्

m. soma--juice with meal mixed in it by stirring

मन्थिन्

m. semen virile (see ūrdhva-m-)

मन्थिन्

m. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda-

मन्थिनी

f. a butter-vat

मार्गरोधिन्

mfn. road-obstructing, blocking up a road

मार्गशाखिन्

m. a tree by the road-side

मर्मवेधिन्

mfn. ( marmavedhitā dhi-tā- f.) See a-marma-vedhitā-.

मथिन्

m. (strong stem, m/anthan-,older m/anthā-; middle math/in-or math/i-[q.v.]; sg. Nominal verb m/anthās- accusative m/anthām-[for mantkānam-See manthāna-under manth-]; instrumental case math/ā- dual number math/ibhyām- plural math/ibhyas-etc.[ see pathin-and

] ; for mathīn/ām-See mathi-above) a churning-stick, any stick or staff for stirring or churning

etc.

मथिन्

m. the penis

मथिन्

m. a thunderbolt

मथिन्

m. wind

मथिन

nati- (artificial Nom.fr. mathin-), Siddh. on

मातृगन्धिनी

f. "having only the smell of a mother", an unnatural mother

मातृवाहिनी

f. "mother-carrying"a bat.

मत्स्यबन्धिन्

m. equals -bandha-

मत्स्यबन्धिनी

f. a fish-basket (varia lectio for -bandhanī-)

मत्स्यसगन्धिन्

mfn. equals -gaudha-

मत्तेभकुम्भपरिणाहिन्

mfn. round as the frontal globes of an elephant in rut

मायायोधिन्

mfn. fighting illusively or with deceitful artifices

मयूखिन्

mfn. radiant, brilliant

मेधिन्

See gṛha-medhin-.

मेघदुन्दुभिनिर्घोष

mfn. roaring as a cloud or a kettle-drum (

)

मेघवाहिन्

m. "producing clouds", smoke

मेघवाहिनी

f. "riding upon a cloud", Name of a mātṛ- attending on skanda-

(varia lectio meṣa-v-)

मेहिन्

mfn. (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') voiding urine, making water

मेहिन्

mfn. suffering from a particular urinary disease (see ikṣu--. udaka--, geha--, nīla-m-etc.)

मेहिन्

m. a species of small tiger or panther

मेषवाहिनी

f. "riding on a ram", Name of a mātṛ- attending on skanda-

(varia lectio megha-v-).

मेथिनी

f. Trigonella Foenum Graecum

मित्रद्रोहिन्

mfn. equals -dr/uh-

मोहिन्

mfn. deluding, confusing, perplexing, illusive

etc.

मोहिनी

f. a fascinating woman

(see

)

मोहिनी

f. the flower of a species of jasmine

मोहिनी

f. Name of an apsaras-

मोहिनी

f. of a daughter of rukmāṅgada-

मोहिनीमन्त्र

m. Name of work

मोहिनीराजसहस्रनामावली

f. Name of work

मृगबन्धिनी

f. a net for snaring game

मुग्धबोधसुबोधिनी

f. Name of work connected with vopadeva-'s grammar

मुग्धबोधिनी

f. (scilicet ṭīkā-) Name of 2 Comms. , on the amara-koṣa- and the bhaṭṭi-kāvya- by bharatasena-.

मुखशोधिन्

mfn. cleansing the mouth

मुखशोधिन्

m. a lime or citron, citron tree

मूलच्छिन्न

mf(ā-)n. cut away with the root, id est gone, lost (as hope)

मूर्धभिन्न

(mūrdh/a--) mfn. one who has his head cleft

नाभिनाडी

f. the navel string

(see garba-n-).

नाभिनाल

n. idem or 'f. the navel string (see garba-n-).' (only mf(ā-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

नाभिनाला

f. idem or 'n. idem or 'f. the navel string (see garba-n-).' (only mf(ā-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') ' (only mf(ā-)n. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

नागबोधिन्

m. Name of an author

नागबुद्धिनिघण्टु

m. Name of his work

नागव्याधिनिर्णय

m. Name of work

नखभिन्न

mfn. scratched or torn off with a nail

नखनिर्भिन्न

(kh/a-n-) mfn. split asunder with the nail

नखिन्

mfn. having nails or claws

नखिन्

mfn. thorny, prickly

नखिन्

m. a clawed animal, lion

नरमोहिनी

f. Name of a surāṅganā-

नरवाहिन्

mfn. drawn or carried by men

नासाछिन्नी

f. a species of bird with a divided beak

नासिकाछिन्नी

f. (

) equals nāsā-chinnī-

नाथिन्

mfn. having a protector or master

नातिभिन्न

mfn. not too much slit

नातिभिन्न

mfn. not very different from (ablative)

नातिच्छिन

mfn. not too much torn or rent

नेदिष्ठिन्

mfn. very near, very nearly related

निबन्धिन्

mfn. binding, confining, fettering

निबन्धिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') joined by, connected with

निबन्धिन्

mfn. causing, being the cause of

निधिनाथ

m. "lord of treasure", Name of kubera-

निधिनाथ

m. of an author

निध्यर्थिन्

mfn. seeking treasure

निगूहिन्

See sādhu-ni-gūhin-.

निकामसुखिन्

mfn. exceedingly happy

नीलालकवरूथिन्

mfn. encircled by a mass of dark locks,

नीलमेहिन्

mfn. voiding bluish urine

निमित्तवेधिन्

mfn. hitting a mark

निरभिसंधिन्

mfn. free from egoistic designs

निरन्तरोद्भिन्न

mfn. densely sprouted

निर्बाधिन्

mfn. removing all (impediments)

निर्बन्धिन्

mfn. insisting upon (locative case or compound)

निर्भिन्न

mfn. undistinguished, equal, like

निर्भिन्न

mfn. broken asunder, budded, blossomed

निर्भिन्न

mfn. divided, separated, disunited

निर्भिन्न

mfn. pierced, penetrated

निर्भिन्न

mfn. found out, betrayed

etc.

निर्भिन्नतनु

mfn. having the body pierced through or transfixed

निर्माथिन्

mfn. grinding down, crushing or stamping to pieces, churning, rubbing

निरोधिन्

mfn. obstructing, hindering

निर्वाहिन्

mfn. leading or carrying out, discharging (as a wound)

निसर्गभिन्न

mfn. naturally distinct

निषेधिन्

mfn. defending, keeping back or down, excelling, surpassing

निशीथिनी

f. night

निशीथिनीनाथ

m. "husband of night", the moon. (L.)

निशीथिनीपति

m. "husband of night", the moon. (

)

निशुम्भिन्

m. Name of vajra-ṭīka-

निशुम्भिन्

m. an inferior deity of the Buddhists

निव्याधिन्

mfn. piercing, opening

न्यग्रोधिन्

mfn. gaRa kumudādi-and prekṣādi-.

न्यायबोधिनी

f. Name of work

न्यायमकरन्दविवर्धिनी

f. Name of work

न्यायार्थलघुसुबोधिनी

f. Name of work

न्यायतन्त्रबोधिनी

f. Name of work

न्यायविरोधिन्

mfn. inconsistent with logical argument,

ओषधिनामावली

f. Name (also title or epithet) of work

पद्मवाहिनी

f. Name of work

पैतृकतिथिनिर्णय

m. Name of work

पक्षग्राहिन्

(

) mfn. one who takes the side or chooses the party of (genitive case or compound)

पक्षोद्ग्राहिन्

mfn. equals kṣa-grāhin-

पक्थिन्

m. "who cooks the oblation" (

;prob. Name of a man)

पल्लवग्राहिन्

mfn. putting forth young shoots, sprouting in all directions, diffusive, superficial (as knowledge)

पल्लवग्राहिन्

m. (with doṣa-) the fault of prolixity or diffusiveness

पञ्चशिखिन्

mfn. equals -śikha- mfn.

पञ्चवाहिन्

mfn. yoked with 5, drawn by 5 (as a carriage)

परद्रोहिन्

mfn. tyrannizing over another

परगुणग्राहिन्

mfn. paraguṇa

परक्राथिन्

m. Name of a kuru- warrior

परमक्रोधिन्

m. idem or 'mfn. extremely angry ' , Name of one of the viśve-devā-s

परमेष्ठिन्

mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal

etc.

परमेष्ठिन्

m. Name of any supreme being, of agni-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. of prajā-pati-

etc.

परमेष्ठिन्

m. a son of prajā-pati-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. of brahmā-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. of śiva-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. of viṣṇu-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. of garuḍa-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. of manu- cakṣus-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. (with jaina-s) equals -ṣṭhi-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. the teacher of the teacher of any one's teacher

परमेष्ठिन्

m. a kind of virāj-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. a kind of ammonite

परमेष्ठिन्

m. Name of a son of aja-mīḍha-

परमेष्ठिन्

m. of a son of indradyumna- (Devadyumna)

परमेष्ठिन्

m. dual number viṣṇu- and śrī-

परमेष्ठिन

equals -ṣṭh/in-

परमेष्ठिनी

f. Ruta Graveolens

परार्थिन्

mfn. striving after the supreme good (emancipation)

परसम्बन्धिन्

mfn. related or belonging to another

परश्वधिन्

mfn. furnished with an axe

परिभिन्न

mfn. (p/ari--) broken, split or cleft open, crumbled

परिभिन्न

mfn. disfigured, deformed

परिच्छिन्न

mfn. cut off, divided, detached, confined, limited, circumscribed ( paricchinnatva -tva- n.)

etc.

परिच्छिन्न

mfn. determined, ascertained

परिच्छिन्न

mfn. obviated, remedied

परिच्छिन्नत्व

n. paricchinna

परिदाहिन्

mfn. burning hot

परिधिन्

m. Name of śiva-

(

)

परिग्रहिन्

mfn. possessed of, wealth, having property

परिखिन्न

mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted

परिलेहिन्

m. a particular disease of the ear

(see pari-rih-).

परिमाथिन्

mfn. torturing

परिमोहिन्

mfn. perplexed

परिमोहिन्

mfn. fascinating, bewitching

परिणाहिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. = expensive, large '

परिणाहिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having the extent of, as large as

परिपन्थिन्

mfn. standing in the way, hindering

परिपन्थिन्

m. equals prec.

etc. (see

)

परिरम्भिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') clasped, girt by

परिरम्भिन्

mfn. embracing

परिस्पर्धिन्

mfn. ( spṛdh-) vying with, rivalling, emulating (in compound)

(varia lectio)

परिवाहिन्

mf(ṇī-)n. overflowing

परिवाहिन्

mf(ṇī-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') streaming with

परिवारशोभिन्

mfn. beautified by a retinue

परिवेषबन्धिन्

mfn. forming a circle,

पठनाधिनाथ

m. a master in reading or studying

पथिन्

m. (strong stem p/anthan-,older p/anthā-;middle path/i-;weak path-; sg. p/anthās-(Nominal verb vocative case), p/anthānam-[ p/anthām-

]; path/ā-, th/e-, th/as-, th/i-; dual number p/anthānau-, path/ibhyām-, path/os-; plural p/anthānas-[ p/anthās-, thāsas-

; path/ayas-

]; path/as-[ pāth/as-

, perhaps genitive case sg.?]; path/ibhis-, bhyas-; path/ām-[ thīn/ām-

]; path/iṣu-; see

) a way, path, road, course (literally and figuratively; panthānaṃ-dā-,with genitive case to cede the way to; pathānena-,"in this way or manner", pathi ni-as-See under ny-as-)

etc.

पथिन्

m. range, reach (see karṇa--, darśana--etc.)

पथिन्

m. sect, doctrine

पथिन्

m. a division of hell

पथिन्

m. Name of a teacher with the patronymic saubhara-

[ confer, compare patha-; Zend panthan; Greek ; Latin pont-em; Old Pruss.pintis; Slavonic or Slavonian pati8]

पाठिन्

mfn. one who has read or studied any subject

पाठिन्

mfn. knowing, conversant with (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

पाठिन्

m. a student

पाठिन्

m. a Brahman (especially one who has finished his sacred studies)

पाठिन्

m. Plumbago Zeylanica (also pāṭhī-kuṭa-)

फलबन्धिन्

mfn. forming or developing fruit

फलग्राहिन्

m. a fruit tree

फलाग्रशाखिन्

mfn. having fruits at the ends of its branches

फलार्थिन्

mfn. one who aims at fruits or reward

फलेग्राहिन्

mfn. bearing fruit

फेनमेहिन्

mfn. discharging frothy urine

फेनवाहिन्

mfn. "carrying of the scum"

फेनवाहिन्

n. (with vastra-) a filtering cloth

फेनवाहिन्

m. indra-'s thunderbolt

(rather"Name of indra-"; see phenāśani-).

पिण्डसम्बन्धिन्

mfn. qualified to receive the śrāddha- oblations from a living person

पिष्टमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from it

पीथिन्

mfn. drinking up, exhausting (see kośa-p-).

पितृद्रोहिन्

mfn. plotting against one's father

पितृमातृहिन

mfn. destitute of father and mother, orphan

प्रबाधिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') harassing, paining, tormenting

प्रभामण्डलशोभिन्

mfn. shining with a circle of rays

प्रभामण्डलशोभिन्

mfn. Name of work

प्रभामण्डलशोभिन्

m. a particular samādhi-

प्रभिन्न

mfn. split asunder, cleft, broken, pierced, opened

etc.

प्रभिन्न

mfn. blown (as a flower)

प्रभिन्न

mfn. exuding (as blood)

प्रभिन्न

mfn. flowing with juice (see -karaṭa-; m.an elephant in rut)

प्रभिन्न

mfn. broken through, interrupted

प्रभिन्न

mfn. disfigured, altered, depressed

प्रभिन्नकरट

mfn. having the temples cleft and flowing with juice (as a rutting elephant)

( prabhinnakaraṭāmukha ṭā-mukha- mfn.having the fissure in the temples flowing with juice

)

प्रभिन्नकरटामुख

mfn. prabhinnakaraṭa

प्रभिन्नाञ्जन

n. mixed collyrium, an eye-salve mixed with oil

प्रभिन्नविष्

mfn. secreting or relaxing the feces, aperient

प्रबोधिन्

mfn. awaking

प्रबोधिन्

mfn. coming forth from (ablative)

प्रबोधिनी

f. the 11th day in the light half of kārttika- (= bodhanī-)

प्रच्छिन्द्याकर्ण

mf(ī-)n. whose ear is to be cleft

(see

) .

प्रगर्धिन्

mfn. ( gṛdh-) pressing or hastening onwards, eager

प्रग्रहिन्

mfn. guiding the reins

प्रलोभिन्

mfn. alluring, seducing

प्रलोभिन्

mfn. lusting after

प्रमथिन्

mfn. harassing, annoying, tormenting

प्रमाथिन्

mfn. stirring about, tearing, rending, troubling, harassing, destroying

etc.

प्रमाथिन्

mfn. striking off, used for striking off

प्रमाथिन्

mfn. (in med.) throwing out id est producing secretion of the vessels

प्रमाथिन्

m. Name of the 13th (47th) year of a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter

(also wrong reading for pra-mādin-)

प्रमाथिन्

m. of a rākṣasa-

प्रमाथिन्

m. of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra-

प्रमाथिन्

m. of a monkey

प्रमाथिनी

f. Name of an apsaras-

प्रमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from urinary disease

प्रमोहिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') bewildering, infatuating

प्राणाधिनाथ

m. "life-lord", a husband

प्राणद्रोहिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') seeking another's life

प्राणार्थिन्

mfn. eager for life

प्रपथिन्

mfn. roaming on distant paths (superl. -tama-)

प्रपथिन्

m. Name of a man

प्ररोहिन्

mfn. growing or shooting up, shooting up from (compound)

प्ररोहिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') causing to grow, propagating

प्ररोहिशाखिन्

mfn. (a tree) whose branches grow again

प्रार्थिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') wishing for, desirous of

प्रार्थिन्

mfn. attacking, assailing

प्रस्पर्धिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') rivalling with, equalling

प्रष्ठिवाहिन्

wrong reading for praṣṭi-v-.

प्रष्टिवाहिन्

mfn. idem or '(pr/a-) mfn. (a chariot) drawn (also) by side-horses, yoked (at least) with 3 horses '

प्रथिततिथिनिर्णय

m. Name of work

प्रतिबाधिन्

mfn. obstructing

प्रतिबाधिन्

m. an opponent

प्रतिबन्धिन्

mfn. meeting with an obstacle, being impeded or prevented

प्रतिबन्धिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') impeding, obstructing

प्रतिभिन्न

mfn. pierced, divided

प्रतिभिन्न

mfn. distinguished by (instrumental case or compound)

प्रतिभिन्नक

mfn. undecided (?)

प्रतिबोधिन्

mfn. awaking, about to awake

(see gaRa gamy-ādi-).

प्रतिग्रहिन्

mfn. one who receives, a receiver (opp. to dātṛ-)

प्रतिग्राहिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. one who receives or accepts (See /a-pratig-).'

प्रतिरोधिन्

mfn. obstructing, hindering etc.

प्रतिरोधिन्

m. a robber, thief.

प्रतिस्पर्धिन्

mfn. emulous, coping with (genitive case), a rival

प्रतिस्पर्धिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') resembling, like

प्रतिष्टम्भिन्

mfn. impeding (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

(see pratistambh-).

प्रतियोधिन्

m. an antagonist, well-matched opponent gaRa gamy-ādi- (see a-pratiy-).

प्रत्यभिनन्द्

P. -nandati-, to greet in return, return a salutation

; to bid welcome

(varia lectio for abhi-n-).

प्रत्यभिनन्दिन्

mfn. receiving thankfully (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

प्रत्यभिनन्दित

mfn. saluted, welcomed

प्रत्यर्थिन्

mfn. hostile, inimical

प्रत्यर्थिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') opposing, rivalling, emulating

etc.

प्रत्यर्थिन्

m. an adversary, opponent, rival

प्रत्यर्थिन्

m. (in law) a defendant

etc.

प्रत्यववरोहिन्

mfn. descending, moving downwards

प्रत्यववरोहिन्

mfn. moving or rising from a seat (a-pratyav-)

प्रवाहिन्

mfn. drawing, carrying, bearing along or away

etc.

प्रवाहिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') streaming

प्रवाहिन्

mfn. (fr. vāha-) abounding in streams gaRa puṣkarādi-

प्रवाहिन्

m. a draught animal

प्रविभिन्न

mfn. ( bhid-) broken or torn off, wounded

प्रायश्चित्तसुबोधिनी

f. Name of work

प्रोद्भिन्न

(pra-udbh-) mfn. broken or burst forth, germinated

प्रोन्माथिन्

mfn. destroying, annihilating

प्रोथिन्

m. a horse

पुच्छिन्

mfn. equals puccha-vat-

पुच्छिन्

m. a cock

पुच्छिन्

m. Calotropis Gigantea

पुनरर्थिन्

mfn. requesting again

पुण्यगन्धिन्

(

) mfn. sweet-scented, fragrant.

पुष्पवाहिनी

f. (equals -vahā-) Name of a river

पुत्रार्थिन्

mf(iṇī-)n. wishing for a son

राधावेधिन्

mfn. shooting in a particular attitude (see rādhā-)

राधावेधिन्

m. Name of arjuna-

(see -bhedin-).

रागबन्धिन्

mfn. exciting or inflaming the passions

रघुवंशसुबोधिनी

f. Name of Comm. of raghu-vaṃśa-.

राजद्रोहिन्

m. a rebel, traitor

राज्जुकण्ठिन्

m. plural the school of rajju-kaṇṭha-, gaRa śaunakādi-.

रक्तकण्ठिन्

mfn. equals -kaṇṭha-

रक्तमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from this disease

रक्तपटव्रतवाहिनी

f. a Buddhist nun

रामाभिनन्द

m. Name of a nāṭaka-

रम्भिन्

mfn. carrying a staff or stick (m.an old man, a doorkeeper

)

रम्भिन्

etc. See .

रन्धिन्

See sādhu-r-.

रसाभिनिवेश

m. accession of sentiment, intentness of feeling or passion

रतार्थिन्

mfn. wishing for sexual enjoyment, amorous, lascivious

रतार्थिनी

f. a wanton woman

रथारोहिन्

mfn. one who fights from a chariots

रथिन्

mfn. possessing or going in a chariot or carriage, fighting in a war-chariot (superl. th/i-tama-)

etc.

रथिन्

mfn. consisting of chariot

रथिन्

mfn. carried in chariot (as goods)

रथिन्

mfn. accustomed to chariot (as horses)

रथिन्

m. an owner of a carriage or chariot, charioteer, warrior who fights from a chariot

etc.

रथिन्

m. a kṣatriya-

रथिन्

m. a driver

रथिन

mfn. possessing or riding in a chariot

रथिनी

f. a number of carriages or chariot gaRa khalādi- on

vArttika

रतिखेदखिन्न

m. fatigued by sexual enjoyment

रत्नशिखिन्

m. Name of a buddha-

रेभिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') causing to resound

रेखिन्

mfn. having lines on the hand, lined (bahu-r-)

रेफिन्

mfn. having or containing the letter r-, having the nature of r-

रेष्मछिन्न

(reṣm/a--) mfn. rent or torn up by a storm

रिक्थिन्

mfn. or m. inheriting property, an heir

रिक्थिन्

mfn. possessing property, wealthy

रिक्थिन्

m. a testator

ऋजुयोधिन्

m. a fair-fighter (opp. to jihma-- y-),

(confer, compare

)

ऋक्थिन्

mfn. receiving or inheriting property, an inheritor, heir

ऋणग्राहिन्

mfn. borrowing

ऋणग्राहिन्

m. a borrower

रोधिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals rodhaka-

etc.

रोधिन्

mfn. obstructing, overpowering or drowning (one sound by another)

रोधिन्

mfn. filling, covering

रोहशिखिन्

m. fire which mounts upwards, ascending flame

रोहिन्

mf(iṇī-)n. rising

रोहिन्

mf(iṇī-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') mounting, ascending towards

रोहिन्

mf(iṇī-)n. grown, shot up, long, tall

रोहिन्

mf(iṇī-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') grown on or in

रोहिन्

mf(iṇī-)n. growing, increasing (in number)

रोहिन्

m. Andersonia Rohitaka

रोहिन्

m. Ficus Indica and Religiosa.

रोहिन्

mf(iṇī-)n. See under roha-, column 2.

रोमवाहिन्

mfn. cutting off hairs, sharp enough to cut a hairs

ऋतुमुखिन्

mfn. taking place on the first day of a season commentator or commentary on

रुद्रत्रिपाठिन्

m. Name of an author

रूपयौवनोत्साहिन्

mfn. possessing beauty youth and energy

शब्दबाणाग्रवेधिन्

mfn. hitting (an unseen object) with an arrow's point by (aiming at) the mere sound

(see śabda-vedhin-).

शब्दशक्तिप्रबोधिनी

f. Name of a commentator or commentary on it.

शब्दसिद्धिनिबन्ध

m. Name of a modern school-book.

शब्दवेधिन्

mfn. "sound-piercing", hitting an unseen (but heard) object

( śabdavedhitva dhi-tva- n.

)

शब्दवेधिन्

mfn. Name of arjuna-

शब्दवेधिन्

mfn. of king daśa-ratha-

साभिनयम्

ind. with dramatic gesture or gesticulations, pantomimically

साभिनिवेश

mfn. having or attended with a great inclination or predilection for anything

सभ्याभिनवयति

m. Name of an author

साधारणासाधारणानुपसंहारिविरोधग्रोधिन्

n. Name of work

साधिन्

mfn. accomplishing, performing (See bhāra-s-).

साधुनिगुहिन्

mfn.

साधुरन्धिन्

mfn.

साधुवाहिन्

mfn. drawing (a carriage) well

साधुवाहिन्

m. a good or well-trained horse

साधुवाहिन्

mfn. having good horses

सद्यःश्राद्धिन्

mfn. one who has recently taken part in a śrāddha-

सद्यश्छिन्न

mfn. recently severed or cut or incised (said of a wound)

सद्योबोधिनीप्रक्रिया

f. Name of work

सहचरभिन्न

m. (in rhetoric) separation of what belongs together, joining discordant things or ideas (also sahacarabhinnnatā nna-tā- f. sahacarabhinnatva -tva- n.)

सहचरभिन्नत्व

n. sahacarabhinna

सहचरभिन्न्नता

f. sahacarabhinna

सहजाधिनाथ

m. Name of a king

सहपथिन्

m. and f. (Nominal verb -panthās-, pathī-) going by the same road, a companion on a journey, fellow-traveller

सहार्थिन्

mfn. seeking a companion, desirous of an ally

सहस्रवेधिन्

m. a kind of sorrel

सहस्रवेधिन्

m. musk

सहस्रवेधिन्

m. Calamus Fasciculatus

सहस्रवेधिन्

n. Asa Foetida

साहस्रवेधिन्

mfn. equals sahasra-v-

शैखिन

mfn. (fr. śikhin-) relating to or coming from or produced by a peacock

सैतवाहिनी

f. (perhaps for sita v-) Name of the river bāhu-dā-

शाखिन्

mfn. provided with branches

शाखिन्

mfn. separated into schools (said of the veda-)

शाखिन्

mfn. adhering to a particular Vedic school

शाखिन्

m. a tree

etc.

शाखिन्

m. a veda- which exists in various schools

शाखिन्

m. the follower of any Vedic school

शाखिन्

m. Salvadora Persica

शाखिन्

m. Name of a king

शाखिन्

m. plural Name of a people (equals turuṣka-; see śākhi-)

शक्रशाखिन्

m. equals -vṛkṣa-

सकृदाच्छिन्न

mfn. severed with one cut

शक्तिप्रकाशबोधिनी

f. Name of work

सलिलार्थिन्

mfn. wishing for water, thirsty

सलिलस्तम्भिन्

mfn. stopping water

समभिनन्द्

P. -nandati-, to rejoice together with (See next) ; to greet, salute

समभिनन्दित

mfn. rejoiced with, congratulated

समभिनिःसृत

mfn. ( sṛ-) come forth, gushed forth (as blood from a wound)

समाधिन्

mfn. absorbed in contemplation

समाधिनिष्ठ

mfn. devoted to meditation

समालम्भिन्

mfn. seizing (the sacrificial victim), killing

सामान्यनिरुक्त्यभिनवव्याख्या

f. Name of work

समारम्भिन्

mfn. (prob.) hung with

समार्थिन्

mfn. seeking or desiring equality

समार्थिन्

mfn. seeking peace with (instrumental case)

(perhaps wrong reading for śam-).

सम्बन्धिभिन्न

mfn. divided or shared by relatives

सम्बन्धिन्

mfn. connected with, belonging or relating to (genitive case or compound), adjunct, inherent

etc.

सम्बन्धिन्

mfn. connected with = possessed of (compound)

सम्बन्धिन्

mfn. related, connected by marriage, a relative

सम्भिन्न

mfn. completely broken or divided etc.

सम्भिन्न

mfn. interrupted, abandoned (See -vṛtta-)

सम्भिन्न

mfn. contracted (See -sarvāṅga-)

सम्भिन्न

mfn. joined, combined, mingled

etc.

सम्भिन्न

mfn. come into contact with (compound)

सम्भिन्न

mfn. close, tight

सम्भिन्न

mfn. solid, compact

सम्भिन्नबुद्धि

mfn. one whose understanding is broken or impaired

सम्भिन्नमर्याद

mfn. one who has broken through barriers or bounds

सम्भिन्नप्रलाप

m. idle talk (with Buddhists one of the 10 sins)

(

)

सम्भिन्नप्रलापिक

mfn. talking idly

सम्भिन्नसर्वाङ्ग

mfn. one who has contracted or compressed the whole body (as a tortoise)

सम्भिन्नता

f. the being joined or united with

सम्भिन्नवृत्त

mfn. one who has abandoned good conduct

सम्भिन्नव्यञ्जना

f. a kind of hermaphrodite ( sambhinnavyañjana na- n."the condition of a hermaphrodite")

सम्भिन्नव्यञ्जन

n. sambhinnavyañjanā

संछिन्न

mfn. cut to pieces, cut off etc.

संदेहिन्

mfn. doubtful, dubious

संधिन्

m. a minister of alliances

संधिनाल

m. or n. Unguis Odoratus

संधिनी

f. See next.

संधिनी

f. a cow in heat

etc.

संधिनी

f. (according to to

) a cow which has just taken the bull

संधिनी

f. a cow milked unseasonably or every second day.

संधिनीक्षीर

n. the milk of a cow in heat (prohibited as an article of food)

संधिनिर्मोचन

n. Name of a Buddhist sūtra-.

संघातकठिन

mfn. hard or firm or solid from compactness

संग्रहिन्

m. a collector, procurer

(varia lectio)

संग्राहिन्

mfn. grasping, collecting, gathering, accumulating

संग्राहिन्

mfn. astringent, constipating

संग्राहिन्

mfn. winning over, propitiating (See loka-s-)

संग्राहिन्

m. Wrightia Antidysenterica

संग्रामार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of war or battle, pugnacious

संक्षेपतिथिनिर्णयसार

m. Name of work

संक्षोभिन्

mfn. shaking about, jolting, jerking (as a carriage)

सम्मुखिन्

m. a looking-glass, mirror

सम्प्रभिन्न

mfn. ( bhid-) split quite asunder, split open, cleft (said of an elephant whose temples are cleft during the rutting season; see mada-)

संरम्भिन्

mfn. angry (as a sore), inflamed, irritable

संरम्भिन्

mfn. ardently devoted to (compound)

संरम्भिन्

mfn. wrathful, furious, angry, irascible

संरम्भिन्

mfn. proud

समृद्धिन्

mfn. possessing abundance of (compound)

समृद्धिन्

mfn. prosperous, happy, blessed (said of gaṅgā-)

संरोहिन्

mfn. growing up or in (compound)

संस्पर्धिन्

mfn. jealous, vying with (compound)

संस्तम्भिन्

mfn. stopping, averting (danger)

समुच्छिन्न

mfn. torn up, uprooted, eradicated, utterly destroyed, lost

समुच्छिन्नवासन

mfn. one whose dress is torn off (or"one whose delusion is completely removed")

समूहिन्

mfn. forming an aggregate or fit for the formation of an aggregate

समुपजाताभिनिवेशम्

ind. after having formed a determined resolution

संवाहिन्

mfn. leading, conducting

संवाहिनी

f. a particular vessel of the body (leading from the fetus to the mother)

शनैर्देहिन्

wrong reading for -mehin-

शनैर्मेहिन्

mfn. suffering from dysuria

सान्द्रमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from it

शङ्खभिन्न

mf(ī-)n.

शङ्खिन्

mfn. possessing a conch (as viṣṇu-)

शङ्खिन्

mfn. bearing shells (as water)

शङ्खिन्

mfn. possessing the treasure called śaṅkha-

शङ्खिन्

mfn. possessed by the demon śaṅkha-

शङ्खिन्

m. the ocean

शङ्खिन्

m. a worker in shells

शङ्खिन्

m. Name of viṣṇu-

शाङ्खिन

m. patronymic fr. śaṅkhin-

शङ्खिनी

f. of prec.

शङ्खिनी

f. mother of pearl

शङ्खिनी

f. a particular plant

(according to to

Andropogon Aciculatus, Cissampelos Hexandra equals śveta-cukrā-, śveta-puṃnāga-,and śveta-vṛndā-)

शङ्खिनी

f. a particular vein (nāḍī-)

शङ्खिनी

f. Name of one of the four classes into which females are divided (the other three being citriṇī-, padminī-,and hastinī-)

शङ्खिनी

f. Name of a śakti- worshipped by Buddhists

शङ्खिनी

f. a kind of semidivine being or fairy (upadevatā-viśeṣa-)

शङ्खिनी

f. Name of a tīrtha-

शङ्खिनीफल

m. Acacia Sirissa

शङ्खिनीवास

m. Trophis Aspera

सन्मार्गयोधिन्

mfn. fighting honourably,

सारबोधिनी

f. Name of a commentator or commentary on the kāvya-prakāśa-.

शरच्छिखिन्

(for -śikhin-) m. a peacock in autumn (supposed to cease its cries)

सारग्राहिन्

mfn. capable of extracting or apprehending the essence or best part of anything

सरलाङ्गुलिशोभिन्

mfn. having beautiful straight fingers

शरणार्थिन्

mfn. seeking refuge or protection, wretched

सारार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of deriving gain or profit from anything

सरथिन्

mfn. riding on the same chariot

शर्धिन्

See bāhu-ś-.

सर्पिर्मेहिन्

mfn. having urine like clarified butter

सर्वाभिसंधिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. deceiving every one '

सर्वाभिसंधिन्

m. a cynic, calumniator

सर्वनिवरणविष्कम्भिन्

m. Name of a bodhisattva-

(wrong reading -ṇīv-

)

सर्वार्थानुसाधिन्

mfn. effecting all things

सर्वार्थानुसाधिनी

f. Name of durgā-

सर्वसेनाधिनाथ

m. (

) a commander in chief.

सर्वसुखदुःखनिरभिनन्दिन्

m. a particular samādhi-

सर्वौषधिनिष्यन्दा

f. a particular kind of writing

सर्वविश्रम्भिन्

mfn. trusting all

षष्ठिन्

mfn. having a sixth, having or being the sixth (year etc.)

सस्थूणच्छिन्न

mfn. hewn down with the stump

शस्त्रग्राहिन्

mfn. taking arms

शस्त्रग्राहिन्

m. an armed man

शस्त्रशिखिन्

mfn. proud of (the practice of) weapons

शतमन्युकण्ठिन्

m. a kind of plant

शतवेधिन्

m. Rumex Vesicarius

शाठिन्

See kāṭha-ś-.

सतुहिन

mfn. accompanied by frost or ice, wintry

सत्याभिनवोदय

m. Name of work

सत्याभिसंधिन्

mfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. idem or 'mfn. true-speaking, faithful to a promise or agreement ' '

सत्यग्रन्थिन्

mfn. binding or tying securely (with knots)

सौभाग्यवर्धिनी

f. Name of commentator or commentary

शवदाहिन्

m. a corpses-burner

शवगन्धिन्

mfn. smelling of corpses

सवरूथिन्

(

) mfn. furnished with a protecting ledge (See varūtha-).

सेनाधिनाथ

m. (nādh-) the chief of an army (See sarva-sen-)

सेनाधिनाथ

m. Name of a man

सिद्धार्थिन्

m. the 53rd year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years

सिद्धिनृसिंह

m. Name of a king (also -malla-)

शीघ्रबोधिनी

f. (with nāma-mālā-) Name of work

शीघ्रवाहिन्

mfn. moving rapidly

शीघ्रवेधिन्

mfn. shooting quickly

शीघ्रवेधिन्

m. a good archer

सिकतामेहिन्

mfn. suffering from the above disease

शिखिन्

mfn. having a tuft or lock of hair on the top of the head

etc.

शिखिन्

mfn. one who has reached the summit of knowledge

शिखिन्

mfn. proud

शिखिन्

m. a peacock

etc.

शिखिन्

m. a cock

शिखिन्

m. Ardea Nivea (a kind of heron or crane)

शिखिन्

m. a bull

शिखिन्

m. a horse

शिखिन्

m. "having flame", fire or the fire-god

etc.

शिखिन्

m. the number"three"(from the three sacred fires)

शिखिन्

m. a lamp

शिखिन्

m. a comet

शिखिन्

m. Name of ketu- (the personified descending node)

शिखिन्

m. a mountain

शिखिन्

m. a tree

शिखिन्

m. Carpopogon Pruriens

शिखिन्

m. Trigonella Foenum Graecum

शिखिन्

m. a kind of potherb (equals sitāvara-)

शिखिन्

m. an arrow

शिखिन्

m. a Brahman

शिखिन्

m. a religious mendicant

शिखिन्

m. Name of a serpent-demon

शिखिन्

m. of indra- under manu- tāmasa-

शिखिन्

m. of the second buddhi-

(see

)

शिखिन्

m. of a brahmā- (with Buddhists)

शिखिन्

m. cock's comb, Celosia Cristata

शिखिन

m. a particular gaṇa- of śiva-

शिखिनी

f. a pea-hen

शिलोञ्छिन्

mfn. subsisting by gleaning

सिंहवाहिन्

mfn. equals -vāha-

सिंहवाहिनी

f. Name of durgā-

सिंहिनी

f. (with Buddhists) Name of a goddess

शिङ्घिनी

f. (also written siṅgh-) "smelling", the nose

([ confer, compare German Zinken])

सिफिन्ना

f. Name of a village,

शीर्षच्छिन्न

mfn. having the head cut off, decapitated

शिशुबोधिनी

f. Name of various works.

शीतमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from the prec. complaint

शिवगीतातात्पर्यबोधिनी

f. Name of Comm.

स्कन्धिन्

mfn. having a (big) stem

स्कन्धिन्

m. a tree

स्कान्धिन्

m. plural the disciples of skandha- gaRa śaunakādi-.

श्लाघिन्

mfn. boasting or proud of (compound)

श्लाघिन्

mfn. haughty (as a lion)

श्लाघिन्

mfn. celebrated, famous for (compound)

etc.

श्लाघिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') praising, celebrating

(see ātma-śl-) equals śālin-

श्लाघिन्

mfn. desiring

श्लोकाभिनयन

n. a dramatic performance accompanied by recitation of śloka-s.

स्मितशोभिन्

mfn. smiling beautifully

स्नेहिन्

mfn. oily, unctuous, fat

स्नेहिन्

mfn. affectionate, friendly, attached to or fond of (compound)

स्नेहिन्

m. a friend

स्नेहिन्

m. a painter

स्निग्धभिन्नाञ्जन

n. glossy pounded collyrium

शोभिन्

mfn. brilliant, splendid, beautiful

शोभिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') resplendent with, beautified by

etc. (also for śobha- equals śobhā-; exempli gratia, 'for example' anumeya-śobhin-,"whose splendour may be infered from"

शोधिन्

mfn. cleansing, purifying

शोधिन्

mfn. requiting, settling

सोढिन्

mfn. one who has borne or endured

सोमपाथिन्

(?) m. a drinker of soma-

सोमपीथिन्

mfn. drinking soma-

सोमार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of soma-

शोणितमेहिन्

mfn. discharging urine mixed with bloodiness

शोफिन्

mfn. having tumours, subject to swellings idem or 'mfn. afflicted with tumours or swellings '

स्पर्धिन्

mfn. emulating, rivalling, vying with (compound)

etc.

स्पर्धिन्

mfn. proud

स्पर्धिन्

mfn. superb, gorgeous.

श्रद्धिन्

mfn. faithful, trustful, believing

श्राद्धिन्

mfn. performing śrāddha-s

(see a-śr-)

श्राद्धिन्

mfn. partaking of a śrāddha-

श्रमखिन्न

mfn. distressed by fatigue

श्रेष्ठिन्

mfn. having the best, best, chief

श्रेष्ठिन्

m. a distinguished man, a person of rank or authority

श्रेष्ठिन्

m. a warrior of high rank

श्रेष्ठिन्

m. an eminent artisan, the head or chief of an association following the same trade or industry, the president or foreman of a guild (also f(inī-).a female artisan etc.)

श्रेयोर्थिन्

mfn. desiring felicity or bliss

श्रेयोर्थिन्

mfn. desirous of good, ambitious

श्रीफलवर्धिनी

f. Name of work

श्रीतत्त्वबोधिनी

f. Name of work

शृङ्गमोहिन्

m. Michelia Champaka

स्तम्भिन्

mfn. provided with pillars or columns,

स्तम्भिन्

mfn. supporting

स्तम्भिन्

mfn. puffed up, arrogant

स्तम्भिन्

mfn. stopping, restraining

स्तम्भिन्

m. the sea

स्ताम्भिन्

m. plural the disciples of stambha- gaRa śaunakādi-.

स्तम्भिनी

f. Name of one of the five dhāraṇā-s or elements (= the earth; see bhramaṇī-)

स्थिन्

See tri-ṣṭh/in- and parame-ṣṭh/in-.

स्थूलदेहिन्

mfn. big-bodied, large (opp. to alpa-)

स्तिभिनी

f. a clump, tuft etc. equals stibhi- Scholiast or Commentator on

स्त्रीग्राहिन्

mfn. (in law) accepting (the guardianship over) a women.

शुभार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of prosperity or welfare

सुबोधिनी

f. Name of various Comms. (especially on the bhagavad-gītā-, the mitākṣarā-, the brahma-- sūtra-s etc.)

सुबोधिनीकार

m. the author of the subodhinī- (a gram. work)

सूचिभिन्न

mfn. divided into needle-like points at the ends of the buds

शुद्धिनिर्णय

m. Name of work

शुद्धिनिरूपण

n. Name of work

सुधास्पर्धिन्

mfn. vying with nectar, sweet as nectar (said of speech)

शूद्रधर्मबोधिनी

f. Name of work

सुगन्धिन्

mfn. fragrant, sweet-smelling

सुगन्धिनी

f. Pandanus Odoratissimus

सुगन्धिनी

f. a kind of plant with fragrant leaves (equals ārāma-śītalā-)

सुगेहिनी

f. a good housewife

सुगृहिन्

mfn. well-housed, having a good nest (as a bird)

सुखबोधिनी

f. Name of work

सुखदुःखिन्

mfn. feeling pleasure and pain

सुखप्रतिबन्धिन्

mfn. obstructing or interrupting happiness ( sukhapratibandhitā dhi-tā- f.)

सुखप्रत्यर्थिन्

mfn. opposed or hostile to happiness ( sukhapratyarthintā -tā- f.)

(varia lectio for -pratibandhi-tā-).

सुखप्रत्यर्थिन्ता

f. sukhapratyarthin

सुखार्थिन्

mfn. seeking wishing for pleasure or happiness

सुखिन्

mfn. possessing or causing happiness or pleasure, happy, joyful, pleasant, comfortable, easy

etc.

सुखिन्

m. a religious ascetic

शुक्लमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from white diabetes

शुक्रामन्थिनौ

m. Nominal verb dual number pure and meal-like soma-

शुक्रमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from seminal diabetes

शुक्रवर्धिनी

f. equals -kara- m.

सुलाभिन्

m. Name of a man gaRa gargādi-.

शूलग्राहिन्

(

) m. "spear-bearer", Name of śiva-.

शुल्कग्राहिन्

mfn. receiving a toll or duty

सुलोहिन्

m. Name of a man gaRa gargādi-.

सुपथिन्

m. (Nominal verb -panthās-) a good road

सुपथिन्

mf(thī-)n. having good roads

सुपथिन्तर

m. a better roads

सुप्रतिच्छिन्न

mfn. well distributed

सुरभिगन्धिन्

mfn. sweet-smelling, fragrant

सुरभिगन्धिन्

See dhi-.

सुरभिन्

mfn. perfumed, scented, fragrant (Comparative degree bh/in-tara-)

सुरामेहिन्

mfn. suffering from diabetes

शूरंगमसमाधिनिर्देश

m. Name of work

सुरमोहिनी

f. Name of a surāṅganā-

सुरशाखिन्

m. "tree of the gods", the kalpa- tree

सुरवाहिनी

f. "river of the gods", the heavenly Ganges

सूर्याभिनिम्लुक्त

mfn. idem or 'mfn. one upon whom (while sleeping) the sun has set '

सूर्याभिनिम्रुक्त

mfn. one upon whom (while sleeping) the sun has set

सूर्यातपच्छिन्नदृष्टि

mfn. having the sight dazzled by the sun's glare

सुसुखिन्

mfn. very comfortable or happy

सुतार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of offspring

सुवरूथिन्

mfn. having a good protecting ledge (as a chariot)

सुविष्टम्भिन्

mfn. well-supporting (said of śiva-)

स्वाध्यायायार्थिन्

m. one who seeks a maintenance for himself during his studentship

स्वजनगन्धिन्

mfn. distantly related to (genitive case)

स्वामिजङ्घिन्

m. Name of paraśu-rāma-

स्वामिकार्यार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of or seeking a master's interest

स्वरसुबोधिनी

f. Name of work

स्वर्धिन्

m. a good partisan (or"one who has chosen the good side")

स्वार्थिन्

mfn. pursuing one's own objects, self-seeking

स्वर्वाहिनी

f. equals -āpagā-

स्वात्मानन्दविवर्धिनी

f. Name of work

स्वविधिना

ind. in one's own way

स्वविधिना

ind. in the right wish, duly

श्वेतकण्ठिन्

mfn. white-necked (as a jar)

श्वेताश्वतरशाखिन्

f., plural idem or ' f., plural idem or 'm. plural his school ' '

श्वेतवाहिन्

m. "borne by white horses", Name of arjuna-

तद्भिन्न

mfn. different from that.

तगरशिखिन्

m. Name of a man

तैत्तिरीयशाखिन्

mfn. belonging to khā-

ताम्बूलकरङ्कवाहिनी

f. a female servant carrying her master's betel-box

ताम्बूलवाहिनी

f. equals -karaṅka-v-

ताम्रशिखिन्

m. "red-crested", a cock

तात्पर्यबोधिनी

f. Name of a commentator or commentary on the philosophical work citra-dīpa-.

तत्त्वबोधिनी

f. "teaching true principles", Name of a commentator or commentary on saṃkṣepa-śārīraka-

तत्त्वबोधिनी

f. of a commentator or commentary on

by jñānendra-sarasvatī-

तत्त्वबोधिनी

f. truth-teaching see

तिलशिखिन्

m. equals -mayūra-

तिथिनिर्णय

m. "disquisition on tithi-s", Name of a work by ananta-bhaṭṭa-

तिथिनिर्णयसंग्रह

m. Name of another work on astronomy

तिथिनिर्णयसंक्षेप

m. Name of another work on astronomy

तिथिनिर्णयसार

m. Name of another work on astronomy

तिथिनियम

m. Name of a chapter of

त्रिभिन्न

m. (in music) Name of a measure.

त्रिग्राहिन्

mfn. extending to the length of 3 (padyā-s)

त्रिजगन्मोहिनी

f. "beguiling the 3 worlds", durgā- (?)

त्रिपाठिन्

m. familiar with the 3 veda-s (epithet of a commentator on

and of several copyists).

त्रिपुरप्रमाथिन्

m. equals -ghna-

त्रिष्ठिन्

mfn. equals -pratiṣṭhita-

तृणग्राहिन्

m. "attracting grass (electrically when rubbed)", sapphire or another gem

तुहिन

n. (

) frost, cold, mist, dew, snow

तुहिन

n. moonlight

तुहिन

n. camphor

तुहिना

f. the tree śuka-nāsa-

तुहिनाचल

m. equals na-giri-

तुहिनदीधिति

m. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. equals -kara- ' '

तुहिनाद्रि

m. idem or 'm. equals na-giri- '

तुहिनद्युति

m. idem or 'm. equals -kara- '

तुहिनगिरि

m. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. equals tuṣāra-giri- ' '

(varia lectio)

तुहिनगिरिमय

mfn. formed by the himālaya-

तुहिनगु

m. equals -kara-

तुहिनकण

m. equals tuṣārak-

तुहिनकर

m. equals tuṣāra-k-

तुहिनकरसुता

f. "moon-daughter", the river narmadā-

तुहिनकिरण

m. equals -kara-

तुहिनकिरणपुत्र

m. "monsoon", Mercury

तुहिनक्षितिभृत्

m. equals tuṣāra-giri-

तुहिनक्ष्माभृत्

m. idem or 'm. equals tuṣāra-giri- '

तुहिनमयूख

m. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. equals -kara- ' ' '

तुहिनांशु

m. equals na-kara-

तुहिनांशु

m. camphor

तुहिनांशुतैल

n. camphor-oil

तुहिनरश्मि

m. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. equals -kara- ' ' ' '

तुहिनशैल

m. equals -giri-

तुहिनशर्करा

f. a piece of ice, ice

तुहिनय

Nom. P. to cover with ice

तूलशोधिनी

f. equals -kārmuka-

उच्छिन्न

mfn. cut out or off

उच्छिन्न

mfn. destroyed, lost

उच्छिन्न

mfn. abject, vile

उच्छिन्न

m. (scilicet saṃdhi-) peace obtained by ceding valuable lands

उदधिनेमि

mfn. ocean-encircled,

उदकमेहिन्

mfn. suffering from the above

उदकार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of water, thirsty.

उदमेहिन्

mfn. having watery urine or diabetes

उद्भिन्न

mfn. burst forth, opened, burst

उद्भिन्न

mfn. having broken through, come forth, appeared

उद्भिन्न

mfn. made to appear, brought to light

उद्भिन्न

mfn. appearing above

etc.

उद्भिन्न

mfn. discovered, betrayed

उद्भिन्न

mfn. provided or abounding with

उद्वाहिन्

mfn. one who raises or draws up

उद्वाहिन्

mfn. one who marries, relating to marriage

उद्वाहिनी

f. a rope

उद्वेगवाहिन्

mfn. bringing or causing agitation, disquieting, troubling

उग्रगन्धिन्

mfn. strong-smelling, stinking

ऊहिनी

f. a broom

उक्थिन्

mfn. uttering verses, praising, lauding

उक्थिन्

mfn. accompanied by praise or (in ritual) by uktha-s

उल्लेखिन्

mfn. scratching, touching

उल्लेखिन्

mfn. delineating, making visible or clear

उन्मार्गजलवाहिन्

mfn. carrying water by a wrong way.

उन्माथिन्

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' shaking, agitating

उन्माथिन्

mfn. destroying, annulling

उपबृंहिन्

See upa-vṛṃhaṇa-, vṛṃhin- under upa-vṛṃh-.

उपाधिन्यायसंग्रह

m. Name of work

उपगन्धिन्

mfn. fragrant,

(Bombay edition).

उपानहिन्

mfn. having shoes, shoed

उपप्रभिन्न

mfn. crumbled

उपरोधिन्

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' obstructing, impeding

उपरोधिन्

mfn. (uparodhin-), having an impediment, impeded, obstructed.

उपशोभिन्

mfn. of beautiful appearance, brilliant

उपवाहिन्

mfn. flowing or streaming towards

उपवृंहिन्

mfn. invigorating, supporting

ऊर्ध्वमन्थिन्

mfn. "keeping the semen (manthin-) above ", abstaining from sexual intercourse, living in chastity

ऊरुभिन्न

mf(ī-)n. having a rent in the thigh

ऊरुच्छिन्न

mfn. one wbo has broken a leg,

ऊरुग्रहिन्

mfn. suffering from the above

उष्ट्रवाहिन्

mfn. drawn by camels (as a car).

उत्क्राथिनी

f. Name (also title or epithet) of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda-,

उत्पत्तिकालावच्छिन्नत्व

n. exact limitation of the time of origin (exempli gratia, 'for example' of a jar)

उत्साहिन्

mfn. powerful, mighty

उत्साहिन्

mfn. firm, steady

उत्साहिन्

mfn. active, energetic

वचनग्राहिन्

mfn. accepting or obeying orders, obedient, submissive, humble

वधिन्

mfn. incurring death, killed by (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

वाधिन्

See loka-vādhin-.

वहिन्

mfn. bearing the yoke, drawing well

वहिन्

m. an ox

वाहिन्

mfn. conveying along, driving along (as a car)

वाहिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') drawing

वाहिन्

mfn. flowing, streaming

वाहिन्

mfn. causing to flow, shedding

etc.

वाहिन्

mfn. bearing along (said of rivers)

वाहिन्

mfn. wafting (said of the wind)

वाहिन्

mfn. bringing, causing, producing, effecting

वाहिन्

mfn. carrying, bearing, wearing, having, possessing

वाहिन्

mfn. undergoing, performing, practising

वाहिन्

m. a chariot

वाहिनी

f. See next.

वाहिनी

f. an army, host, body of forces

etc.

वाहिनी

f. a particular division of an army (consisting of 3 gaṇa-s id est 81 elephants, 81 cars, 243 horse, 405 foot; see akṣauhiṇī-)

वाहिनी

f. a river

etc.

वाहिनी

f. a channel

वाहिनी

f. Name of the wife of kuru-

वाहिनीक

in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' for vāhinī-

वाहिनीनिवेश

m. the camp of an army

वाहिनीपति

m. "chief of an army", a general

वाहिनीपति

m. "lord of rivers", Name of the ocean

वाहिनीपति

m. Name of a poet

वाहिनीपति

m. (with mahā-pātra bhaṭṭācārya-) Name of a Commentator

वाहिनीश

m. (nīśa-) "lord of an army", a general

वाहिनीश

m. Name of a man

वैदथिन

m. (fr. vidathin-) a patronymic

वैदिकसुबोधिनी

f. Name of work

वैरानुबन्धिन्

mfn. leading to or resulting in enmity or hostility ( vairānubandhitā dhi-tā- f.)

वैरानुबन्धिन्

m. the calorific or heating solar ray

वैरानुबन्धिन्

m. Name of viṣṇu-

वैशाखिन्

m. a particular part of an elephant's forefoot

वज्रदेहिन्

mfn. equals prec.

वक्रयोधिन्

m. "fighting deceitfully", Name of a dānava-

वक्त्रशोधिन्

m. "id.", the citron tree

वक्त्रशोधिन्

n. a citron

वक्त्रयोधिन्

m. "lighting with the mouth", Name of an asura-

वंशकठिन

m. a clump or thicket of bamboos

(see vāṃśakathinika-).

वांशकठिनिक

mfn. (fr. vaṃśa-kathiṇa-) dealing in bamboo-poles

वंशवर्धिन्

mfn. equals prec.

वनग्राहिन्

m. "occupying or searching a forest", a hunter

(see -grahaṇa-).

वनविरोधिन्

m. "forest-enemy", Name of one of the Hindu months (that succeeding the nidāgha- q.v)

वाञ्छिन्

mfn. wishing, desirous, lustful

वाञ्छिनी

f. a libidinous woman

वरार्थिन्

mfn. asking for a boon

वर्धिन्

mfn. augmenting, increasing (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',always f(inī-).)

वर्ध्रकठिन

n. a strap or band by means of which anything is carried,

वार्ध्रकठिनिक

mfn. dealing in leather straps

वारिवाहिन्

mfn. carrying water, running with water

वर्णभिन्न

m. (in music) two kinds of measure

वर्तनार्थिन्

mfn. seeking an occupation

वरूथिन्

mfn. wearing defensive arms or armour

वरूथिन्

mfn. furnished with a protecting ledge, having a guard

वरूथिन्

mfn. affording protection or shelter

वरूथिन्

mfn. seated in a chariot

वरूथिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') surrounded by a quantity or heap of

(see lalanā-v-)

वरूथिन्

m. a guard, defender

वरूथिन्

m. a ear

वरूथिनी

f. See next.

वरूथिनी

f. a multitude, troop, army

वरूथिनीपति

m. the leader of an army

वसामेहिन्

mfn. vasāmeha

वसन्तगन्धिन्

m. Name of a buddha-

वसन्तशाखिन्

m. equals -dru-

वातव्याधिनिदान

n. the cure of any morbid affection of the wind

वात्सल्यबन्धिन्

mfn. showing tenderness, displaying affection

वायुहिन

mfn. destitute of wind

वायुवाहिनी

f. the air-conveying (vessel of the body)

वेदपथिन्

m. the path of the veda-

वेदपाठिन्

(

) mfn. -pāṭhitṛ-.

वेदवेदाङ्गविग्रहिन्

mfn. one whose body consists of the veda- and vedāṅga- (said of viṣṇu-)

वेधिन्

mfn. piercing, perforating, hitting (a mark)

वेधिन्

m. Rumex Vesicarius

वेधिन्

m. Trigonella Foenum Graecum

वेधिनी

f. a leech

वेगवाहिन्

mfn. going or flowing or flying swiftly

वेगवाहिनी

f. an arrow

वेगविरोधिन्

mfn. obstructing the movement or evacuation of the bowels

वेणिकवाहिन्

mfn. flowing or causing to flow in an uninterrupted stream

वेणिवेधिनी

f. "hair-piecer", a comb

विभागभिन्न

n. equals takra-, buttermilk mixed with water

विभिन्दु

mfn. splitting or cleaving asunder

विभिन्दु

m. Name of a man

विभिन्दुक

m. Name of an asura-

विभिन्न

mfn. split or broken in two etc.

विभिन्न

mfn. passed across or through (as by a heavenly body)

विभिन्न

mfn. opened blown

विभिन्न

mfn. cleft (said of the temples of an elephant which exude during rut)

विभिन्न

mfn. broken, destroyed

विभिन्न

mfn. altered, changed (also in one's feelings)

विभिन्न

mfn. alienated, estranged, become faithless

विभिन्न

mfn. separated, divided

विभिन्न

mfn. disunited, living at variance

विभिन्न

mfn. (a place) filled with dissensions

विभिन्न

mfn. disappointed (See āśā-v-)

विभिन्न

mfn. contradictory

विभिन्न

mfn. various, manifold

विभिन्न

mfn. mingled with (instrumental case)

विभिन्न

m. Name of śiva-

विभिन्नदर्शिन्

mfn. seeing different things, discerning differences, discerning well

विभिन्नधैर्य

mfn. having firmness or constancy shaken

विभिन्नाङ्ग

mfn. one who has his body pierced or transfixed

विभिन्नता

f. the state of being broken or split asunder or scattered etc.

विभिन्नतमिस्र

mfn. having darkness expelled or destroyed

विभिन्नत्व

n. the state of being broken or split asunder or scattered etc.

विभिन्नवेष

mfn. dressed in various garments

विभिन्नीकृ

P. -karoti-, to separate, divide

विच्छिन्न

mfn. cut or torn or split or cleft or broken asunder etc.

विच्छिन्न

mfn. interrupted, disconnected ( vicchinnatā -tā- f.disconnectedness) , incoherent

विच्छिन्न

mfn. ended, ceased, no longer existing,

विच्छिन्न

mfn. crooked

विच्छिन्न

mfn. anointed

विच्छिन्नबलिकर्मन्

mfn. having sacrificial rites interrupted

विच्छिन्नधूमप्रसर

mfn. having the free course of the smoke interrupted

विच्छिन्नमद्य

mfn. one who has long abstained from spirituous liquor

विच्छिन्नप्रसर

mfn. (vicchinnaprasara-) having its progress interrupted (said of science)

विच्छिन्नशरपातत्व

n. "distance of an arrow's flight" id est excessive nearness of combatants to each other

विच्छिन्नता

f. vicchinna

विदाहिन्

mfn. burning, scorching, hot ( vidāhitva hi-tva- n.)

विदाहिन्

mfn. pungent, acrid

विदथिन्

m. Name of a man

(see vaidathina-).

विधिनिरूपण

n. Name of work

विधिनिषेधता

f. the being precept and prohibition

विद्रधिनाशन

m. "abscess-destroyer", Hyperanthera Moringa

विद्वत्प्रबोधिनी

f. Name of work

विद्यार्थिन्

mfn. (yār-) desirous of knowledge

विद्यार्थिन्

m. a student, pupil

विगर्हिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') blaming

विग्रहिन्

mfn. waging war

विग्रहिन्

mfn. a minister of war

विजयाभिनन्दन

m. Name of a king

विजयाभिनन्दन

m. of a great warrior yet to arise and to be the founder of an era

विजयप्रत्यर्थिन्

mfn. desirous of victory

विजयार्थिन्

mfn. seeking victory, desirous of conquest

विजृम्भिन्

mfn. breaking forth, appearing

विकत्थिन्

mfn. boasting, vaunting, proclaiming

विक्रान्तयोधिन्

m. an excellent warrior

विक्षोभिन्

mfn. agitating, disturbing (See rakṣo-vikṣobhiṇi-).

विलङ्घिन्

mfn. passing beyond, overstepping, transgressing

विलङ्घिन्

mfn. ascending to, striking against

विलेखिन्

mfn. scratching id est rubbing against, touching, reaching up to (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

विलोठिन्

mfn. moving to and fro, dangling,

विमाथिन्

mfn. crushing down, destroying

विमोहिन्

mfn. perplexing, bewildering

विमुखिन्

mfn. having the face averted, averse from, hostile

वीणागाथिन्

m. a lute-player

वीनाहिन्

m. (fr. prec.) a well

विनयग्राहिन्

mfn. conforming to rules of discipline, compliant, tractable

विनयग्राहिन्

m. an elephant which obeys orders

विनयप्रमाथिन्

mfn. violating propriety, behaving ill or improperly

विनिबर्हिन्

mfn. idem or 'mfn. (1. bṛh-) throwing down, crushing '

विनिर्भिन्न

mfn. split asunder, cleft, opened, pierced

विनिरोधिन्

mfn. ( rudh-) checking, obstructing

विपरिच्छिन्न

mfn. ( chid-) cut off on all sides, utterly destroyed

विपरिच्छिन्नमूल

mfn. having the roots cut completely round or off, entirely uprooted

विप्रलम्भिन्

mfn. deceiving, fallacious

विप्रलोभिन्

m. "Brahman-enticing", Name of the kiṅkirāta- tree

विप्रलोभिन्

m. a species of plant (equals kiṃkirāta-)

विप्रमाथिन्

mfn. ( math-) destroying everything, destructive

विरहिन्

mfn. separated, parted (especially from a beloved person), lonely, solitary

etc.

विरहिन्

mfn. absent

विरहिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') abstaining from

विरोधवरूथिनी

f. Name of work

विरोधवरूथिनीभञ्जिनी

f. Name of work

विरोधवरूथिनीनिरोध

m. Name of work

विरोधिन्

mfn. opposing, hindering, preventing, obstructing, excluding, disturbing

etc.

विरोधिन्

mfn. obstructive (See a-v-), besieging, blockading

विरोधिन्

mfn. dispelling, removing

(varia lectio)

विरोधिन्

mfn. adverse, hostile, inimical (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = foe or enemy of)

etc.

विरोधिन्

mfn. disagreeing (as food)

विरोधिन्

mfn. opposed, contradictory, inconsistent

विरोधिन्

mfn. rivalling with, equalling

विरोधिन्

mfn. contentious, quarrelsome

विरोधिन्

m. Name of the 25th year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years

विरोधिन्

m. Name of a female demon (daughter of duḥsaha-)

विरोधिनी

f. a woman who causes enmity or promotes quarrel (between husband and wife etc.)

विरोधिनिरोध

m. Name of work

विरोहिन्

mfn. shooting forth, sprouting, budding

वीर्यवाहिन्

mfn. bearing or producing seed

विसर्पखिन्नविग्रह

mfn. one whose body is moist with the exudation caused by the visarpa- disease

विशेषार्थिन्

mfn. seeking for excellence or distinction

विशेषार्थिन्

mfn. particular in searching for anything

विष्कम्भिन्

mfn. obstructing, impeding

विष्कम्भिन्

m. the bolt or bar of a door

विष्कम्भिन्

m. Name of śiva-

विष्कम्भिन्

m. of a bodhisattva-

विष्कम्भिन्

m. of a Tantric deity

विशोधिन्

mfn. purifying, cleaning, clearing ( vīśodhitva dhi-tva- n.)

वीशोधिनी

f. Tiaridium Indicum

विशोधिनीबीज

n. to be cleansed or purified etc.

विश्रम्भिन्

mfn. trusting in, relying on (compound)

विश्रम्भिन्

mfn. enjoying confidence

विश्रम्भिन्

mfn. confidential (as talk)

विष्टम्भिन्

mfn. supporting (literally and figuratively)

विष्टम्भिन्

mfn. checking, stopping, obstructing

विष्टम्भिन्

mfn. chilling

विष्टम्भिन्

mfn. making motionless

वितथाभिनिवेश

m. inclination to falsehood

( vitathābhiniveśavat -vat- mfn.prone to falsehood

)

वितथाभिनिवेशवत्

mfn. vitathābhiniveśa

वित्तविवर्धिन्

mfn. increasing property or capital, bearing interest

विवादार्थिन्

m. "seeking for litigation", a litigant, prosecutor, plaintiff

विवाहिन्

See and dvi-vivāhin-.

विवर्धिन्

mfn. increasing, augmenting, furthering, enhancing (only in f. inī-,and at the end of a śloka-)

विवेकपरिपन्थिन्

mfn. obstructing right judgement

विव्याधिन्

mfn. piercing, transfixing

व्रीहिन्

mfn. (a field) grown with rice

वृत्तगन्धिन्

n. "having the smell of rhythm", Name of a particular kind of artificial prose containing metrical passages ( vṛttagandhitva dhi-tva- n.)

वृत्तश्लाघिन्

mfn. praised for virtuous conduct

व्यधिकरणधर्मावच्छिन्नाभाव

n. Name of work

व्यधिकरणधर्मावच्छिन्नाभावक्रोड

n. Name of work

व्यधिकरणधर्मावच्छिन्नाभावपरिष्कार

m. Name of work

व्यधिकरणधर्मावच्छिन्नाभावप्रकाश

m. Name of work

व्यधिकरणधर्मावच्छिन्नाभावरहस्य

n. Name of work

व्यधिकरणधर्मावच्छिन्नाभावटिका

f. Name of work

व्यधिकरणधर्मावच्छिन्नवाद

n. Name of work

व्याधिन्

mfn. piercing, perforating

व्याधिन्

mfn. (fr. vyadha-) possessing (id est frequented by) hunters

व्याधिन्

mfn. (for 1, and 2 .See) idem or 'mf(ā-)n. afflicted with disease, diseased, sick '

व्याधिनिग्रह

m. suppression of disease

व्याधिनिर्जय

m. the subduing of a disease

व्यालग्राहिन्

m. idem or 'm. a snake-catcher '

(in Prakrit) etc.

व्यामोहिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') perplexing, bewildering

व्यापाररोधिन्

mfn. hindering the operation of. opposed to the ways of (genitive case)

व्यथिन्

See a-vyathin-.

व्यतिभिन्न

mfn. ( bhid-) inseparably joined or connected with

व्यतिलङ्घिन्

mfn. ( laṅgh-) falling or slipping away

व्यवहारार्थिन्

m. one who has a lawsuit, a plaintiff, accuser

व्यववच्छिन्न

mfn. cut off, separated etc.

व्यववच्छिन्न

mfn. distinguished, distinct

व्यववच्छिन्न

mfn. interrupted (See a-vyavacchinna-).

व्युच्छिन्न

mfn. cut off, extirpated, destroyed, interrupted, ceased

यज्ञवाहिन्

mfn. equals -vāha-

(only a-y-v-).

यज्ञायुधिन्

mfn. furnished with sacrificial utensils

यजुःशाखिन्

mfn. familiar with a śākhā- of the yajur-veda-

यामिनीविरहिन्

mfn. separated by night

यामिनीविरहिन्

m. (with vihaga-) the bird cakravāka-

यथाभिनिविष्ट

(thābh-) mfn. as acknowledged by each

यथाकालप्रबोधिन्

mfn. watchful in proper seasons, waking at the right time

यथाकामार्चितार्थिन्

mfn. honouring suppliants by conforming to their desires

यतिसंस्कारविधिनिर्णय

m. Name of work

यौवनभिन्नशैशव

mfn. whose childhood is separated off by youth, passing from childhood to manhood

योधिन्

See .

योधिन्

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') fighting, combating

योधिन्

m. a warrior, conqueror

योगवाहिन्

mfn. receiving into or assimilating to one's self

योगवाहिन्

mfn. (perhaps) contriving artifices, plotting ( yogavāhitva hi-tva- n.)

योगवाहिन्

n. a menstruum or medium for mixing medicines

युद्धार्थिन्

mfn. desirous of war, seeking war

युक्तारोहिन्

mfn.

Apte Search

224 results


hindolaḥ	हिन्दोलः 1 A swing. -2 The swing on which the figures of Kṛiṣṇa are carried about during the swingfestival in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa, or the festival itself. हिन्दोलकः hindōlakḥ हिन्दोला hindōlā हिन्दोलकः हिन्दोला 1 A swing. -2 A cradle.

hinduḥ	हिन्दुः also हिन्दू. N. of the people of Hindusthan or Bhāratavarṣa. The name appears to have been derived from Sindhu, the name of the celebrated river where the Vedic Āryans recited their Vedic mantras. In the Avesta स् is pronounced as ह्; so सप्तसिन्धु was pronounced by the Persians as हप्तहिन्दु. The Bhaviṣya-Purāṇa speaks of हप्तहिन्दु. Here are a few references in a few Kośas and the Purāṇas :(1) The Kālikā-Purāṇa says, "कलिना बलिना नूनमधर्माकलिते कलौ । यवनैर्घोरमाक्रान्ता हिन्दवो विन्ध्यमाविशन् ॥" (2) The Merutantra of the 8th century A. D.-- "हिन्दुधर्मप्रलोप्तारो जायन्ते चक्रवर्तिनः । हीनं च दूषयत्येष हिन्दूरित्युच्यते प्रिये ॥" (3) The Rāmakośa--"हिन्दुर्दुष्टो ना भवति नानार्यो न विदूषकः । सद्धर्मपालको विद्वान् श्रौतधर्मपरायणः ॥" (4) The Hemantakavikośa-- "हिन्दुर्हि नारायणादिदेवताभक्तः" (5) The Adbhutarūpakośa-- "हिन्दुर्हिन्दूश्च पुंसि द्वौ दुष्टानां च विघर्षणे ।" -Comp. -धर्मः the Hindu religion.

hintālaḥ	हिन्तालः A kind of palm; केसरहिन्तालबद्धबहलच्छायम् Bk.13.33.

akhinna	अखिन्न a. [न. त.] 1 Not fatigued or wearied. -2 Not involving fatigue. मखेष्वखिन्नो$नुमतः Ki.1.22.

acchinna	अच्छिन्न [न. त.] 1 Uninterrupted, continuous, constant; ˚शिवसंकल्पमन्तःकरणमस्तु ते Mv.4.36 undisturbed in its holy thoughts, ever cherishing holy thoughts; ˚अमलसन्तानाः सरितः कीर्तयश्च ते Ku.6.69. -2 Not cut or divided, undivided, uninjured; inseparable. -Comp. -पर्णः -पत्रः [अच्छिन्नानि सततानि पर्णानि पत्राणि वा यस्य] N. of trees having constant leaves; particularly of the tree called शाखोटक; (of birds) having uncut or uninjured wings. अच्छेदिक acchēdika अच्छैदिक acchaidika अच्छेदिक अच्छैदिक a. [छेदनं नार्हति ठन्-ठक्च] Not fit to be cut.

atithin	अतिथिन् a. Ved. Travelling, wandering. साध्वर्या अतिथिनीः Rv.1.68.3. -m. (थी) N. of a King, also called सुहोत्र and अतिथि.

atipathin	अतिपथिन् m. A better road than common, a good road.

atilaṅghin	अतिलङ्घिन् a. Erring, committing mistakes; नर्तकी- रभिनयातिलङ्घिनीः R.19.14.

adhināthaḥ	अधिनाथः [अधिको नाथः] The Supreme lord; a chiefton or lord; N. of the author of कालयोगशास्त्र.

adhinī	अधिनी 1 P. To lead away from, to enhance, increase.

adhināyaḥ	अधिनायः [नी-घञ्, -अधिनीयते वायुना] Frag rance, odour.

adhinirṇij	अधिनिर्णिज् a. Veiled; यः श्वेताँअधिनिर्णिजश्चक्रे कृष्णाँ अनु- व्रता Rv.8.41.1.

adhirohin	अधिरोहिन् a. Ascending, mounting, rising above &c. -णी [अधिरोहः साधनत्वेन अस्त्यस्याः] A ladder, flight of steps.

anantargarbhin	अनन्तर्गर्भिन् m. [अनन्तर्गर्भो यस्य; अस्त्यर्थे इनि, न. त.] N. of Kuśa grass used for the पवित्र, q. v.

anavacchinna	अनवच्छिन्न a. 1 Not bounded or marked off, not separated or cut. -2 Unlimited, immoderate, excessive. -3 Undefined; दिक्कालादि˚ Bh.2.1;3.1; undiscriminated, unmodified. -4 Uninterrupted, continuous.

anubandhin	अनुबन्धिन् a. (oft. at the end of comp.) 1 (a) Connected with, attached or related to; अहो सरसरमणी- यानुबन्धिनी स्त्रीजनकथा Māl.1 having for its contents or subject-matter &c.; परिचर्यानुबन्धी Dk.11 continuing. (b) Mixed or blended with; नीलकण्ठकलकेकानुबन्धिना मन्द्र- हुङ्कृतेन मामनुमन्यते Māl.9. -2 Followed by, accompanied with; having in its train, resulting in having as a consequence; तदियमापत्समन्ततो$नर्थानुबन्धिनी Dk.6; अय- मर्थो$र्थानुबन्धी 67; शास्त्रं शास्त्रान्तरानुबन्धि 156; दुःखं दुःखानुबन्धि V.4 one misfortune closely follows another, or misfortunes never come single; K.349; महोदयैस्तस्य हितानु- बन्धिभिः Ki.1.2; कर्मानुबन्धीनि मनुष्यलोके Bg.15.2; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22 being associated with. -5 Lasting, thriving, prosperous, growing apace, continuous; uninterrupted; अपि त्वदावर्जितवारिसंभृतं प्रवाल- मासामनुबन्धि वीरुधाम् Ku.5.34; ऊर्ध्वं गतं यस्य न चानुबन्धि R.6.77 continuous uninterrupted or all pervading; K.246,33.

anurodhin	अनुरोधिन् धक a. Compliant, complying with, obeying or conforming to, having regard to, caring for; पतिव्रतानां समयानुरोधिनी Rām.

aparādhin	अपराधिन् a. Offending, guilty, offender, criminal; अपराधी नामाहं प्रसीद रम्भोरु V.2.21.

aparicchinna	अपरिच्छिन्न a. 1 Undiscerned, undistinguished. -2 Continuous, connected, without interval or separation.

abhinand	अभिनन्द् 1 P. (rarely A.) 1 (a) To rejoice at or in, exult over, be glad or satisfied; आत्मविडम्बनामभि- नन्दन्ति K.18; Dk.75. (b) To celebrate (with rejocings &c.); महोत्सवेन मज्जन्माभिनन्दितवान् K.137; नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि Bg.2.57. -2 To congratulate, hail with joy, welcome; greet; एनां परिष्वज्य तातकाश्यपेनैवं अभिनन्दितम् Ś.4; तापसीभिरभि- नन्द्यमाना शकुन्तला तिष्ठति ibid 5,6,7; अभिनन्दितागमनेषु समीरेषु K.49,63; अभिनन्द्य ब्रवीति Mv.2 says (writes) after compliments; प्रविश्य पौरैरभिनन्द्यमानः R.2.74,3.68,7.69, 71;11.3;16.64;17.15,6; आशीर्भिरभिनन्दितः Y.1.332. -3 To rejoice at, approve, praise, applaud, commend; यो रत्नराशीनपि विहाय अभिनन्द्यते Ś.2; अतस्ते वचो नाभिनन्दामि ibid. do not approve; तद्युक्तमस्या अभिलाषो$भिनन्दितुम् Ś.3; श्रूयन्ते परिणीतास्ताः (कन्यकाः) पितृभिश्चाभिनन्दिताः 3.22; नाम यस्याभिनन्दन्ति द्विषो$पि स पुमान्पुमान् Ki.11.73;4.4; with न reject; R.12.35. -4 To care for, like, desire or wish for, respect, delight in (usually with न in this sense); नाभिनन्दन्ति केलिकलाः Māl.3; नाहारमभिनन्दति K.61.; Dk. 159; आर्यपुत्रस्यैव मनोरथसंपत्तिमभिनन्दामि Ve.2 wish or desire नाभिनन्देत मरणं नाभिनन्देत जीवितम् Ms.6.45, H.4.4. -5 To bless, grant success to, त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु U.5.27. -Caus. To gladden, delight.

abhinanda	अभिनन्द a. That which delights, encourages, praises &c. -न्दः 1 Rejoicing, delighting, joy, delight. Bṛi. Up. 6.2.13. -2 Praising, applauding, approving, greeting, congratulating. -3 Wish, desire. -4 Encouraging, inciting to action. -5 Very little happiness (सुखलव). -6 An epithet of परमात्मन् the Supreme Being. -7 N. of a commentator on the अमरकोश. -8 N. of the author of the योगवासिष्ठसार. -न्दा Delight; wish, desire.

abhinandanam	अभिनन्दनम् 1 Rejoicing at, greeting, welcoming. -2 Praising, approving. -3 Wish, desire. अभिनन्दनीय abhinandanīya नन्द्य nandya अभिनन्दनीय नन्द्य pot. p. To be rejoiced at, praised, or applauded; काममेतदभिनन्दनीयम् Ś.5; (जनस्य) द्वावप्य- भूतामभिनन्द्यसत्त्वौ R.5.31.

abhinandin	अभिनन्दिन् a. (At the end of comp.) Rejoicing at, approving, praising &c.

abhinabhaḥ	अभिनभः नभ्यम् adv. Ved. Towards the clouds or heaven; अहमस्मि महामहो$भिनभ्यमुदीषितः Rv.1.119.12; गुरुकाव्यानुगां व्रिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2.

abhinam	अभिनम् 1 P. To bow, to bend, to turn towards a person.

abhinamra	अभिनम्र a. Bent, deeply bowed or bent; स्तनाभिराम- स्तवकाभिनम्राम् R.13.32.

abhinava	अभिनव a. [आधिक्येन नवः, भृशार्थे अभिरत्र] 1 (a) Quite new or fresh (in all senses); पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś3.7;5.1; ˚कण्ठशोणित 6.27; Me.1; R.9.29; ˚वा वधूः K.2 newly married. (b) Quite young or fresh, blooming, youthful (as body, age &c.); वपुर- भिनवमस्याः पुष्यति स्वां न शोभाम् Ś.1.19; U.5.12; the younger; ˚शाकटायनः; ˚भोजः &c. (c) Fresh, recent. -2 Very young, not having experience. -वः [अभिनु अप्] Praise to win over, flattery. -Comp. -उद्भिद् -दः a new shoot or bud. -कालिदासः The modern Kālidāsa, i. e. Mādhavāchārya. -गुप्तः N. of a well-known author. -चन्द्रार्घविधिः 1 a ceremony performed at the time of the new moon. -2 N. of the 114th chapter in the Bhaviṣya Purāṇa. -तामरसम् 1 a fresh-blown lotus. -2 a kind of metre. -यौवन, -वयस्क a. youthful, very young. -वैयाकरणः one who has newly begun his study of grammar.

abhinah	अभिनह् 4 P. To bind up (as the eyes), to bind, tie, fasten; स्तनयोः समयेन याङ्गनानामभिनद्धारसमा न सा रसेन । परिरम्भरुचिं ततिर्जलानामभिनद्धा रसमानसारसेन ॥ Śi.6.75.

abhinahanam	अभिनहनम् 1 A bandage (over the eyes); तस्य यथा- भिनहनं प्रमुच्य प्रब्रूयात् Chān. Up.6.14.2. -2 a blind.

abhinidhana	अभिनिधन a. [अभिगतो निधनं मरणम्] About to perish, approaching one's doom. -नम् N. of certain verses of the Sāmaveda repeated at this time.

abhinidhānam	अभिनिधानम् 1 Putting on, setting up. -2 Euphonic, suppression, weakening in the pronunciation of words, especially the supression of an initial अ after ए or ओ; cf. अवग्रह.

abhiniyukta	अभिनियुक्त a. Occupied in, busy.

abhiniyogaḥ	अभिनियोगः Close application, attention or intentness, absorption; कार्य˚ Mu.1.

abhinirmukta	अभिनिर्मुक्त a. 1 Left or quitted (by the sun when it sets). -2 One asleep at sunset and thus not doing the duties to be then performed. सूर्येणाभ्युदितो यश्च ब्रह्मचारी भवत्युत । तथा सूर्याभिनिर्मुक्तः कुनखी श्यावदन्नपि ॥ Mb.12.34.3.

abhiniryāṇam	अभिनिर्याणम् 1 A march. -2 Invasion, marching against an enemy.

abhinirvṛttiḥ	अभिनिर्वृत्तिः f. Accomplishment, completion. यस्य ह्यर्थाभिनिर्वृत्तौ स भवन्त्याप्ययिताः परे Mb.5.134.1.

abhinivartaḥ	अभिनिवर्तः Turning towards, turning again and again.

abhiniviś	अभिनिविश् 6 A. अभिनिविशश्च (P.I.4.47) 1 (a) To enter into, be settled in; to occupy, set foot in. (b) To take possession of, resort to, be attached to (with acc.); अभिनिविशते सन्मार्गम् Sk. takes to, follows, a good path; सैव धन्या गणिकादारिका यामेवं भवन्मनो$भिनिविशते Dk.57, Mu. 5.12, Bk.8.8. -Caus. To make one enter or occupy, lead, carry or conduct to; (fig.) apply, direct or turn (as mind, heart &c.) towards something; प्रतिबन्धवस्वपि विषयेषु अभिनिवेश्य M.3, Śi.1.15.

abhiniviṣṭa	अभिनिविष्ट p. p. 1 Intent on, engrossed in, engaged in or occupied with, applying oneself to; माधवापकारं प्रति अभिनिविष्टा भवामि Māl.6. -2 Firmly or steadily fixed, uncontrollably fixed, steady, attentive, intent; अत्यभिनि- विष्टवित्तदर्पस्य Dk.29; Māl.1. -3 Endowed with, possessed of; गुरुभिरभिनिविष्टम् (गर्भंम्) लोकपालानुभावैः R.2,75. -4 Determined, resolute, persevering. -5 (In a bad sense) Obstinate, perverse; अथवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धिषु व्रजति व्यर्थकतां सुभाषितम् Śi.16.43; Ki.17.11. -6 Well-versed or proficient in. -ष्टम् Perseverance.

abhiniviṣṭatā	अभिनिविष्टता Resoluteness, determination of purpose; निन्दाक्षेपापमानादेरमर्षो$भिनिविष्टता S. D. i. e. adhering to one's purpose; not minding censure, abuse, dishonour &c.

abhiniveśaḥ	अभिनिवेशः 1 (a) Devotion, attachment, intentness, being occupied with, adherence to close application, with loc. or in comp,; कतमस्मिंस्ते भावाभिनिवेशः V.3; अहो निरर्थकव्यापारेष्वभिनिवेशः K.12.146, Dk.81; Māl.7. (b) Firm attachment, love, fondness, affection; बलीयान् खलु मे$भिनिवेशः Ś.3; अनुरूपो$स्या ˚शः ibid., V.2; असत्यभूते वस्तुन्यभिनिवेशः Mit. -2 Earnest desire, ardent longing or expectation; wish, desire; Māl.5.27. -3 Resolution, determined resolve, determination of purpose, firmness of resolve, perseverance; जनकात्मजायां नितान्तरूक्षाभिनिवेशमीशम् R.14.43; अनुरूप˚ शतोषिणा Ku.5.7; Śi.3.1. (b) Idea, thought; Ms.12.5; Y.3.155. -4 (In Yoga Phil.) A sort of ignorance causing fear of death; instinctive clinging to worldly life and bodily enjoyments and the fear that one might be cut off from all of them by death; अविद्या- स्मितारागद्वेषाभिनिवेशाः पञ्चक्लेशाः Yoga S.; cf. also Sāṅkhya K.15 and Malli. on Śi.4.55. -5 Pride; भयं द्वितीया- भिनिवेशतः स्यात् Bhāg.11.2.37.

abhiniveśin	अभिनिवेशिन् a. 1 Devoted to, intent on, adhering or clinging to; वितथाभिनिवेशी च जायते$न्त्यासु योनिषु Y. 3.134; कल्याणाभिनिवेशिनः K.136 of blessed or noble resolve, 191. -2 Fixing on, directing or turning (the mind) to; गुणेष्वभिनिवेशिनो भर्तुरपि प्रिया M.3; अहो नु खलु दुर्लभ ˚शी मदनः V.1; Dk.57. -3 Determined, resolute.

abhiniṣkārin	अभिनिष्कारिन् a. Ved. 1 Doing completely. -2 Injuring, thinking ill of; Av.1.1.12.

abhiniṣkramaṇam	अभिनिष्क्रमणम् 1 Going out or forth. -2 (With Buddhists) Leaving the house to become an anchorite.

abhiniṣṭānaḥ	अभिनिष्टानः [स्तन्-घञ्, सस्य च षत्वम् अभिनिशः स्तनः शब्दसंज्ञायां P.VIII.3.86] 1 A sound which dies away; विसर्जनीयो$भिनिष्टानः. -2 A letter or the alphabet (˚नो वर्णः). -3 The Visarga.

abhiniṣpat	अभिनिष्पत् 1 P. To rush out, issue, sally, go forth; to spring or shoot forth; गवाक्षजालैरभिनिष्पतन्त्यः Bk.1.8.

abhiniṣpatanam	अभिनिष्पतनम् Sallying, issuing.

abhiniṣpad	अभिनिष्पद् 4 A. 1 To go or come to. -2 To enter into, become. -3 To appear, become visible -Caus. To bring to, help to.

abhiniṣpattiḥ	अभिनिष्पत्तिः f. Completion, end, accomplishment, fulfilment.

abhiniṣyandaḥ	अभिनिष्यन्दः Trickling; यस्याः पयोभिनिष्यन्दात्क्षीरोदो नाम सागरः Rām.7.23.21.

abhinihnavaḥ	अभिनिह्नवः Denial, concealment.

abhinī	अभिनी 1 P. 1 To bring near, conduct or lead towards, carry to; तटाभिनीतेनाम्भसा Ki.8.32; अमात्यस्य गृहजनं स्वगृहमभिनीय रक्षसि Mu.1,5;6.15; दृष्ट्वा शरं ज्यामभि- नीयमानम् Mb. being fitted to the bow. -2 To act, represent or exhibit dramatically, gesticulate; mostly occurring in stage-directions; श्रुतिमभिनीय Ś 3 acting as if he heard something; Mu.1.2,3.3; M.2.5. -3 To quote, adduce, introduce. -4 To allow to elapse.

abhinayaḥ	अभिनयः 1 Acting, gesticulation, any theatrical action (expressive of some sentiment, passion &c.); नृत्याभिनयक्रियाच्युतम् Ku.5.79; अभिनयान् परिचेतुमिवोद्यता R.9.33; नर्तकीरभिनयातिलङ्घिनीः 19.14; Ki.1.42. -2 Dramatic representation, exhibition on the stage; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18. S.D. thus defines and classifies अभिनय :- भवेदभिनयो$वस्थानुकारः स चतुर्विधः । आङ्गिको वाचिकश्चैवमाहार्यः सात्त्विकस्तथा ॥ 274, 'acting is the imitation of condition', it is of four kinds:- (1) gestural, conveyed by bodily actions; (2) vocal, conveyed by words; (3) extraneous, conveyed by dress, ornaments, decoration &c.; (4) internal, conveyed by the manifestation of internal feeling such as perspiration, thrilling &c. -Comp. -आचार्यः a dancing preceptor; उभावभिनयाचार्यो त्वां द्रुष्टमिच्छतः M.1.1 -विद्या science of acting or dramatic representation; art of dancing; मया तीर्थादभिनयविद्या शिक्षिता M.1.

abhinīta	अभिनीत p. p. 1 Brought near, conveyed. -2 Performed, represented dramatically. -3 Highly finished or polished, most excellent. -4 Highly ornamented or decorated. -5 Fit, proper, suitable (योग्य); अभिनीततरं वाक्यमित्युवाच युधिष्ठिरः Mb. -6 Patient, forgiving, even-minded. -7 Angry (युक्ते$तिसंस्कृतेमर्षिण्यभिनीतः Ak. where the word may be अमर्षिणि as well while Nm. reads युक्ते तु संस्कृते$मर्षिण्यभिनीतः प्रचक्ष्यते). -8 Kind, friendly. -9 Acknowledged, agreed (प्रतिज्ञात); मित्रार्थ- मभिनीतार्थं यथावत् कर्तुमर्हति Rām.4.29.12.

abhinītiḥ	अभिनीतिः f. 1 Gesture, expressive gesticulation. -2 Kindness, friendship, patience; सान्त्वपूर्वमभिनीतिहेतुकम् Ki.13.36.

abhineya	अभिनेय नेतव्य pot. p. To be acted or dramatically represented &c. दृश्यं तत्राभिनेयं तद्रूपारोपात्तु रूपकम् S. D.273; M.1; तस्य (प्रबन्धस्य) एकदेशः अभिनेयार्थः कृतः U.4 a part of it has been adapted to the stage.

abhinetṛ	अभिनेतृ m. 1 One who brings near; वस्वो राशिमभिने- तासि भूरिम् Rv.4.2.8. -2 An actor. -त्री An actress.

abhinunna	अभिनुन्न a. Agitated, full of woe; दण्डकाष्ठाभिनुन्नाङ्गी चचाल भृशमाकुला Mb.14.58.29.

abhinna	अभिन्न a. 1 Not broken or cut, unbroken; not split; अभिन्नपुटोत्तरान् R.17.12. -2 Unaffected; क्लेशलेशैर- भिन्नम् Ś.2.4. -3 Not changed or altered, unchanged; ˚गतयः Ś.1.14 with their gait unchanged. -4 Not different from, the same, identical (with abl.); जगन्मिथोभिन्नमभिन्नमीश्वरात् Prab. -5 Undivided, whole, one (as number). -6 Holding together, continuous. -7 Uninterrupted; अभिन्ने खिल्ये निदधाति देवयुम् Rv.6.28.2.

abhinyāsaḥ	अभिन्यासः A kind of fever.

abhivyādhin	अभिव्याधिन् a. Striking, injuring greatly, hurting much; Av.1.91.1.

abhyarthin	अभ्यर्थिन् a. One who begs, asks &c.

arathin	अरथिन् a. One who does not fight in a car.

arthin	अर्थिन् a. [अर्थ्-इनि] 1 Seeking to gain or obtain, wishing for, desirous of, with instr. or in comp. अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति । MBh. on P.I.1.1. etc. तुषैरर्थिनः Dk.132; कोषदण्डाभ्याम्˚ Mu.5; को वधेन ममार्थी स्यात् Mb., Ve.6.25; अर्थार्थी Pt.1.4, अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् Pt.1.9. -2 Entreating or begging anyone (with gen.); सर्वत्र मण्डूकवधः क्रियतामिति यो मया$र्यी Mb.3.192.24. अर्थी वररुचिर्मे$स्तु Ks. -3 Possessed of desires; अनर्थी प्रार्थ- नावहः R.1.18. m. 1 One who asks, begs or solicits; a beggar, suppliant, suitor; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6; 2.64;4.31;9.27; को$र्थी गतो गौरवम् Pt.1.146; One who asks for a girl in marriage, a wooer; Y.1.6; कन्या- रत्नमयोनिजन्म भवतामास्ते वयं चार्थिनः Mv.1.3. -2 (In law) A plaintiff, complainant, prosecutor; स धर्मस्थसखः शश्वदर्थि- प्रत्यर्थिनां स्वयम् । ददर्श संशयच्छेद्यान् व्यवहारानतन्द्रितः R.17.39; अर्थी कार्यं निवेदयेत् Śukra.4.575; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तानर्थि- प्रत्यर्थिसन्निधौ Ms.8.79. -3 A servant, follower. -4 A master or lord. -Comp. -भावः state of a suppliant, begging, request; कं याचे यत्र तत्र ध्रुवमनवसरग्रस्त एवार्थिभावः Māl.9.3. -सात् adv. at the disposal of beggars; विभज्य मेरुर्न यदर्थिसात्कृतः N.1.16. cf. अर्थी तु याचको विद्यात् यस्यार्थः स च अर्थवान्.

adhin	अधिन् a. [अर्ध-अस्त्यर्थे इनि] Sharing or entitled to a half; सर्वेषामर्धिनो मुख्याः Ms.8.21. cf. also येषामर्धं ते अर्धिनः । ŚB. on MS.1.3.55.

ābarhin	आबर्हिन् a. [आबर्ह्-इनि] Fit for tearing out; मूलमस्या- बर्हि P.IV.4.88.

āyudhin	आयुधिन् आयुधीय a. [आयुध-इनि-छ] Bearing or using weapons. -धी, -धीयः A warrior; शिक्षाशक्तिं प्राहरन् दर्शयन्तो मुक्तामुक्तैरायुधैरायुधीयाः Śi.18.11.

ārambhin	आरम्भिन् a. Enterprizing; one who forms new projects.

ārohin	आरोहिन् a. Ascending, mounting.

ālambhin	आलम्भिन् a. Touching, seizing.

āvyādhin	आव्याधिन् a. [आ-व्यध्-णिनि] Giving pain, wounding, attacking. -नी A gang of robbers; नम आव्याधिनीभ्यः Rudra.

āṣāḍhin	आषाढिन् a. Bearing a Palāśa staff; गृहीतव्रतेनाषाढिना; K.21.

āspardhin	आस्पर्धिन् a. Emulous, striving after.

ukthin	उक्थिन् a. [उक्थ-इनि] 1 Uttering verses, praising. -2 Accompanied by praise or Ukthas. m. Indra and others.

ucchinna	उच्छिन्न p. p. 1 Extirpated, destroyed, cut down or off; उच्छिन्नाश्रयकातरेव कुलटा गोत्रान्तरं श्रीर्गता Mu.6.5. -2 Abject, vile. -न्नः Peace obtained by ceding valuable lands.

utsāhin	उत्साहिन् a. Active, persevering.

udbhinna	उद्भिन्न p. p. 1 Produced, generated, developed; formed; स्वयमेव ब्रह्मबन्धनोद्भिन्नो दुर्गप्रयोगः M.4; R.13.21; रविप्रभोद्भिन्नशिरोमणिप्रभः Rs.1.2. -2 Shot forth, germinated; नीतिपादपस्य पुष्पमुद्भिन्नम् M.1; Ku.1.24. -3 Opened, expanded, budded; as in यौवनोद्भिन्नशैशवा. -4 Breaking out, appearing; ˚रोमपुलकैः Ch. P.34; Ś.6. -5 Betrayed; उद्भिन्नास्मि सहवासिन्या विस्रम्भेण Māl.7; Kām.17.45.

udvāhin	उद्वाहिन् a. 1 Raising, drawing up. -2 Marrying. -नी A rope, cord.

unmāthin	उन्माथिन् a. 1 Shaking, agitating. -2 Tormenting. excruciating; चिरमविरतोन्माथी (अनङ्गमहाज्वरः) Māl.9.1.

uparodhin	उपरोधिन् a. Obstructing, impeding; सुखानि सो$भुङ्क्त- सुखोपरोधि R.18.18.

upavāhin	उपवाहिन् a. Flowing towards.

upabṛṃhin	उपबृंहिन् a. Supplementary, additional.

ullekhin	उल्लेखिन् a. Tearing; K.5.

ūhin	ऊहिन् a. Who or what reasons; inferring; Coujecturing. -नी 1 An assemblage, collection. -2 Arrangement, a multitude reduced to order (cf. अक्षौहिणी).

kaṭhina	कठिन a. 1 Hard, stiff; कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं सारयन्तीम् Me. 93; Amaru.72; Mu.2.2; so ˚स्तनौ. -2 Hardhearted, cruel, ruthless; न विदीर्ये कठिनाः खलु स्त्रियः Ku.4.5; Pt.1.64; विसृज कठिने मानमधुना Amaru.7; so ˚हृदय; ˚चित्त -3 Inexorable, inflexible. -4 Sharp, violent, intense (as pain &c). नितान्तकठिनां रुजं मम न वेद सा मानसीम् V.2.11. -5 Giving pain. -नः A thicket. -ना 1 A sweetmeat made with refined sugar. -2 An earthen vessel for cooking; (n. also in this sense). -नी Chalk. See कठिनिका. -नम् 1 A Shovel, scoop; प्लवे कठिनकाजं च रामश्चक्रे समाहितः Rām.2.55.17. -2 An earthen vessel for cooking (स्थाली); कठिनं पूरयामास Mb. 3.297.1. -3 A strap or pole for carrying burden; P. IV.4.72. -Comp. -पृष्ठः, -कः a tortoise.

kaṭhinatā	कठिनता त्वम् 1 Hardness, firmness. -2 Severity. -3 Cruelty, hard-heartedness; जहिहि कठिनतां प्रयच्छ वाचम् Ki.1.51. -4 Difficulty, obscurity.

kaṭhinikā	कठिनिका कठिनी 1 Chalk. -2 The little finger. गुणिगुणगणनारम्भे न पतति कठिनी सुसंभ्रमाद्यस्य H.

kaṇṭhin	कण्ठिन् a. Belonging to the throat.

kaphin	कफिन् a. (-नी f.) [कफ-इनि] Affected with excess of phlegm, phlegmatic. -m. An elephant (?).

karabhin	करभिन् m. An elephant.

kāṭhinam	काठिनम् न्यम् 1 Hardness, tightness; काठिन्यमुक्त- स्तनम् Ś.3.9. -2 Sternness, hard-heartedness, cruelty. -3 Diffculty, obscurity (of style). (-नः) The date fruit.

kāniṣṭhineyaḥ	कानिष्ठिनेयः यी [कनिष्ठा-अपत्यार्थे ठक् इनङ् च] The offspring of the youngest child or wife; कृते कानिष्ठिनेयस्य ज्यैष्ठिनेयं विवासितम् Bk.5.84; cf. com. on Ms.9.123.

kindhin	किन्धिन् m. A horse.

kumbhin	कुम्भिन् 1 An elephant; असौ कुम्भिभ्रान्त्या खरनखरविद्रा- वितमहागुरुग्रावग्रामः स्वपिति गिरिगर्भे हरिपतिः Bv.1.52. -2 A crocodile. -3 A fish. -4 A kind of poisonous insect. -5 A sort of fragrant resin (गुग्गुल). -6 The number eight. -Comp. -नरकः a particular hell. -मदः rut, ichor.

kumbhinī	कुम्भिनी f. 1 The earth. -2 N. of a plant Croton Tiglium (Mar. जेपाळ, जमालगोटा) -Comp. -फलम् the fruit of the tree used as a strong purgative. -बीजम् (see फलम्).

kuṣṭhin	कुष्ठिन् a. (-नी f.), कुष्ठित a. Affected with leprosy, a leper.

krodhin	क्रोधिन् a. [क्रुध्-णिनि] Passionate, angry. -m. 1 A buffalo. -2 A dog. -3 The 38th year of the संवत्सर cycle.

khinna	खिन्न p. p. [खिद्-क्त] 1 Depressed, afflicted, dejected, distressed, suffering pain; गुरुः खेदं खिन्ने मयि भजति नाद्यापि कुरुषु Ve.1.11; अनङ्गबाणव्रणखिन्नमानसः Gīt.3. -2 Fatigued, exhausted; खिन्नः खिन्नः शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य गन्तासि यत्र Me. 13,4; तयोपचाराञ्जलिखिन्नहस्तया R.3.11; Ch. P.3,2; Śi.9.11.

gandhin	गन्धिन् a. Having a smell, smelling. -m. A bug.

gardhin	गर्धिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Desirous, greedy, covetous; नवान्नामिषगर्धिनः Ms.4.28. -2 Following or pursuing (anything) with eagerness.

garbhin	गर्भिन् a. Pregnant, impregnated with.

guhinam	गुहिनम् A wood, thicket.

gṛddhin	गृद्धिन् a. Desirous, eagerly longing for.

gṛhin	गृहिन् a. [गृह-इनि] Possessing a house. -m. The master of a house, a householder; पीड्यन्ते गृहिणः कथं नु तनयाविश्लेषदुःखैर्नवैः Ś.4.6; U.2.22; Śānti.2.24, Pt.2.61.

gehin	गेहिन् a. (-नी f.) = गृहिन् q. v.

gehinī	गेहिनी A wife, the mistress of the house; यशोदा नन्द- गेहिनी Bhāg.1.9.1; धैर्यं यस्य पिता क्षमा च जननी शान्तिश्चिरं गेहिनी Śānti.4.9; मद्गेहिन्याः प्रिय इति सखे चेतसा कातरेण Me.79.

grathin	ग्रथिन् a. False; न्यक्रतून् ग्रथिनो मृध्रवाचाः Rv.7.6.3.

granthin	ग्रन्थिन् m. 1 One who reads books, bookish; अज्ञेभ्यो ग्रन्थिनः श्रेष्ठा ग्रन्थिभ्यो धारिणो वराः Ms.12.13. -2 Learned well-read. -3 Relating to books.

grāhin	ग्राहिन् a. [ग्रह् णिनि] 1 Seizing, taking, holding. -2 Picking, gathering. -3 Containing. -4 Drawing, attracting, alluring. -5 Obtaining, gaining. -6 Searching through, scrutinizing. -7 Choosing, selecting. -8 Perceiving, observing. -9 Accepting. -1 Astringent. -11 Obstructing. -12 Purchasing; मूल्येन रत्नग्रही च Ks. 57.2. -m. The wood-apple tree. -णी Adverse fate (प्रतिकूला).

chinna	छिन्न p. p. [छिद्-क्त] 1 Cut, divided, rent, chopped, riven, torn, broken. -2 Destroyed, removed; see छिद् -3 Decaying, declining. -4 Exhausted, tired, fatigued. -न्ना A whore, harlot. -Comp. -केश a. shorn, shaven. -द्रुमः a riven tree. -द्वैध a. whose doubt is dispelled. -नासिक a. noseless. -भिन्न a. cut up through and through, mutilated, mangled, cut up. -मस्त, -मस्तक a. decapitated. (-स्ता, -का) a headless form of Durgā. -मूल a. cut up by the roots; R.7.43. -श्वासः a kind of asthma. -संशय a. 'one whose doubt is dispelled', free from doubt, confirmed.

jambhin	जम्भिन् m. The citron tree.

jyaiṣṭhineya	ज्यैष्ठिनेय a. Born from the eldest or principal wife; कृते कनिष्ठिनेयस्य ज्यैष्ठिनेयं विवासितम् Bk.5.84.

tuhina	तुहिन a. [तुह्-इनन् ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.2.52] Cold, frigid. -नम् 1 Snow, ice; Pt.2.59. -2 Dew or frost; तृणाग्र- लग्नैस्तुहिनैः पतद्भिः Ṛs.4.7;3.15. -3 Moonlight. -4 Camphor. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -किरणः, -गुः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः, -रुचिः, the moon; Śi.9.3 नाभ्यर्थ्यन्ते तुहिन- रुचिना चन्द्रिकायां चकोराः Sūkti.5.25. -2 camphor. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -शैलः the Himālaya mountain; स्वदेह- परिवेषेण रक्ष्यते तुहिनाद्रिणा Ks.73.82; ज्वलितेन गुहागतं तम- स्तुहिनाद्रेरिव नक्तमोषधिः R.8.54. -कणः 1 a dew-drop; Amaru.54. -2 a snow-flake. -शर्करा ice.

tuhinay	तुहिनय् Den. P. To cover with ice; तुहिनयन्सरितः पृषतां पतिः Śi.6.55.

dambhin	दम्भिन् a. [दम्भ्-णिनि] 1 Wicked, proud. -2 Hypocritical. -m. A hypocrite, an impostor; दम्भिहैतुकपाखण्ण्डि- बकवृत्तींश्च वर्जयेत् Y.1.13; Bg.13.7.

duḥkhin	दुःखिन् a. 1 Distressed, afflicted, pained. -2 Difficult, painful. -3 poor, miserable.

dehin	देहिन् a. (-नी f.) [देह-इनि] Incarnate, embodied. -m. 1 A living being, especially a man; त्वदधीनं खलु देहिनां सुखम् Ku.4.1; Śi.2.46; Bg.2.13;17.2; Ms. 1.3;5.49. -2 The soul, spirit (enshrined in the body); तथा शरीराणि विहाय जीर्णान्यन्यानि संयाति नवानि देही Bg.2.22; 5.13;14.5. -नी The earth.

drohin	द्रोहिन् a. 1 Hurting, injuring. -2 Malevolent, malicious. -3 Plotting against, rebellious.

dhinv	धिन्व् See धि II.

nakhin	नखिन् a. [नखः अस्त्यस्य-इनि] 1 Having or armed with nails, claws, &c. -2 Thorny. -m. Any animal armed with claws, such as a tiger or lion.

nibandhin	निबन्धिन् a. 1 Binding, fastening, confining. -2 Connected with. -3 Causing, being the origin of, producing.

nirbandhin	निर्बन्धिन् a. Insisting upon; महत्यनर्थे निर्बन्धी बलवांश्च विशेषतः Mb.5.114.17.

nirbhinna	निर्भिन्न p. p. 1 Split asunder, broken open, rent. -2 Pierced through, transfixed.

nirmāthin	निर्माथिन् a. 1 Grinding down, crushing. -2 Churning. -3 Rubbing.

nirvāhin	निर्वाहिन् a. 1 Effecting. -2 Discharging (as a wound).

niṣedhin	निषेधिन् a. 1 Defending, keeping back or down. -2 Excelling, surpassing.

pathin	पथिन् m. [पथ्-आधारे इनि] (Nom. पन्थाः, पन्थानौ, पन्थानः; acc. pl. पथः; instr. pl. पथिभिः &c.; the word is changed to पथ at the end of comp.; तोयाधारपथः, दृष्टिपथः, नष्टपथः, सत्पथः, प्रतिपथम् &c.) 1 A road, way, path; श्रेयसामेष पन्थाः Bh.2.26; वक्रः पन्थाः Me.27. -2 Journey, way-faring, as in शिवास्ते सन्तु पन्थानः '(I wish) a happy journey to you ! God speed you on your journey !' -3 Range, reach; as in कर्णपथ, श्रुति˚, दर्शन˚. -4 Manner of action, line of conduct, course of behaviour; पथः शुचेर्दर्शयितार ईश्वरा मलीमसामाददते न पद्धतिम् R.3.46; न्याय्यात् पथः प्रविचलन्ति पदं न धीराः Bh.2.83. -5 A sect, doctrine. -6 A division of hell; Ms.4.9. -Comp. -अशनम्, -आदेनः Provender for a journey; viaticum. -कृत् m. Ved. 1 a guide. -2 N. of Agni. -देयम् a toll levied on public roads. -द्रुमः the Khadira tree. -प्रज्ञ a. acquainted with roads. -वाहक a. cruel. (-कः) 1 a hunter, fowler. -2 a burden bearer, porter.

parameṣṭhin	परमेष्ठिन् a Standing at the head, highest, chief; परमेष्ठिनां प्रभुः Bhāg.1.89.58. -m. 1 An epithet of Brahman. -2 Of Śiva. -3 Of Viṣṇu. -4 Of Garuḍa. -5 Of Agni. -6 Any spiritual teacher. -7 (with Jainas) An Arhat.

parikhinna	परिखिन्न p. p. Afflicted, troubled.

paricchinna	परिच्छिन्न p. p. 1 Cut off, divided. -2 Accurately defined, determined, ascertained; परिच्छिन्नप्रभावर्धिर्न मया न च विष्णुना Ku.2.58. -3 Limited, circumscribed, confined. -4 Remedied.

pariṇāhin	परिणाहिन् a. large, big; लब्ध्वापि लोके परिणाहि रूपम् Ku.1.36.

paripanthin	परिपन्थिन् a. Standing in the way, obstructing, opposing, hindering (said by Pānini to be admissible only in the Veda, but see the quotations given below); अर्थपरिपन्थी महानरातिः Mu.5; नाभविष्यमहं तत्र यदि तत्परिपन्थिनी Māl.9.5; so Bv.1.62; Ms.7.17;1.1. -m. 1 An enemy, antagonist, opponent, a foe. -2 A robber, thief, highwayman; इन्द्रियस्येन्द्रियस्यार्थे रागद्वेषौ व्यवस्थितौ । तयोर्न वशमागच्छेत् तौ ह्यस्य परिपन्थिनौ Bg.3.34.

paribhinna	परिभिन्न p. p. 1 Split open, cracked. -2 Deformed.

parimāthin	परिमाथिन् a. Torturing; प्रसरति परिमाथी को$प्ययं देहदाहः Māl.1.41.

parivāhin	परिवाहिन् a. Overflowing; as in आनन्दपरिवाहिणा चक्षुषा Ś.4.

pāṭhin	पाठिन् a. [पठ्-णिनि] 1 One who has read or studied any subject. -2 Knowing or familiar with. -m. A Brāhmaṇa who has finished his studies.

pucchin	पुच्छिन् a. Having a tail. -m. 1 A cock. -2 The Arka plant.

pragrahin	प्रग्रहिन् a. One holding the rein; पथि प्रग्रहिणं कंस- माभाष्याहाशरीरवाक् Bhāg.1.1.34.

pratigrahin	प्रतिग्रहिन् m. A receiver.

pratibandhin	प्रतिबन्धिन् a. 1 Fastening. -2 Hindering, obstructing. -3 Impeded, obstructed. प्रतिबन्धिः pratibandhiḥ न्धी ndhī प्रतिबन्धिः न्धी f. 1 An objection. -2 An argument which equally affects the other side. (प्रतिबन्धि m. also in this sense).

pratibādhin	प्रतिबाधिन् a. Obstructing. -m. An adversary. opponent.

pratibhinna	प्रतिभिन्न p. p. 1 Pierced through. -2 Closely connected with. -3 Divided.

pratispardhin	प्रतिस्पर्धिन् a. Rival, envious of. -m. A rival, competitor. प्रतिस्वनः pratisvanḥ प्रतिस्वरः pratisvarḥ प्रतिस्वनः प्रतिस्वरः 1 An echo, reverberation; दधिरे- $धिभित्ति पटहप्रतिस्वनैः स्फुटमट्टहासमिव सौधपङ्क्तयः Śi.13.31. -2 A focus.

pratyabhinand	प्रत्यभिनन्द् P. 1 To greet in return. -2 To bid welcome.

pratyarthin	प्रत्यर्थिन् a. (-नी f.) Hostile, opposing, inimical to; नास्मि भवत्योरीश्वरनियोगप्रत्यर्थी V.2. -2 Emulating. -3 Contradicting. -m. 1 An opponent, adversary, enemy. -2 A rival, equal, match; चन्द्रो मुखस्य प्रत्यर्थी. -3 (In law) A defendant; स धर्मस्थसखः शश्वदर्थिप्रत्यर्थिनां स्वयम् R.17.39; Ms.8.79; प्रत्यर्थिनो$ग्रतो लेख्यं यथावेदितमर्थिना Y.2.6. -4 An obstacle or impediment. -Comp. -भूत a. coming in the way, become an obstacle; प्रत्यर्थिभूतामपि तां समाधेः शुश्रूषमाणां गिरिशो$नुमेने Ku.1.59.

prabhinna	प्रभिन्न p. p. 1 Severed, split, cleft, divided. -2 Broken to pieces. -3 Cut off, detached. -4 Budding, expanded, opened. -5 Changed, altered. -6 Deformed, disfigured. -7 Relaxed, loosened. -8 Intoxicated, in rut; वेगेनापततस्तांस्तु प्राभिन्नानिव वारणान् Mb.1.189.14; प्रभिन्नदिग्वारणवाहनो वृषा Ku.5.8. -9 Pierced, bored. -1 Different, distinct. -न्नः An elephant in rut. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् a kind of collyrium or eye-salve mixed with oil. -करट a. 'having the cheeks cleft', being in rut, intoxicated.

pramathin	प्रमथिन् a. Destroying; तल्लक्ष्मीमिव चेतनाप्रमथनीमूढ्वा च वध्यस्रजम् Mu.2.21.

pramāthin	प्रमाथिन् a. 1 Tormenting, harassing, torturing, afflicting, harrowing; क्व रुजा हृदयप्रमाथिनी क्व च ते विश्वस- नीयमायुधम् M.3.2; Māl.2.1; Ki.3.14. -2 Killing, destroying. -3 Agitating, setting in motion; इन्द्रियाणि प्रमाथीनि हरन्ति प्रसभं मनः Bg.2.6;6.34. -4 Tearing or pulling down, striking down; वर्त्मसु ध्वजतरुप्रमाथिनः R.11.58. -5 Cutting down; प्रमाथिनस्तान् भवमार्गणानाम् (बाणान्) Ki.17.31. -6 (In medic.) Producing secretion of the vessels. -m. N. of a year.

prarohin	प्ररोहिन् a. 1 Shooting up. -2 Growing, propagated; उग्भिज्जाः स्थावराः सर्वे बीजकाण्डप्ररोहिणः Ms.1.46.

pralobhin	प्रलोभिन् a. Greedy of, lusting after. -2 Alluring, enticing.

pravāhin	प्रवाहिन् a. 1 Carrying forward, driving onward. -2 Carrying away. -3 Flowing, streaming forth.

praspardhin	प्रस्पर्धिन् a. Rivalling with, equalling.

prārthin	प्रार्थिन् a. 1 Begging, requesting. -2 Wishing, desiring; मन्दः कवियशःप्रार्थी गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम् R.1.3. -3 Attacking, assailing.

prothin	प्रोथिन् m. A horse.

prodbhinna	प्रोद्भिन्न p. p. 1 Germinated, shot up. -2 Burst forth.

pronmathin	प्रोन्मथिन् a. Destroying, annihilating.

barhin	बर्हिन् m. [बर्ह अस्त्यर्थे इनि] A peacock; R.16.64; उत्कीर्णा इव वासयष्टिषु निशानिद्रालसा बर्हिणः V.3.2;4.1; प्रवृत्तनृत्यं कुलमद्य बर्हिणाम् Ṛs.2.6. -n. A kind of perfume. -Comp. -कुसुमम्, -पुष्पम् a kind of perfume. -ध्वजा an epithet of Durgā. -यानः, -वाहनः an epithet of Kārtikeya.

bodhin	बोधिन् a. [बुध्-णिनि] 1 Knowing, familiar with. -2 Acquainting, informing, making known. -3 Teaching, explaining. -4 Arousing, awakening.

bhindu	भिन्दु a. Destroying. -न्दुः 1 A breaker, destroyer; पुरां भिन्दुर्युवा कविरमितौजा अजायत Ṛv.1.11.4. -2 A drop; cf. बिन्दु. -न्दुः f. A woman bringing forth a dead child.

bhinna	भिन्न p. p. [भिद्-क्त] 1 Broken, torn, split, rent; संछिन्नभिन्नसर्वाङ्गाः सर्त्विक्सभ्या भयाकुलाः । स्वयंभुवे नमस्कृत्य Bhāg. 4.6.2. -2 Divided, separated. -3 Detached, disunited, disjoined; scattered; भिन्नं च वानरानीकम् Rām.6.67.8. -4 Expanded, blown, opened; भिन्नैलासुरभिमुवाह गन्धवाहः Ki.7.38. -5 Different from, other than (with abl.); तस्मादयं भिन्नः. -6 Different, varied; भिन्नरुचिर्हि लोकः R.6. 3. -7 Loosened. -8 Mingled, mixed, blended; एकत्र स्फटिकतटांशुभिन्ननीरा नीलाश्मद्युतिभिदुराम्भसो$परत्र Śi.4.26. -9 Deviating from. -1 Changed. -11 Furious; दुरुक्तैर्भिन्न- मात्मानं यः समाधातुमीश्वरः Bhāg.11.23.2. -12 Without, deprived of. -13 Undutiful, vicious; भिन्नवृत्तिता Ms.12. 33; नैतत् खलायोपदिशेत् ...... न भिन्नाय Bhāg.3.32.39. -14 Stood up (as hair); खरोष्ट्राश्वतरा राजन् भिन्नरोमाः स्रवन्ति च Rām.6.1.18. -15 Seduced, bribed; H. (See भिद्). -न्नः 1 A defect or flaw in a gem. -न्नम् 1 A bit, fragment, part. -2 A blossom. -3 A wound, stab; शक्तिकुन्तेषुखड्गाग्रविषाणैराशयो हतः । यत् किंचित् प्रसवेत् तद्धि भिन्न- मित्यभिधीयते Bhāva. P. -4 A fraction. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् a kind of mixed collyrium, made of many pounded ingredients; प्रयान्ति ...... भिन्नाञ्जनवर्णतां घनाः Śi.12.68; Me.61; Ṛs.3.5. -अर्थ a. clear, evident, intelligible; स्फुटभिन्नार्थमुदाहरद् वचः Śi.16.1. (-र्थम्) ind. clearly, distinctly, unenigmatically; न खल्ववगच्छामि भिन्नार्थमभि- धीयताम् Ś.2. -उदरः 'born of a different womb or mother', a half-brother. -कट a. furious, in rut; भेजे भिन्नकटै- र्नागैरन्यानुपरुरोध यैः R.4.83. -करटः an elephant in rut (from whose temples ichor exudes). -कर्ण a. having divided ears (said of particular animals); P.VI.3. 115. -कुम्भः a person who has regained his liberty by redeeming his pledge. -कूट a. 1 deprived of a leader (as an army). -2 employing a different stratagem. -क्रम a. out of order, disordered. -गति a. 1 going with broken steps. -2 going quickly. -गर्भ a. broken up (in the centre), disorganized. -गात्रिका Cucumis Usitatissimus (Mar. चिबूड). -गुणनम् multiplication of fractions; अंशाहतिश्छेदवधेन भक्ता लब्धं विभिन्ने गुणने फलं स्यात् Līlā. -घनः the cube of a fraction. -दर्शिन् a. making or seeing a difference, partial. -देश a. belonging to different places; कृत्ययोर्भिन्नेदशत्वाद् द्वैधीभवति मे मनः । Ś.2.18. -देह a. wounded. -नौ a. ship-wrecked. -परिकर्मन् n. any one of the arithmetical operations with fractions. -प्रकार a. of a different kind or sort. -भागहरः division of fractions. -भाजनम् a potsherd. -मन्त्र a. one who has betrayed a plan; Rām. -मर्मन् a. wounded in vital parts, mortally wounded. -मर्याद a. 1 one who has transgressed the due limits, disrespectful; आः, तातापवादभिन्नमर्याद U.5. -2 unrestrained, uncontrolled. -रुचि a. having different tastes; भिन्नरुचिर्हि लोकः R.6.3. -लिङ्गम्, -वचनम् incongruity of gender or number in a composition; see K.P.1. -वर्गः the square of a fraction. -वर्चस्, वर्चस्क a. voiding excrement. -वर्ण a. 1 discoloured, pale. -2 of a different caste or tribe. -वृत्त a. 1 leading a bad life, abandoned. -2 containing a metrical fault. -वृत्ति a. 1 leading a bad life, following evil courses; तदन्तःपुरेषु चामी भिन्नवृत्तेषु मन्दत्रासा बहुसुखैरवर्तन्त Dk.2.8. -2 having different feelings or tastes or emotions. -3 having different occupations. -व्यवकलितम् subtraction of fractions. -संहति a. disunited, dissolved. -संकलनम्, -संकलितम् addition of fractions. -स्वर a. 1 having a changed voice, faltering. -2 discordant. -हृतिः f. division of fractions. -हृदय a. pierced through the heart; बाणभिन्नहृदया निपेतुषी R.11.19.

bhinnakaḥ	भिन्नकः 1 A Buddhist. -2 N. of a musical mode or Rāga.

mathin	मथिन् m. [मथ्-इनि] (Nom. sing. मन्थाः, acc. pl. मथः) 1 A churning-stick; मुहुः प्रणुन्नेषु मथां विवर्तनैर्नदत्सु कुम्भेषु मृदङ्गमन्थरम् Ki.4.16; N.11.62;22.44. -2 Wind. -3 A thunderbolt. -4 The penis.

manthin	मन्थिन् a. [मन्थ् णिनि] 1 Churning, stirring. -2 Afflicting, annoying. -m. 1 Semen virile. -2 Ved. Soma juice. -नी A churning-vessel.

manmathin	मन्मथिन् a. Amorous, enamoured.

mayūkhin	मयूखिन् a. Radiant, brilliant.

mahinam	महिनम् Sovereignty, dominion.

māhina	माहिन a. Ved. 1 Joyous, joyful. -2 Great, exalted. -3 Giving delight. -नम् Sovereignty, power, dominion.

mohin	मोहिन् a. [मुह्-णिनि] 1 Stupefying. -2 Perplexing, bewildering, fallacious. -3 Fascinating, enrapturing, enchanting.

mohinī	मोहिनी 1 N. of an Apsaras. -2 A fascinating woman (the form assumed by Viṣṇu at the time of cheating the demons of nectar.) -3 The flower of a kind of jasmine.

yodhin	योधिन् m. [युध्-णिनि] A warrior, soldier, combatant.

rathin	रथिन् a. [रथ-इनि] 1 Riding or driving in a carriage. -2 Possessing or owning a carriage. -m. 1 An owner of a carriage. -2 A warrior who fights from a chariot; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु । बुद्धिं तु सारथिं विद्धि मनः प्रग्रहमेव च ॥ Kaṭha Up.1.3.3; R.7.37. -3 A man of क्षत्रिय caste. -4 A driver. -नी A number of carriages or chariots.

rathina	रथिन a. See रथिन् above.

rikthin	रिक्थिन् a. 1 Inheriting property. -2 Wealthy, rich. -m. 1 An heir. -2 A testator; Y.

rodhin	रोधिन् a. 1 Stopping, blocking up, obstructing. -2 Filling, covering.

rohin	रोहिन् a. (-णी f.) 1 Rising, growing. -2 Long, tall, -m. N. of several trees:-- रोहितक, वट, अश्वत्थ.

lekhin	लेखिन् a. Scratching, touching; एतद्रिरेर्माल्यवतः पुरस्ता- दाविर्भवत्यम्बरलेखि शृङ्गम् R.13.26.

lekhinī	लेखिनी 1 A pen. -2 A spoon.

lehinaḥ	लेहिनः Borax.

lobhin	लोभिन् a. (At the end of comp.) 1 Greedy or desirous of, longing for, eager after. -2 Alluring, attracting, enticing.

lohinī	लोहिनी A woman with a red-coloured skin; मुहुश्चल- त्पल्लवलोहिनीभिः Ki.16.53.

varūthin	वरूथिन् a. 1 Wearing an armour, mailed. -2 Furnished with a fender or protecting plank; अवनिमेकरथेन वरूथिना जितवतः किल तस्य धनुर्भृतः R.9.11. -3 Protecting, sheltering. -4 Surrounded by a troop. -5 Being or seated in a carriage. -m. 1 A chariot; वरूथिना विनिष्पत्य व्यचरत् पृतनामुखे Mb.7.13.23; Śi.17.23. -2 A guard, defender. -नी An army; स्खलितसलिलामुल्लङ्घ्यैनां जगाम वरू- थिनी Śi.12.77; R.12.5.

vāñchin	वाञ्छिन् a. 1 Wishing. -2 Lustful. -नी 1 A libidinous woman. -2 A wanton.

vāhin	वाहिन् a. [वह्-णिनि] Bearing, carrying; स्पर्शं वेत्ति च वाहिना Mb.12.184.26. -m. A chariot.

vāhinī	वाहिनी [वाहो अस्त्यस्याः इनि ङीप्] 1 An army; आशिषं प्रयुयुजे न वाहिनीम् R.11.6;13.66. -2 A division of an army consisting of 81 elephants, as many chariots, 243 horse, and 45 foot; वाहिनी तु गणस्रयः Mb.1.2.21. See अक्षौहिणी. -3 A river; नावः समुपकर्षध्वं तारयिष्यामि वाहि- नीम् Rām.2.89.9. -4 A body of escorts, a convoy; त्वदर्थं प्रेषयिष्यामि वाहिनीमित्यभाषत Bm.1.256. -Comp. -निवेशः the camp of an army. -पतिः 1 a general, a commanding officer. -2 the ocean (lord of rivers).

vigrahin	विग्रहिन् A minister of war.

vicchinna	विच्छिन्न p. p. 1 Torn asunder, cut off. -2 Broken, severed, divided, separated; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नं भवति कृतसंधान- मिव तत् Ś.1.9. -3 Interrupted, prevented. -4 Ended, ceased, terminated. -5 Variegated. -6 Hidden. -7 Smeared or painted with unguents. -8 Crooked, curved. -Comp. -प्रसर a. having its progress interrupted. -मद्य a. one who has long abstained from liquor. -शरपातत्वम् excessive nearness of combatants to each other.

vidāhin	विदाहिन् m. A substance causing inflammation; कट्वम्ललवणात्युष्णतीक्ष्णरूक्षविदाहिनः Bg.17.9.

vipralobhin	विप्रलोभिन् m. A species of plant like अशोक.

vibhinna	विभिन्न p. p. 1 Broken asunder, divided, split. -2 Pierced, wounded. -3 Dispelled, driven away, dispersed. -4 Perplexed, bewildered. -5 Moved to and fro. -6 Disappointed. -7 Different, various. -8 Mixed, blended, variegated; विभिन्नवर्णा गरुडाग्रजेन सूर्यस्य रथ्याः परितः स्फुरन्त्या Śi.4.14. -9 Manifested, displayed. -1 Become faithless. -न्नः N. of Śiva.

virahin	विरहिन् a. (-णी f.) 1 Absent from, being separated from a mistress or lover; नृत्यति युवतिजनेन समं सखि विरहि- जनस्य दुरन्ते Gīt.1. -2 Lonely, solitary.

virodhin	विरोधिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Resisting, opposing, obstructing. -2 Besieging. -3 Contradictory, opposed to, inconsistent with; तपोवन˚ Ś.1. -4 Hostile, inimical, adverse; विरोधिसत्त्वोज्झितपूर्वमत्सरम् Ku.5.17. -5 Quarrelsome. -m. An enemy; कलयन्त्युष्णकरं विरोधिनः Śi.16.64. -f. (-विरोधिनी) A woman who promotes quarrel.

viśrambhin	विश्रम्भिन् a. Trusting, confiding. -2 Trustworthy, faithful.

viṣkambhin	विष्कम्भिन् m. The bolt of a door.

viṣṭambhin	विष्टम्भिन् a. 1 Stopping, obstructing, impeding. -2 Making motionless, benumbing, chilling.

vīnāhin	वीनाहिन् m. A well.

vedhin	वेधिन् a. 1 Piercing, boring. -2 Hitting (a mark). -नी A leech.

vyavacchinna	व्यवच्छिन्न p. p. 1 Cut off, rent asunder, torn off. -2 Separated, divided. -3 Particularized, specified. -4 Marked, distinguished; शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्ना पदावली Kāv.1.1. -4 Interrupted.

vyādhin	व्याधिन् a. Piercing, wounding. व्याधामः vyādhāmḥ व्याधावः vyādhāvḥ व्याधामः व्याधावः Indra's thunderbolt.

śaṅkhin	शङ्खिन् m. 1 The ocean. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 A conch-blower. -4 A worker in shells.

śaṅkhinī	शङ्खिनी 1 A woman of one of the four classes into which writers on erotic science divide women; the Ratimañjarī thus describes her :-- दीर्घातिदीर्घनयना वर- सुन्दरी या कामोपभोगरसिका गुणशीलयुक्ता । रेखात्रयेण च विभूषित कण्ठदेशा सम्भोगकेलिरसिका किल शङ्खिनी सा ॥ cf. चित्रिणी, हस्तिनी, and पद्मिनी also. -2 A female spirit, or a kind of fairy. -3 Mother of pearl. -4 A particular vein. -Comp. -फलः the Śirīṣa tree.

śākhin	शाखिन् a. [शाखा अस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Having branches (fig. also). -2 Branching, ramifying. -3 Belonging to any branch or school (as of the Veda). -m. 1 A tree; कुल्याम्भोभिः पवनचपलैः शाखिनो धौतमूलाः Ś.1.15. -2 A Veda. -3 A follower of any Vedic school or recension.

śikhin	शिखिन् a. [शिखा अस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Pointed. -2 Crested, tufted; एकवस्त्रधरो धन्वी शिखी कनकमालया Rām.3.38.14. -3 One who has reached the summit of knowledge. -4 Proud. -m. 1 A peacock; उष्णालुः शिशिरे निषीदति तरोर्मूलालवाले शिखी V.2.23;4.8; Pt.1.151; Śi.4.5. -2 Fire; रिपुरिव सखीसंवासो$यं शिखीव हिमानिलः Gīt.7; न श्वेतभावमुञ्झति शङ्खः शिखिभुक्तमुक्तो$पि Pt.4.11; R.19.54; Śi.15.7. -3 A cock. -4 An arrow. -5 A tree. -6 A lamp. -7 A bull. -8 A horse. -9 A mountain. -1 A Brāhmaṇa. -11 A religious mendicant. -12 N. of Ketu. -13 The number 'three'. -14 The Chitraka tree. -Comp. -कणः a spark. -कण्ठम्, -ग्रीवम् blue vitriol; तार्क्ष्यशैलं शिखिग्रीवं चक्षुष्यं यामुनं पुनः Śiva B.3.18. -दिश् south-east. -ध्वजः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 smoke. -पिच्छम्, -पुच्छम् a peacock's tail. -प्रियः a kind of jujube tree. -भूः N. of Skanda. -मोदा a kind of plant (अजमोदा). -मृत्युः the god of love (मदन); Gīrvāṇa. -यूपः an antelope. -वर्धकः a gourd. -वाहनः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -शिखा 1 a flame. -2 a peacock's crest.

śaikhina	शैखिन a. Relating to a peacock.

śobhin	शोभिन् a. 1 Shining, becoming; धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44; R.8.12. -2 Beautiful, lovely, handsome.

śreṣṭhin	श्रेष्ठिन् m. [श्रेष्ठं धनादिकस्त्यस्य इनि] The head or president of a mercantile or other guild; निक्षेपे पतिते हर्म्ये श्रेष्ठी स्तौति स्वदेवताम् Pt.1.14. -Comp. -चत्वरम् the part of a city where merchants live; स खलु श्रेष्ठिचत्वरे निवसति Mk.2.

ślāghin	श्लाघिन् a. 1 Haughty; अभिगर्जन्ति हरयः श्लाघिनः पर- शङ्कया Bhāg.8.2.6. -2 Proud, boasting. -3 Celebrated, famous.

saṃrambhin	संरम्भिन् a. (-णी f.) 1 Excited, flurried; इति संरम्भिणो वाणीर्बलस्यालेख्यदेवता Śi.2.67. -2 Angry, furious, enraged. -3 Proud, arrogant. -4 Ardently devoted, diligent; अमर्षी बलवान् पार्थः संरम्भी दृढविक्रमः Mb. 3.48.1.

saṃgrāhin	संग्राहिन् m. The Kuṭaja tree.

saṃdehin	संदेहिन् a. 1 Doubtful. -2 Doubting, uncertain, diffident.

saṃdhin	संधिन् m. A minister of alliances.

saṃdhinī	संधिनी 1 A cow in heat (united with the bull or impregnated by him). -2 A cow milked unseasonably.

saṃprabhinna	संप्रभिन्न p. p. 1 Split open, cleft. -2 In rut.

saṃbandhin	संबन्धिन् a. 1 Relating or belonging to. -2 Connected with, serving as an adjunct, inherent. -3 Possessing good qualities. -m. 1 A relation by marriage; एष वः श्लाघ्यसंबन्धी जनकानां कुलोद्वहः U.4.9. -2 A relation, kinsman (in general); संबन्धिनो वसिष्ठादीनेष तातस्तवार्चति U.1.16; R.2.38. -शब्दः an expression which gains its currency owing to the relationship existing between two persons or things; पत्नीति संबन्धिशब्दो$यम् ŚB. on MS.6.1.7.

saṃbhinna	संभिन्न p. p. 1 Completely broken. -2 Shattered, shaken, agitated; संभिन्नैरिभतुरगावगाहनेन Ki.7.11. -3 Combined or united with; यस्तु संभिन्नवृत्तः स्याद्वीतशोकभयो नरः Mb.12.26.21; संभिन्नामविरलपातिभिर्मयूखैः Ki.7.23. -4 Fully blown or opened; करैरिन्दोरन्तश्छुरित इव संभिन्न- मुकुलः Ve.1.1. -5 Close, tight. -6 Solid, compact. -7 Revolted, treacherous; बलं यस्य तु संभिन्नं मनागपि जयः कुतः Śukra.4.116. -न्नः An epithet of Śiva. -Comp. -प्रलापः idle talk. -वृत्त a. one who has abandoned good conduct.

saṃmukhin	संमुखिन् m. A mirror, looking-glass.

sābhinayam	साभिनयम् ind. With dramatic gesture.

sābhiniveśa	साभिनिवेश a. Attended with a great predilection for anything.

sukhin	सुखिन् a. Happy, glad, joyful. -m. A religious ascetic. सुखंघुणः sukhaṅghuṇḥ सुखंसुणः sukhaṃsuṇḥ सुखंघुणः सुखंसुणः A kind of staff with a skull at the top (a weapon of Śiva); see खट्वाङ्ग.

skandhin	स्कन्धिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Having shoulders. -2 Having branches or a branched stem. -m. A tree.

stambhin	स्तम्भिन् a. 1 Supporting, stopping &c. -2 Provided with pillars. -3 Puffed up, arrogant. -m. the sea.

stambhinī	स्तम्भिनी The earth (one of the five elements).

stibhinī	स्तिभिनी A clump, tuft &c.

snehin	स्नेहिन् a. (-नी f.) [स्नेह-णिनि] 1 Attached, affectionate, friendly. -2 Oily, unctuous, fat. -m. 1 A friend. -2 An anointer, a smearer. -3 A painter.

spardhin	स्पर्धिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Rivalling, emulating, competing, vying with; तवाधरस्पर्धिषु विद्रुमेषु R.13.13;16.62. -2 Emulous, envious. -3 Proud. -m. A competitor, an equal.

Macdonell Vedic Search

2 results


arthin	arth-ín, a. greedy, x. 127, 5 [having an object, needy].

mahin	mah-ín, a., f. -ī, great, i. 160, 2. 5.

Macdonell Search

111 results


hindola	m. swing.

hintāla	m. kind of palm (Phoenix paludosa).

hinva	m. inciter (RV.1).

akhinna	pp. unwearied, in (lc.).

agāradāhin	a. incendiary.

agrāhin	a. not taking (leech).

acchinna	pp. not cut off; intact.

atithin	a. wandering; m. N. of a K.

ativigrahin	a. too bellicose.

atilaṅghin	a. overstepping.

adambhin	a. upright, honest: (i)-tva, n. uprightness, veracity.

adhiniśam	ad. at night.

adhināgam	ad. upon the ele phants; upon the serpents.

adhirohin	a. ascending, lead ing up to (--°ree;).

anavacchinna	pp. undistin guished; undefined: -tva, n. abst. n.; -kkhe da, m. undeterminateness.

anirbhinna	pp. uninterrupted; undifferentiated; vague.

abhinihita	pp. √ dhâ.

abhiniveśa	m. proneness to (lc., --°ree;); adherence to, insistence on (lc.); obstinacy; love of life; -nivesin, a. prone to; obstinately insisting on; (i)-tva, n. proneness.

abhinava	a. quite new or fresh; m. N.: -yauvana, a. being in early youth; -vayaska, a. id.

abhinabhyam	ad. up to the clouds; -namra, a. greatly bent; -naya, m. dramatic performance: -½âkârya, m. dramatic teacher.

abhinandanīya	fp. to be praised; -ya, fp. id.; -in, a. delighting in (--°ree;).

abhinna	pp. not pierced, not pene trated; unhurt; unbroken, undivided; stead fast; unchanged; not different from (ab.): -gati, a. not changing one's gait; -vela, a. not breaking bounds; -sthiti, a. id.

abhināsikāvivaram	ad. to the nostrils.

arathin	a. roadless.

avicchinna	pp. not severed, continuous; -kkheda, m. uninterruptedness: ab. uninterruptedly; -kyuta, pp. not to be lost: -m, ad. faultlessly.

avibhinna	pp. undivided (from, ab.); unchanged; -kâlam, ad. at the same time.

avyucchinna	pp. uninterrupted.

aṣāḍhin	a. bearing a staff of palâsa-wood.

asukhin	a. sad, unhappy.

ārambhin	a. enterprising.

ukthin	a. praising; -yã, a. praiseworthy.

upabṛṃhin	a. confirming, fur thering.

kaṭhinī	f. chalk.

kaṭhinaya	den. P. harden.

kaṭhina	a. hard, firm, solid; severe; cruel, hard-hearted.

kalahin	a. quarrelsome.

kāṭhinya	n. hardness, stiffness; firmness, austerity.

kuṣṭhin	a. leprous.

khaḍgrāhin	m. sword-bearer; -dhara, a. wearing a sword; m. N.; -dhârâ, f. sword-blade: -vrata, n.=asidhârâ-vrata; -dhenu, f. knife; -pâni, a. having a sword in one's hand; -pâta, m. sword-cut; -prahâra, m. sword-stroke; -maya, a. consisting of swords; -vat, a. armed with a sword; -vâri, n. blood dripping from a sword; -vidyâ, f. art of fencing; -sakha, a. armed with a sword; -sena, m. N.; -hasta, a. having a sword in the hand.

garbhin	a. pregnant (also fig.), with (ac., in.): (n)-î, f. pregnant woman.

gāthin	a. skilled in song; m. sing er; N. of Visvâmitra's father: pl. his descend ants.

gṛhin	a. possessing a house; m. householder: (n)-î, f. housewife, spouse.

grāhin	a. (--°ree;) seizing, holding; catching; containing; receiving, gaining, keeping; buying (with in. of price); searching through; perceiving; pondering; -yã, fp. to be seized, -clasped; -apprehended; -obtained; -accepted; -insisted on; -perceived, -comprehended; -learned; -understood; -recognised, -regarded.

grathin	a. (knotty), unintelligible.

granthin	a. reading books.

chinna	pp. √ khid: -nâsya, n. snapped nose-cord.

jalārthin	a. thirsty; -½ârdra, a. wet, moist: â, f. wet garment; damp cloth (used for fanning); -ârdrikâ, f. id. (--°ree; a.); -½âsaya, m. reservoir, pond, lake; sea; a. rest ing in the water; stupid.

krodhin	a. angry, passionate.

jyaiṣṭhineya	m. son of the father's eldest wife.

tuhinaśarkarā	f. lump of ice; -saila, m. Himâlaya; -½akala, m. id.; -½adri, m. id.

tuhinaya	den. P. turn into or cover with ice.

tuhina	n. sg. & pl. cold, (hoar)-frost, snow; dew; mist: -kana, m. snow-flake; -kara, m. moon; -kirana, m. id.; -giri, m. (snow mountain), Himâlaya; -dyuti, m. moon; -mayûkha, m. id.

dambhin	a. deceitful; m. deceiver, cheat, hypocrite, dishonest man.

dāhin	a. burning, setting on fire; flaming; burning hot.

duḥkhin	a. suffering; afflicted.

dehin	a. embodied; m. living being; man; (incarnate) soul.

drohin	a. injuring; malicious, per fidious (with g. or --°ree;).

dhanārthin	a. eager for money, avaricious; -½âsâ, f. hope of making money.

nakhin	a. furnished with nails, claws, or talons; m. beast with claws.

nābhināla	n., â, f. navel-cord (--°ree; a.); -mûla, n. region just below the navel.

nidhyarthin	a. treasure-seeking.

niśīthinī	f. night.

parameṣṭhin	a. standing at the head or in the highest place, supreme; m. lord, ep. of various gods or divine beings.

parārthin	a. striving for what is highest.

pīthin	a. drinking, squandering (--°ree;).

pāṭhin	a. having studied, conver sant with (--°ree;).

prabhinna	pp. √ bhid; m. elephant in rut.

phalārthin	a. desirous of fruits; -½âsin, a. subsisting on fruit; -½âhâra, a. id.

bandhin	a. (--°ree;) binding; catching; forming, producing; displaying, showing.

barhin	m. peacock.

bhavanaśikhin	m. domestic peacock; -½a&ndot;gana, n. court of a palace.

abhinahana	n. bandage.

bhinnakāla	a. overstepping the time; -kûta, a. employing different strata gems; -krama, a. having the wrong order, displaced; -ganda-karata, a. whose temples are streaming (elephant); -garbha, a. (hav ing a discordant interior=) suffering from in ternal dissensions, disorganized (army); -gâti, a. pl. of different rank; -gâtîya, a. various; -tva, n. difference from (--°ree;); -darsin, a. see ing a difference, distinguishing; -desa, a. occurring in different places: -tva, n. occur rence in widely distant places; -prakâra, a. of a different sort; -mantra, a. having be trayed counsel; -maryâda, a. breaking down or transgressing the bounds; -ruki, a. having different tastes; -li&ndot;ga, n. incongruity of gender in a simile: -ka, a. (i-kâ) containing words of different gender; -vakana, a. con taining words of different number; n. incon gruity of numberin a simile; -varna, a. co lourless; -vritta, pp. behaving irregularly, leading a bad life; -vritti, a. having differ ent occupations; having a different vocation; leading an evil life: -tâ, f. abst. N.; -½añgana, n. mixed collyrium (applied with oil): -var- na, a. having the colour of mixed collyrium: -tâ, f. abst. N.; -½artha, a. having a different object; having a distinct sense, clear, intel ligible: -tâ, f. clearness, intelligibility.

bhinna	pp. √ bhid; n. fragment, part; stab: -kari½indra-kumbha-muktâ-maya, a. (î) consisting of pearls that fell from the cleft frontal protuberances of a lordly elephant.

bhindu	m. destroyer (RV.1); drop (V.).

manthin	a. agitating; m. Soma juice mixed with flour (V.).

mahin	a. (RV.)=mahát, great, mighty; -i-mán, m. greatness, majesty; might, power; exaltation, dignity: in. -mn&asharp; or -n&asharp;, mightily, forcibly (RV.).

mārgaśākhin	m. road-side tree; -siras, m. N. of a month (November December); -sîrsha, m. (± mâsa) month, the full moon of which is in the constellation Mrigasiras (the tenth, later the first month in the year): î, f. (± paurnamâsî) day in which the full moon is in the constellation Mrigasiras; -stha, a. remaining on the right road (also fig.); -harmya, m. palace on the high road.

māhina	a. (RV.) glad, blithe, joy ous; gladdening (fr. mah-ín).

mehin	a. (--°ree;) passing urine.

mohin	a. confusing, infatuating.

yodhin	a. (--°ree;) fighting; combatting; m. (--°ree;) combatant.

rikthin	a. inheriting; m. heir; testator.

rebhin	a. causing to resound (--°ree;); -ila, m. N.: -ka, m. id.

rohin	a. (n-î) rising; rising to (--°ree;); shot up, tall; growing on or in (--°ree;); in creasing in number.

lābhin	a. obtaining, finding (--°ree;).

lohinī	f. of lóhita.

lobhin	a. greedy of (--°ree;); covetous, avaricious; alluring, charming (--°ree;).

varūthin	a. wearing armour (V.); having a wooden fender (car); protecting, sheltering; seated in a chariot; surrounded by a crowd or quantity of (--°ree;); m. war chariot: -î, f. army.

vāhin	a. driving along (car); --°ree;, drawing; flowing to; causing to flow, shed ding; bearing along (of a river), wafting (of wind); bringing, producing; bearing, carry ing; wearing, possessing, having; perform ing, practising: (ín)-î, f. V., C.: army; C.: division of an army (consisting of 81 ele phants, 81 chariots, 243 horse, 405 foot); river: -pati, m. commander of an army; -½îsa, m. id.

vigrahin	a. waging war; m. minister of war; -grahî-tavya, fp. (corrupt); -graha½ikkhu, des. a. eager for battle; -grâh ya, fp. to be waged war with.

vipramāthin	a. trampling down everything; -mâdin, a. thoroughly heedless; -moksha, m. loosening; deliver ance from (ab., g.); -mokya, fp. to be freed from (ab.); -yoga, m. separation, from (in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); lack, absence; -yogin, a. separated from a loved object; -labdha, pp. (√ labh) deceived, imposed upon; -labhya, fp. to be deceived, -made a fool of; -lam bha, m. deception; (disappointment=) sepa ration of lovers: -ka, a. deceiving, cheating; m. dishonest opponent: -tva, n. deception; -lambhana, n. deception (pl.); -lambhin, a. deceiving, fallacious; -laya, m. absorp tion in (lc.); extinction; -lâpa, m. explana tion; idle chatter; contradiction; -lâpin, a. chattering; m. chatterer; -lumpa-ka, a. rapacious; -vâda, m. divergent statement; -vâsa, m. dwelling or travelling abroad; staying away from (ab., --°ree;); -vâsana, n. banishing.

vedhin	a. piercing, hitting a mark; -ya, fp. to be pierced or perforated.

vairānubandhin	a. entail ing enmity: (-i)-tâ, f. entailment of enmity.

vrīhin	a. growing rice (field).

śaṅkhin	a. possessing a conch; bearing shells (water): -î, f. mother-of-pearl; a class of women (of which there are four in erotics).

śākhin	a. (C.) provided with branches; divided into schools or recen sions (Veda); adhering to a particular Vedic school; m. tree; adherent of a particular Vedic school (C., rare); -ila, m. N.; -îya,a. belonging to the school of (--°ree;).

śikhin	a. wearing a tuft of hair (V., C.); m. (C.) peacock (crested); fire; Agni; comet (rare).

śukrāmanthinau	m. du. pure and mealy Soma (V.).

śaikhina	a. produced by (etc.) the peacock (sikhin).

śobhin	a. splendid, handsome, beautiful; resplendent or adorned with, dis tinguished in (--°ree;); --°ree; a. instead of sobhâ.

śraddhin	a. believing; -ivá, a. credible (RV.).

śreṣṭhin	m. distinguished man (Br.); head or president of a corporation or guild (C.).

satuhina	a. icy, wintry; -tûrya, a. accompanied by music: -m, ad. to the accompaniment of music; -trishnam, ad. with longing, yearningly; (sá)-tegas, a. at tended with splendour etc. (V.).

saṃdhinigrahadvāreṇa	in. by means of uniting and getting at variance with (g.); -mat, a. living in peace; leagued, allied; m. N.; -mati, m. N. of a minister; -vigraha-ka, m. minister of alliances (= foreign affairs) and of war; -vigraha-kây astha, m. secretary of foreign affairs and of war; -vigraha-kârya½adhikârin, m. du. ministers of foreign affairs and of war; -vid, a. acquainted with alliances; -velâ,f. time of twilight; -sambhava, a. produced by eu phonic combination; m. diphthong; -sarp ana, n. crawling through narrow passages.

saṃdhin	m. minister of alliances: -î, f. milch cow: -kshîra, n. milk of a cow on heat.

sukhin	a. feeling pleasure, glad, happy; prosperous; comfortable, enjoyable: (-i)-svabhâva, m. happy temperament.

sugandhin	a. fragrant.

sutārthin	a. desiring a son.

spardhin	a. id.; -ya, fp. desirable, valuable.

snehin	a. liking, fond of (--°ree;).

Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance

111 results0 results569 results


ā	hinvire manasā devayantaḥ RV.9.74.8c.

adhā	hinvāna indriyam RV.9.48.5a; SV.2.189a.

adhā	hīndra girvaṇaḥ RV.8.98.7a; AVś.20.100.1a; VS.1.406a; 2.60a; GB.2.4.17; PB.17.1.5; Aś.6.1.2; Vait.39.7; 40.4. P: adhā hīndra śś.9.4.2.

admasadyāya	hinvire RV.8.43.19c.

agne	hinoṣi dhanāya RV.8.71.5b.

agniṃ	hinvantu no dhiyaḥ RV.10.156.1a; SV.2.877a. Ps: agniṃ hinvantu naḥ Aś.4.13.7; agniṃ hinvantu śś.6.4.1. Cf. BṛhD.8.61.

aśvaṃ	hinota vājinam RV.10.188.1b; N.7.20b.

brahmajāyā	hinasti tān AVś.5.17.7d; AVP.9.15.7d.

dhāsiṃ	hinvanty attave RV.8.43.29c.

dhībhir	hinvanti vājinam RV.9.106.11a. See dhībhir mṛjanti.

dhiyo	hinvāna uśatīr ajīgaḥ RV.7.10.1d.

dhiyo	hinvānā uśijo manīṣiṇaḥ RV.2.21.5b.

dhiyo	hinvāno dhiya in no avyāḥ (TA. avyāt) RV.10.139.5d; TA.4.11.8d; 5.9.10. See dhiya invāno.

dyubhir	hinvanty aktubhir dhanutrīḥ RV.3.31.16d.

evā	hīndra (ā. hīndram) KB.23.2; ā.4.11; TA.1.20.1; 23.6; Aś.6.2.12; 3.16; Mahānāmnyaḥ 11.

indre	hinvānā draviṇāny āśata RV.2.21.5d.

indur	hinvāno ajyate RV.9.105.2b; SV.2.449b; JB.3.162.

indur	hinvāno ajyate manīṣibhiḥ RV.9.76.2d; SV.2.579d.

indur	hinvāno arṣati RV.9.34.1b; 67.4a.

jaitraṃ	hīndra nibhṛtaṃ manas tava RV.1.102.5d.

ko	hīnam anujīvate RVKh.10.142.9b.

mahnā	hinoṣi etc. see mahnā jinoṣi.

mitho	hinvānā tanvā samokasā RV.10.65.2b.

mūrdhānaṃ	hiṅṅ akṛṇon mātavā u RV.1.164.28b; AVś.9.10.6b; N.11.42b.

na	hinvānāsas titirus ta indram RV.1.33.8c.

nainaṃ	hinvanty api vājineṣu RV.10.71.5b; N.1.20b.

parā	hīndra dhāvasi RV.10.86.2a; AVś.20.126.2a. P: parā hīndra Vait.32.17.

payo	hinvānā udabhir bharante RV.1.104.4d.

pra	hiṇomi pathibhiḥ pitṛyāṇaiḥ AVś.12.2.10b.

pra	hinvāna ṛtaṃ bṛhat RV.9.107.15d; SV.2.207d; JB.3.213d.

pra	hinvānāsa indavaḥ RV.9.64.16a.

pra	hinvāno janitā rodasyoḥ RV.9.90.1a; SV.1.536a.

prāñjobhir	hinvānaḥ MS.4.13.4: 203.6; KS.16.21; TB.3.6.5.1.

prāsmai	hinota madhumantam ūrmim RV.10.30.8a.

taṃ	hinvanti kratave pāryāya RV.10.27.16b.

taṃ	hinvanti madacyutam RV.9.53.4a; SV.2.1067a.

te	hinvire aruṇaṃ jenyaṃ vasu RV.8.101.6a.

te	hinvire ta invire RV.5.6.6c.

tubhyaṃ	hinvāno vasiṣṭha gā apaḥ RV.2.36.1a; Aś.8.1.8. P: tubhyaṃ hinvānaḥ śś.10.7.8; VHDh.8.56. Cf. BṛhD.4.91.

tvāṃ	hinomi puruhūta viśvahā RV.2.32.3d.

tvāṃ	hinvanti cittibhiḥ RV.8.44.19b; KS.40.14b.

tvāṃ	hīndrāvase vivācaḥ RV.6.33.2a.

tvāvato	hīndra kratve asmi RV.7.25.4a.

yajñaṃ	hinvanti mahiṣā namobhiḥ VS.19.32b; MS.3.11.7b: 150.16; KS.38.2b; śB.12.8.1.2; TB.2.6.3.1b.

yajñaṃ	hinvanty adribhiḥ RV.9.101.3c. See yajñāya santv.

akro	na babhriḥ samithe mahīnām # RV.3.1.12a; N.6.17.

akhidrāḥ	prajā abhivipaśya # KS.39.3. See aghoraḥ etc., and achinnapatrāḥ etc.

agniṃ	taṃ gīrbhir hinuhi sva ā dame # RV.1.143.4c.

agnīd	rajanarauhiṇau (some mss. rāja-; Padap. rājan) rauhiṇau puroḍāśāv adhiśraya # MS.4.9.2: 123.1. See next.

agnīd	rauhiṇau puroḍāśāv adhiśraya # TA.4.4.1; Apś.15.6.1. See prec.

agnīd	rauhiṇau puroḍāśāv āsādaya # Apś.15.9.1.

agne	tvacaṃ yātudhānasya bhindhi # RV.10.87.5a; AVś.8.3.4a.

agne	pṛthivyā adhipate vāyo 'ntarikṣasyādhipate savitaḥ prasavānām adhipate sūrya nakṣatrāṇām adhipate somauṣadhīnām adhipate tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ rūpāṇām adhipate mitra satyānām adhipate varuṇa dharmāṇām adhipata indra jyeṣṭhānām adhipate prajāpate prajānām adhipate devā deveṣu parākramadhvam # śś.4.10.1. P: agne pṛthivyā adhipate śś.4.18.3. Cf. prec., and agnir bhūtānām.

agra	udbhindatām asat # TB.2.4.7.3b. See agram etc.

agram	udbhindatām asat # AVP.6.9.5d. See agra etc.

agram	eṣy oṣadhīnām # AVś.4.19.3a. See agre 'sy etc.

agre	'sy oṣadhīnām # AVP.5.25.3a. See agram eṣy etc.

aghasya	yad bhinado rakṣa eṣat # RV.10.89.14b.

aghāyoḥ	paripanthinaḥ # AVś.1.27.1e.

aṅgāni	ca me 'sthāni (VS. and var. of MS. 'sthīni) ca me # VS.18.3; TS.4.7.1.2; MS.2.11.2: 140.15; KS.18.7.

achinnaṃ	tantuṃ pṛthivyā anu geṣam # TS.1.2.3.3; 6.1.4.8; Apś.10.19.10; Mś.2.1.3.17. Cf. achinno divyas.

achinnarāyaṃ	suvīraḥ # KS.3.2c. See achinno rāyaḥ.

achinnasya	te deva soma dakṣasya rāyaspoṣasya suvīryasyābhigrahītāraḥ syāma # MS.1.3.12: 34.7. P: achinnasya te deva soma Mś.2.4.1.9. See next two.

achinnasya	te deva soma suvīryasya rāyaspoṣasya daditāraḥ syāma # VS.7.14; KS.4.4; śB.4.2.1.22. P: achinnasya N.9.10.14. See prec. and next.

achinno	divyas (KS.Apś. daivyas) tantur mā mānuṣaś (KS.Apś. manuṣyaś) chedi # MS.1.4.2: 49.2; 1.4.7: 55.12; KS.7.2,9; Apś.4.16.4. Cf. achinnaṃ tantuṃ pṛthivyā.

achinno	rāyaḥ suvīraḥ # TS.1.3.5.1; 9.2; 6.3.9.3; Apś.7.19.2. See achinnarāyaṃ.

atirikto	karmaṇo yac ca hīnam # TB.3.7.11.1c (bis); Apś.2.21.1c; 3.11.2c.

atihāya	tam atha no hinassi # AVP.5.21.2c.

ato	na ā nṝn atithīn # RV.5.50.3a.

athem	enaṃ (AVś. athemam enaṃ) pra hiṇutāt pitṛbhyaḥ (AVś. pitṝṃr upa) # RV.10.16.1d; AVś.18.2.4d; TA.6.1.4d.

athaiṣāṃ	bhinnakaḥ kumbhaḥ # SMB.2.7.3c. See atho bhinadmi, bhinadmi te kuṣumbham, and cf. iyattakaḥ.

atho	iṭa iva hāyanaḥ # AVś.6.14.3c. Cf. naḍam iva chindhi.

atho	bhinadmi taṃ kumbham # AVP.2.14.4c. See under athaiṣāṃ bhinnakaḥ.

adabdhaḥ	surabhintaraḥ # RV.9.107.2b; SV.2.664b; JB.3.252b.

aditir	achinnapatrā priyā (also achinnapatraḥ priyo) devānāṃ priyeṇa dhāmnā priye sadasi sīda # KS.1.11 (quater). Cf. aditiraśanāchinnapatrā, aditir asi nāchinnapatrā, and aditir asy achidrapattrā.

aditiraśanāchinnapatrā	# Mś.1.2.3.24. Cf. under aditir achinnapatrā priyā.

aditir	asi nāchinnapatrā # VārG.1.12. Cf. under aditir achinnapatrā priyā.

aditir	asy achidrapattrā # Apś.2.6.1. Cf. under aditir achinnapatrā priyā.

adriṃ	bhindanty ojasā # RV.5.52.9d; N.5.5.

adharāñcaṃ	pra hiṇomi # AVś.5.22.4a; AVP.12.1.5a.

adhi	śravo māhinaṃ yaj jaritre # RV.4.17.20d; AB.3.38.11d.

anantām	antād adhinirmitāṃ mahīm # TB.2.8.8.4a.

anādhṛṣṭās	sthāpām oṣadhīnāṃ rasaḥ # KS.15.6. Cf. viśvabhṛta stha.

anu	tvā rājann arvato na hinvan # RV.5.36.2c.

anuvratā	rohiṇī rohitasya # AVś.13.1.22a. Cf. TB.3.1.1.2.

antar	dyāvā māhine haryamāṇaḥ # RV.3.6.4b.

apaḥ	kṣoṇī sacate māhinā vām # RV.1.180.5c.

apacitāṃ	lohinīnām # AVś.7.74.1a. P: apacitām Kauś.32.8.

apa	tyaṃ paripanthinam # RV.1.42.3a.

apa	vrajaṃ mahinā dāśuṣe vam # RV.10.28.7d.

apāṃ	rasa oṣadhīnāṃ suvarṇaḥ # TB.3.7.6.1c; Apś.1.14.12c.

apāṃ	rasa oṣadhīnāṃ ghṛtasya # AVś.9.4.5b. See apāṃ garbha oṣadhīṣu, and apāṃ patir vṛṣabha oṣadhīnām.

apāṃ	rasa oṣadhīnām # AVP.4.5.5a.

apāṃ	rasair oṣadhīnāṃ paśūnām # AVP.11.1.10d.

apāgūhata	savitā tṛbhīn # TA.1.11.3a.

apāṃ	garbha oṣadhīṣu nyaktaḥ # TS.3.3.9.1b. See apāṃ rasa oṣadhīnāṃ ghṛtasya, and apāṃ patir vṛṣabha oṣadhīnām.

apāṃ	garbhaṃ vṛṣabham (RV. darśatam) oṣadhīnām # RV.1.164.52b; 3.1.13a; AVś.7.39.1b; TS.3.1.11.3b.

apāṃ	tvauṣadhīnāṃ rasaṃ gṛhṇāmi # Apś.7.25.1.

apāṃ	tvauṣadhīnāṃ rasaṃ prāśayāmi # Apś.1.10.10; HG.2.5.3; ApMB.2.14.11--14 (ApG.6.16.1).

apāṃ	dhārāṃ bhinddhi # TS.2.4.7.1; KS.11.9.

apāmārga	oṣadhīnām # AVś.4.17.8a; AVP.2.26.5a.

apām	oṣadhīnāṃ rasa stha (MS.KS. -nāṃ rasaḥ) # TS.1.8.11.1; MS.1.2.17: 27.4; 2.6.7: 68.4; KS.2.1; TB.1.7.5.5. P: apām oṣadhīnāṃ rasaḥ Apś.18.13.18; Mś.1.8.5.21; 9.1.2.36. Cf. apāṃ puṣpam asy.

apām	oṣadhīnāṃ garbhaṃ dhāḥ (Mś. garbhaṃ me dāḥ) # TS.3.3.5.1; Mś.7.2.6.5.

apāṃ	patiṃ vṛṣabham oṣadhīnām # KS.19.14c. Cf. apāṃ patir vṛṣabha etc.

apāṃ	patir vṛṣabha (KS. omits vṛṣabha) oṣadhīnām # MS.2.5.10b: 61.12; KS.13.9b. See under apāṃ rasa oṣadhīnāṃ ghṛtasya, and cf. apāṃ patiṃ.

apāṃ	puṣpam asy oṣadhīnāṃ rasa (TB.Apś. rasaḥ somasya priyaṃ dhāma; Lś. raso 'gneḥ priyatamā tanūr) indrasya (TB.Apś. agneḥ, indrasya, and viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ) priyatamaṃ haviḥ svāhā # PB.1.6.8; TB.3.7.14.2,3; Lś.3.2.8; Apś.14.32.1. P: apāṃ puṣpam Lś.2.11.9. Cf. apām oṣadhīnāṃ rasa.

apiśīrṇā	u pṛṣṭayaḥ # AVś.4.3.6b; AVP.2.8.4d. Cf. pṛṣṭīr vo, and chinttaṃ śiro.

apūpavantam	ukthinam # RV.3.52.1b; 8.91.2e; AVP.4.26.2e; SV.1.210b; VS.20.29b; JB.1.220e.

apo	dattodadhiṃ bhinta # AVP.3.31.1b--5b; VS.18.55c; MS.2.4.7b (ter): 44.10,12,14; 2.12.3b: 146.18. See udno datto-, and cf. deva parameṣṭhinn.

apsukṣito	mahinaikādaśa stha # RV.1.139.11c; VS.7.19c; MS.1.3.13c: 35.8; 4.6.4c: 84.11; śB.4.2.2.9c. See apsuṣado.

apsuṣado	mahinaikādaśa stha # TS.1.4.10.1c; KS.4.5c. See apsukṣito.

abubhojīr	mahinā viśvataḥ sīm # RV.1.33.9b.

abhi	tvādhām abhidhinā # AVP.1.98.3a. Cf. prec.

abhi	dyāṃ mahinā bhuvam # RV.10.119.8a.

abhiprahitāṃ	prati tvā pra hiṇmaḥ # AVś.10.1.15b.

abhi	yo mahinā divam # RV.3.59.7a; Aś.3.12.9. See abhīmaṃ mahinā.

abhīmaṃ	(TSṃś. -māṃ; MS. -mān) mahinā (VS. -mā) divam (MS. divaḥ) # VS.38.17a; TS.4.1.6.2a; MS.4.9.1a: 121.15; TA.4.3.1a; Apś.15.4.4; Mś.4.1.23. P: abhīmam Kś.26.6.25. See abhi yo mahinā.

abhīmāṃ	(and abhīmān) mahinā # see abhīmaṃ mahinā.

abhī	ṣu ṇaḥ sakhīnām # RV.4.31.3a; AVś.20.124.3a; SV.2.34a; VS.27.41a; 36.6a; MS.2.13.9a: 159.8; 4.9.27a: 139.15; KS.39.12a; JB.1.140; TA.4.42.3a; KA.1.219Ja; Apś.17.7.8a.

abhy	aśvān rathino deva soma # RV.9.97.50d; SV.2.777d.

ayaṃ	ya urvī mahinā mahivrataḥ # RV.6.68.9c.

ayaṃ	yaḥ puro vibhinatty (SV. vibhinaty) ojasā # RV.8.33.7c; AVś.20.53.1c; 57.11c; SV.1.297c; 2.1046c.

ayaṃ	mṛdhaḥ pura etu prabhindan # VS.5.37b; 7.44b; TS.1.3.4.1b; 4.46.3b; MS.1.3.37b: 43.14; KS.4.9b; 6.10b; śB.3.6.3.12b; 4.3.4.13b; Aś.8.14.4b.

ayuddhaseno	vibhvā vibhindatā # RV.10.138.5a.

arandhayo	vaidathināya piprum # RV.5.29.11b.

ariṣṭaṃ	yajñaṃ sam imaṃ dadhātu (KS.Vait. tanotu) # VS.2.13c; KS.34.19b; śB.1.7.4.22; Lś.4.12.1; Vait.4.3. See vichinnaṃ yajñaṃ.

artham	id vā u arthinaḥ # RV.1.105.2a.

aryamaṇo	na marutaḥ kabandhinaḥ # RV.5.54.8b.

ava	tmanā dhṛṣatā śambaraṃ bhinat # RV.1.54.4b.

ava	vrādhantam abhinad vṛdhaś cit # RV.10.69.11d.

avāḍ	ḍhavyāni surabhīṇi kṛtvā (RV.VS. kṛtvī) # RV.10.15.12b; AVś.18.3.42b; VS.19.66b; TS.2.6.12.5b; Apś.1.10.14b; SMB.2.3.17b.

avikṣobhāya	(KS. -kṣodhāya) paridhīn dadhāmi # KS.31.14b; TB.3.7.6.7b; Apś.4.6.3b.

aviṣaṃ	naḥ pituṃ kṛdhi sudhīn yonīn suṣadāṃ pṛthivīṃ svāhā # KS.1.12; 31.12. See prec. two and next.

avrato	(ā. -taṃ) hinoti na spṛśadrayim (ā. -yiḥ) # SV.1.441b; ā.5.2.2.18b.

aśvāvate	rathine śaktam arvate # RV.10.40.5d.

aśvāvato	rathino mahyaṃ sūriḥ # RV.1.122.8d.

aśvāvantaṃ	rathinaṃ vīravantam # RV.10.47.5a; MS.4.14.8a: 227.13.

asthnaś	chinnasya rohaṇī # AVś.4.12.1b. See next.

asthnaḥ	śīrṇasya rohiṇī # AVP.4.15.4b. See prec.

asmā	id u stomaṃ saṃ hinomi # RV.1.61.4a; AVś.20.35.4a.

asmākam	indra rathino jayantu # RV.6.47.31d; AVś.6.126.3d; AVP.15.12.1d; VS.29.57d; TS.4.6.6.7d; MS.3.16.3d: 187.13; KSA.6.1d.

asmān	rāye mahe hinu # RV.6.45.30c.

ahann	ahim abhinad rauhiṇaṃ vi # RV.1.103.2c.

ahann	enaṃ prathamajām ahīnām # RV.1.32.3d; AVś.2.5.7d; AVP.12.12.3d; TB.2.5.4.2d.

ā	chinadmi stukām iva # AVś.7.74.2d.

ājyasya	parameṣṭhin # AVś.1.7.2a; AVP.4.4.2a.

āpaḥ	parivāhiṇī stha rāṣṭradāḥ # VS.10.3 (bis); śB.5.3.4.9. See parivāhiṇīḥ stha.

ā	paprātha mahinā vṛṣṇyā vṛṣan # RV.8.70.6a; AVś.20.81.2a; 92.21a; SV.2.213a; MS.4.12.4a: 189.1; JB.3.48a. P: ā paprātha Mś.5.2.3.13,16.

āpo	agniṃ pra hiṇuta pitṝṃr upa # AVś.18.4.40a. P: āpo agnim Kauś.88.23. See āpo devīḥ prahiṇutā-.

āpo	devīḥ prahiṇutāgnim # HG.2.10.6a. See āpo agniṃ pra.

ā	pyāyaya sakhīn etc. # see ā pyāyayāsmān sakhīn.

ā	pyāyayāsmān (TSṃS.KS. pyāyaya) sakhīn sanyā medhayā (GB.Vait. medhayā prajayā dhanena) # VS.5.7; TS.1.2.11.1; 6.2.2.5; MS.1.2.7: 16.18; KS.2.8; AB.1.26.4; GB.2.2.4; śB.3.4.3.18; Aś.4.5.6; śś.5.8.3; Vait.13.23; Lś.5.6.8.

ā	yāhīndra pathibhir īḍitebhiḥ # RVKh.7.55.8a; N.14.31a.

āśuṃ	na vājayate hinve arvā # RV.4.7.11d; KS.7.16d.

āheyam	arasaṃ viṣam (all occurrences in AVP.3.9, viṣaṃ nirviṣam) # AVP.1.44.4d; 1.111.4d; 3.9.1f,2e,3e,4e,5e,6d; 13.3.5d. Cf. under ahīnām arasaṃ.

iḍā	yeṣāṃ gaṇyā māhinā gīḥ # RV.3.7.5d.

itthā	gṛṇanto mahinasya śardhaḥ (RV.6.33.5c, śarman) # RV.6.33.5c; 68.8c; KS.12.14c.

idaṃ	yat parameṣṭhinam # AVś.19.9.4a.

idaṃ	sado rohiṇī rohitasya # AVś.13.1.23a.

idaṃ	ta ūrū bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.8.

idaṃ	te aṃsau bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.4.

idaṃ	te kulphau bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.9.

idaṃ	te grīvā bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.3.

idaṃ	te tvacaṃ bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.10.

idaṃ	te parūṃṣi bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.11.

idaṃ	te pṛṣṭīr bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.6.

idaṃ	te śiro bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.1.

idaṃ	te śroṇī bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.7.

idaṃ	te hanū bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.2.

idaṃ	te hṛdayaṃ bhinadmi yātudhāna svāhā # AVP.2.84.5.

idam	aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram indravajreṇābhinidadhāmi # MS.4.7.9: 106.3; Mś.5.2.12.12. See next but two.

idam	aham amum āmuṣyāyaṇam indrasya vajreṇābhinidadhāmi # Apś.14.6.12. See prec. but two.

idam	aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyendravajreṇa śiraś chinadmi # MS.2.1.9: 11.7. P: idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya Mś.5.1.7.25.

induṃ	dakṣaṃ paridadād ahīnām # MS.4.9.11d: 132.5. See indro dakṣaṃ.

indra	eṣāṃ dṛṃhitā māhināvān # RV.3.39.4c.

indraḥ	puraḥ śambarasyābhinad dhi # MS.4.14.7c: 225.10.

indra	tā rathinīr iṣaḥ # RV.1.9.8c; AVś.20.71.14c.

indram	id gāthino bṛhat # RV.1.7.1a; AVś.20.38.4a; 47.4a; 70.7a; SV.1.198a; 2.146a; TS.1.6.12.2a; MS.2.13.6a: 154.15; KS.8.16a; 39.12a; JB.3.22; PB.11.7.3; TB.1.5.8.1a; ā.5.2.1.6; Aś.6.4.10; 7.2.3; śś.9.10.1; 13.7.5; Vait.31.16; 33.3; 42.5; Apś.21.21.16; Svidh.2.7.8; N.7.2. P: indram id gāthinaḥ śś.7.14.1; 12.1.4; 18.2.2; Mś.7.2.6.6. RV.1.7.1--9 are designated as arkavat-stanzas ā.1.4.1.4.

indram	id vimahīnām # RV.8.6.44a.

indra	yat te māhinaṃ datram asti # RV.3.36.9c; TS.1.7.13.3c; KS.6.10c.

indrasya	gṛhā vasumanto varūthinas tān ahaṃ sumanasaḥ pra padye # ApMB.2.15.13 (ApG.7.17.7). See next, next but two, and next but three.

indrasya	gṛhāḥ śivā vasumanto (PG. gṛhā vasumanto) varūthinas tān ahaṃ pra padye saha jāyayā saha prajayā saha paśubhiḥ saha rāyas poṣeṇa saha yan me kiṃ cāsti tena (PG. pra padye saha prajayā paśubhiḥ saha) # śG.3.4.10; PG.3.4.18. See prec., next but one, and next but two.

indrāya	devebhyo havir bahu dugdhi # MS.4.1.3: 5.2. See bahu dugdhīndrāya.

indriyāvatīm	adyāhaṃ vācam udyāsaṃ dīrghaprāṇo 'chinno 'dabdho gopāḥ # Apś.6.20.2. See madhumatīṃ vācam udeyam.

indro	dakṣaṃ pari jānād ahīnām # RV.10.139.6d; TA.4.11.8d. See induṃ dakṣaṃ.

indro	na tasthau samare pathīnām (RV.AVś. dhanānām) # RV.10.139.3d; AVś.10.8.42c; VS.12.66d; TS.4.2.5.5d; MS.2.7.12d: 91.8; KS.16.12d; śB.7.2.1.20.

indro	bhinattv āṇḍyau # AVP.1.68.3d. See ubhe bhinattv etc.

indro	yad abhinad valam (GB. balam) # RV.8.14.7c; AVś.20.28.1c; 39.2c; SV.2.990c; AB.6.7.4c; GB.2.5.13c.

indro	yad vṛtram avadhīn nadīvṛtam # RV.1.52.2c.

indro	vajram ahinā spardhamānaḥ # AVP.13.7.9b.

imaṃ	janā abhyutkrośata samrājaṃ sāmrājyaṃ bhojaṃ bhojapitaraṃ svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyaṃ parameṣṭhinaṃ pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājānaṃ rājapitaram # AB.8.17.5. Cf. imaṃ devā abhyutkrośata.

imaṃ	devā abhyutkrośata samrājaṃ sāmrājyaṃ bhojaṃ bhojapitaraṃ svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyaṃ rājānaṃ rājapitaraṃ parameṣṭhinaṃ pārameṣṭhyam # AB.8.12.5. Cf. imaṃ janā.

iyaṃ	yā parameṣṭhinī # AVś.19.9.3a.

iyattakaḥ	kuṣumbhakaḥ (AVP. kusu-) # RV.1.191.15a; AVP.4.17.5a. Cf. under athaiṣāṃ bhinnakaḥ.

iha	sphātir oṣadhīnām # AVP.5.30.7a.

ukthair	indrasya māhinam # RV.8.62.1c.

uc	chuṣmā (MS. uñ śuṣmā) oṣadhīnām (AVś. chuṣmauṣadhīnām) # RV.10.97.8a; AVś.4.4.4a; AVP.4.5.3b; 11.6.8a; VS.12.82a; TS.4.2.6.3a; MS.2.7.13a: 94.1; KS.16.13a. See saṃ śuṣmā.

uc	chuṣmauṣadhīnām # see uc chuṣmā.

uj	jātena bhinadad uj janitvaiḥ # RV.10.45.10d; VS.12.27d; TS.4.2.2.4d; MS.2.7.9d: 87.4; KS.16.9d; ApMB.2.11.29d.

uta	dūrād ava bhindanty enam (AVP. bhindanti te tayā) # AVś.5.18.9d; AVP.9.18.2d (the edition puts uta with the preceding pāda).

uto	cid agne mahinā pṛthivyāḥ # RV.3.7.10c.

utkūlanikūlebhyas	triṣṭhinam # VS.30.14; utkūlavikūlābhyāṃ tristhinam TB.3.4.1.10.

uttamo	asy (AVP. 'sy) oṣadhīnām # AVś.6.15.1a; 8.5.11a; 19.39.4a; AVP.7.10.4a. P: uttamo asi Kauś.19.26. See tvam uttamāsy.

uttamo	'sy oṣadhīnām # see uttamo asy oṣadhīnām.

udakaṃ	kumbhinīr iva # RV.1.191.14d; AVP.4.17.6d.

ud	amūṃ chindhi tṛṣṭike # AVś.7.113.1b.

ud	oṣadhīnāṃ rasena # AVś.3.31.10b; TS.1.2.8.1b; MS.1.2.6b: 15.4; TA.4.42.5b; Aś.1.3.23b; ApMB.2.5.11b. See ud rasenau-.

ud	gā ājad abhinad brahmaṇā valam # RV.2.24.3c.

udno	dattodadhiṃ bhintta (KS.18.15b, dehy udadhiṃ bhindhi) # TS.2.4.8.1; 4.7.13.2; KS.11.9 (ter); 18.15b. See apo datto-, and cf. deva parameṣṭhinn.

ud	balasyābhi nas (read balasyābhinas) tvacam # Mś.9.4.1.19b. See ud valasyābhinat.

ud	rasenauṣadhīnām # KS.2.6b. See ud oṣadhīnāṃ.

ud	valasyābhinat (but all mss. -nas) tvacam # Apś.22.15.11b. See ud balasyābhi.

ud	vācam īrayati hinvate matī # RV.9.72.1c.

ubhe	bhinattv āṇḍyau # AVś.6.138.2d. See indro bhinattv etc.

ubhe	yat te mahinā śubhre andhasī # RV.7.96.2a.

uruvyacasā	mahinī asaścatā # RV.1.160.2a.

uruvyacase	mahine suvṛktim # RV.7.31.11a; SV.2.1144a.

uruśarmaṇāṃ	bṛhatāṃ varūthinām # MS.1.3.9b: 33.7. See ava devānāṃ bṛhatāṃ.

uśatīr	dvāro mahinā mahadbhiḥ # RV.10.70.5c.

uṣṭrā	yasya pravāhinaḥ # AVś.20.127.2a; śś.12.14.1.2a.

ūrg	apām oṣadhīnām # VS.18.54b; TS.3.7.13.2b; MS.2.12.3b: 146.15; KS.18.15b; 39.1b.

ūrjo	napātaṃ sa hināyam asmayuḥ # RV.6.48.2a; SV.2.54a; VS.27.44a; MS.2.13.9a: 159.12; KS.39.12a; Apś.17.9.1a. P: ūrjo napātam ṣB.1.3.21 (comm.). Variations (in fragments): ūrjo napātaṃ sa hy āyumā, nāyumā, āyumā, hiṃ māyāsmāyūḥ JB.1.177.

ūrjo	napān māhinasya # RV.8.71.9b.

ūrdhvā	diśāṃ rantir āśauṣadhīnām # AVP.15.2.2a; TS.4.4.12.4a; MS.3.16.4a: 189.4; KS.22.14a; Aś.4.12.2a.

ūrdhvārohad	rohiṇī # TB.1.2.1.27c; Apś.5.18.2c.

ṛjiśvane	vaidathināya randhīḥ # RV.4.16.13b.

ṛṇak	sapatnān adharāṃś ca kṛṇvat # RVKh.10.128.10c. See bhindat sapatnān, and nudan sapatnān.

ṛtasya	yonau mahiṣā agṛbhṇan (TS.KS.ApMB. ahinvan) # TS.4.2.2.2d; MS.2.7.9d: 86.10; KS.16.9d; ApMB.2.11.23d. See apām upasthe mahiṣā avardhan, and cf. apām upasthe mahiṣā agṛbhṇata, and ṛtasya yonā mahiṣā.

ṛtā	yajāsi mahinā vi yad bhūḥ # RV.6.15.14c; TS.4.3.13.5c; MS.4.10.1c: 141.5; TB.3.5.7.6c; 6.12.2c.

eta	āstādhyaḥ pra hiṇomi brahmaṇā # AVP.3.37.3d,4d. Perhaps to be read etās ta ādhyaḥ etc., q.v.

etaṃ	bhāgam ahutādbhyaḥ pra hiṇmaḥ # AVP.5.15.1c.

etāṃ	tvacaṃ lohinīṃ tāṃ nudasva # AVś.12.3.21c.

etāvatī	mahinā (AVś. mahimnā) saṃ babhūva # RV.10.125.8; AVś.4.30.8d.

etās	ta ādhyaḥ pra hiṇomi brahmaṇā # AVP.3.37.9a.

eyam	agann oṣadhīnām (AVP. oṣadhiḥ) # AVś.4.37.5a; AVP.12.7.10a.

evā	kāmasya vichinnam # AVś.6.139.5c.

evā	tvam asyā nir bhindhi # AVP.5.12.7c.

evā	bhinadmi te śepaḥ (AVP. muṣkau) # AVś.6.138.5c; AVP.1.68.1c.

eṣa	veda nidhīnām # RV.8.29.6b.

ehy	evā hīndropehi viśvatha vidā maghavan vidā # śś.17.12.5.

ainaṃ	chinatti varuṇaḥ # AVP.5.32.10a.

aiṣām	aṃseṣu rambhiṇīva rārabhe # RV.1.168.3c.

ojo	devānāṃ paya oṣadhīnām # AVś.3.5.1c; AVP.3.13.1c.

audbhidyaṃ	rājñaḥ # Apś.18.19.5. See udbhinnaṃ.

kac	cin nāhīnaḥ # Apś.10.1.3.

kalaviṅko	lohitāhiḥ puṣkarasādas (MS. kalaviṅkaḥ puṣkarasādo lohitāhis) te tvāṣṭrāḥ # VS.24.31; MS.3.14.12: 175.1. See kumbhīnasaḥ.

kavir	vedhasyā pary eṣi māhinam # RV.9.82.2a; SV.2.668a; JB.3.259a.

kāṣṭhā	bhindann ūrmibhiḥ pinvamānaḥ # RV.4.58.7d; AVP.8.13.7d; VS.17.95d; KS.40.7d; Apś.17.18.1d.

kutas	tvam indra māhinaḥ san # RV.1.165.3a; VS.33.27a; MS.4.11.3a: 168.10; KS.9.18a.

kuto	asthīny ābharat # AVś.11.8.12b.

kumbaṃ	(AVP. kumbhaṃ) cādhinidadhmasi # AVś.6.138.3e; AVP.1.68.4f.

kṛtyā	yāś cakrur lohinīḥ # AVP.2.64.4c.

kṛṣiṃ	no abhi hinvata # AVP.11.15.3b.

kṛṣṇā	dhānā rohiṇīr dhenavas te # AVś.18.4.34b. See arjunīḥ.

kṛṣṇāsu	rohiṇīṣu ca # RV.8.93.13b; ArS.2.1b.

kṛṣṇaikā	rohiṇī dve # AVś.6.83.2b; AVP.1.21.3b.

ke	te vājāyāsuryāya hinvire # RV.10.50.3c.

kenemaṃ	parameṣṭhinam # AVś.10.2.20b.

ko	vanaspatīnām adadhād oṣadhīnām # AVP.13.7.10b.

kaumbhīnasaḥ	etc. # see kumbhīnasaḥ.

kratve	dakṣāya no hinu # RV.9.36.3c; VS.34.8c; TS.3.3.11.4c; MS.3.16.4c: 189.11; Aś.4.12.2c; śś.9.27.2c; N.11.30c.

kravyādam	agniṃ pra hiṇomi dūram (VSK. vḷ. dūtam) # RV.10.16.9a; AVś.12.2.8a; VS.35.19a; VSK.35.53a; AG.4.6.2; MG.2.1.8a. P: kravyādam Kś.21.4.28; Kauś.71.12.

krāṇā	śiśur mahīnām # RV.9.102.1a. See prāṇā etc.

kruddhasyeva	lohinī # TA.1.4.2b.

kṣāmā	bhindanto aruṇīr apa vran # RV.4.2.16d; AVś.18.3.21d; VS.19.69d; TS.2.6.12.4d.

khaṭ	phaṭ jahi, chindhī bhindhī handhī kaṭ, iti vācaḥ krūrāṇi # TA.4.27.1. Cf. khaṇ phaṇ.

garbha	iva (SV. and KU. in Poley's edition, ivet) subhṛto garbhiṇībhiḥ (RV. sudhito garbhiṇīṣu) # RV.3.29.2b; SV.1.79b; KU.2.4.8b.

garbho	asy (MS. 'sy) oṣadhīnām # AVś.5.25.7a; 6.95.3a; AVP.12.3.6a; 2.32.3a; VS.12.37a; TS.4.2.3.3a; MS.2.7.10a: 88.8; KS.16.10a; śB.6.8.2.4a; 12.4.4.4a; Vait.28.20.

gavāṃ	gṛhāṇāṃ rasam oṣadhīnām # AVP.2.23.1a.

gavāśiraṃ	manthinam indra śukram # RV.3.32.2a.

gavyur	agre mathīnām # RV.8.53 (Vāl.5).8d.

gāvo	yā uta rohiṇīḥ (AVP. yā rohiṇīr uta) # AVś.1.22.3b; AVP.1.28.3b.

gṛdhraḥ	śitikakṣī vārdhrāṇasas te divyāḥ (KSA. vārhīṇasas te 'dityāḥ) # TS.5.5.20.1; KSA.7.10.

ghṛtaṃ	cāpāṃ puruṣaṃ cauṣadhīnām # RV.10.51.8c; N.8.22c; KB.1.2.

cakṣuṣī	te śukrāmanthinau pātām # MS.4.8.7: 115.10; Apś.14.21.4.

candramaso	rohiṇī # TA.3.9.2.

chinattu	somaḥ śiro asya dhṛṣṇuḥ # AVś.5.29.10d. See bhinattu somaḥ.

jajñāno	vācam iṣyasi # SV.2.310a; JB.3.85a (bis). See hinvāno etc.

janayas	tvāchinnapatrā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ (MS. -devyavatīḥ) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvat pacantūkhe # VS.11.61; MS.2.7.6: 81.14; 3.1.8: 10.10; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.8. P: janayas tvāchinnapatrāḥ KS.19.7. See varūtrayo janayas.

jānītān	naḥ saṃgamane pathīnām # AVś.9.5.19d; AVP.2.39.4d; TB.3.7.13.3d; Vait.24.1d.

jāyā	tapyate kitavasya hīnā # RV.10.34.10a.

jitam	asmākam udbhinnam asmākam # AVś.10.5.36a; 16.9.1a.

jitam	asmākam udbhinnam asmākam ṛtam asmākaṃ tejo 'smākaṃ brahmāsmākaṃ svar asmākaṃ yajño 'smākaṃ paśavo 'smākaṃ prajā asmākaṃ vīrā asmākam # AVś.16.8.1--27.

jyaiṣṭhye	śraiṣṭhye ca gāthināḥ # śś.15.27d. See dhṛtyai.

jyotir	bhā asi vanaspatīnām (MS. -nām apām) oṣadhīnāṃ rasaḥ # MS.4.9.10: 130.6; TA.4.12.1; Apś.15.14.10. See next.

jyotir	bhā asy apām oṣadhīnāṃ rasaḥ # KA.3.153. See prec.

takaṃ	bhinadmy aśmanā (AVP. -mi śamyayā) # RV.1.191.15b; AVP.4.17.5b.

takman	sārthinam ichasva # AVP.12.1.3a.

taṃ	kṛtye 'bhinivartasva # AVś.10.1.7c.

tad	adyā cit ta ukthinaḥ # RV.8.15.6a; AVś.20.61.3a; SV.2.232a.

tad	id vadanty arthinaḥ # AVP.9.10.5a.

taṃ	te hinvanti tam u te mṛjanti # RV.4.46.5c.

taṃ	tvā parameṣṭhin pari rohita (AVś.13.1.17d, pary agnir; AVś.13.1.19d, pary aham) āyuṣā varcasā dadhātu (AVś.13.1.19d, dadhāmi) # AVś.13.1.17d--19d.

taṃ	tvā hinvanti vedhasaḥ # RV.9.26.6a.

tan	nau saṃdhehy oṣadhe # SMB.2.4.8f. Cf. chinnaṃ saṃ dhehy.

tan	mā dhinotu prajayā dhanena # VSK.3.9.1d.

tapasas	tan mahinājāyataikam # RV.10.129.3d. See tamasas etc.

tamasas	tan mahinājāyataikam # TB.2.8.9.4d. See tapasas etc.

tam	indraṃ somasya bhṛthe hinota # RV.2.14.4d.

tam	īṃ hinvanti dhītayo daśa vriśaḥ # RV.1.144.5a.

tam	īṃ hinvanty agruvaḥ # RV.9.1.8a; JB.2.9 (bis),396.

tam	īṃ hinvanty apaso yathā ratham # RV.9.107.13c; SV.2.118c.

tam	u ṣṭuhīndraṃ yo ha satvā # RV.1.173.5a.

taṃ	māṣājyaṃ kṛtvā pra hiṇomi dūram # AVś.12.2.4c. Cf. māṣājyena.

tayā	no hinuhī ratham # RV.6.45.14c.

tasyendravajreṇa	śiraś chinadmi # TB.3.7.6.5d; Apś.4.5.2d.

tā	īṃ hinvanti harmyasya sakṣaṇim # RV.9.78.3c.

tāṃs	tvaṃ pra chindhi varaṇa # AVś.10.3.16a.

tā	no hinvantv adhvaram # RV.1.23.17c; AVś.1.4.2c; AVP.1.2.2c; VS.6.24c; Apś.21.9.13c.

tāṃ	tvā prati pra hiṇmasi # AVP.7.1.11c. Cf. prec. but one.

tāṃ	no hinva maghattaye # RV.10.156.2c; SV.2.878c.

tāṃ	pathetaḥ pra hiṇmasi # AVś.5.31.10b.

tā	vāto abhi hinvata # AVP.11.15.3d.

tāsāṃ	pāpiṣṭhā nir itaḥ pra hiṇmaḥ # AVś.7.115.3c.

tāsāṃ	mūrdhānam abhiniḥsṛtaikā # ChU.8.6.6b; KU.6.16b.

tiṣṭhantu	lohinīr apaḥ # AVP.1.94.3d.

tisraḥ	śyenīḥ parameṣṭhine # TS.5.6.13.1; KSA.9.3.

tisro	rohiṇīr vaśā maitriyaḥ (KSA. rauhiṇyo vaśā maitryaḥ) # TS.5.6.12.1; KSA.9.2.

tisro	rohiṇīs (KSA. -ṇyas) tryavyas tā vasūnām # TS.5.6.15.1; KSA.9.5.

tīvrā	aruṇā lohinīs tāmradhūmrāḥ # AVś.10.2.11c.

tṛtīyaḥ	pitā janitauṣadhīnām # VS.17.32c; TS.4.6.2.3c; MS.2.10.3c: 134.17; KS.18.1c.

te	te bhinadmi śamyayā (AVP. śammayā) # AVś.6.138.4c; AVP.1.68.5c.

tena	tvaṃ garbhiṇī bhava # AVP.12.3.7d; HG.1.25.1c. Cf. tais tvaṃ garbhiṇī.

tenarṣiṇā	(Aś. tena ṛṣiṇā; MS. tena ṛṣiṇā tena vidhinā tena chandasā) tena brahmaṇā tayā devatayāṅgirasvad dhruvā sīda # TS.4.4.6.2; MS.4.9.15: 134.12; 4.9.16: 135.3; TB.3.12.6.1,6; 7.1,5; 8.1,3; Aś.2.3.25; Apś.16.28.1 (bis). See tena chandasā, tena brahmaṇā, and cf. tayā devatayāṅgirasvad.

te	no gṛṇāne mahinī mahi śravaḥ # RV.1.160.5a.

te	no hinvantu sātaye dhiye jiṣe # RV.1.111.4d.

te	no hinvantūṣaso vyuṣṭiṣu # RV.2.34.12b.

tebhiś	chidram apidadhmo yad atra # MS.1.7.1c: 109.3; 1.8.9c: 130.8; Aś.3.14.10c. See under teṣāṃ chinnaṃ.

tebhiṣ	ṭvaṃ putraṃ janaya # śG.1.19.10c. See tais tvaṃ garbhiṇī, and tais tvaṃ putraṃ.

te	viduḥ parameṣṭhinam # AVś.10.7.17b.

teṣāṃ	śirāṃsy asinā chinadmi # AVP.5.15.9c.

teṣāṃ	chinnaṃ sam etad (śś. sam imaṃ; TS. praty etad) dadhāmi # VS.8.61c; TS.1.5.10.4c; śś.13.12.13c. See prec., and tebhiś chidram.

tais	tvaṃ garbhiṇī bhava # HG.1.25.1c. See under tebhiṣ ṭvaṃ putraṃ, and cf. tena tvaṃ garbhiṇī.

tau	devau śukramanthinau # MS.1.3.12: 34.14; TB.1.1.1.4; Apś.12.23.1.

tmanā	samatsu hinota yajñam # RV.7.34.6a.

tryanīkaḥ	patyate māhināvān # RV.3.56.3c.

tvaṃ	rajiṃ piṭhīnase daśasyan # RV.6.26.6c.

tvaṃ	rauhiṇaṃ vyāsyaḥ # AVś.20.128.13c; śś.12.16.1.1c.

tvaṃ	śatā vaṅgṛdasyābhinat puraḥ # RV.1.53.8c; AVś.20.21.8c.

tvaṃ	śardhāya mahinā gṛṇānaḥ # RV.10.147.5a.

tvakcarmamāṃsarudhiramedomajjāsnāyavo	'sthīni (MahānU. -rudhirasnāyumedosthimajjā) me śudhyantām # TA.10.54.1; Tā.10.65; MahānU.20.18. P: tvakcarmaBDh.3.8.12.

tvacaṃ	bhinatti bhūmyāḥ # AVP.7.7.2b.

tvaṃ	darbhāsi patir oṣadhīnām # AVP.1.87.1a.

tvam	apām oṣadhīnām # Apś.22.15.13a.

tvaṃ	pāhīndra sahīyaso nṝn # RV.1.171.6a.

tvaṃ	mahīnām uṣasām asi priyaḥ # RV.8.19.31c; SV.2.1173c.

tvayā	vibhinnaṃ bharati pradhiṃ pitā # RV.10.138.6d.

tvām	arjunauṣadhīnām # TA.6.9.1a.

tvām	āpaḥ parvatāsaś ca hinvire # RV.8.15.8c; AVś.20.106.2c; SV.2.966c.

dakṣasya	cin mahinā mṛḍatā naḥ # RV.7.60.10d.

dakṣiṇā	yajñam abhinakṣamāṇāḥ # RV.10.17.9b; AVś.18.1.42b; 4.46b.

dakṣiṇārdhād	asaṃbhindan # TB.3.7.5.6c; Apś.3.1.7c.

dadhi	māṃ dhinotu # TB.3.7.6.13; Apś.4.8.3.

darbho	agra oṣadhīnām # AVP.7.7.1a; 15.22.10a.

divaṃ	proṣṭhinīm (Mś. proṣṭhanīm [?]) āroha tām āruhya prapaśyaikarāṇ manuṣyāṇām # Apś.18.6.4; Mś.7.1.3.18.

divaś	cid agne mahinā pṛthivyāḥ # RV.3.6.2c.

divo	dhārāṃ bhindhi # KS.11.9. See bhindhīdaṃ.

durāpūro	'si sacchāyo 'dhināmena # śś.4.20.1.

dūrād	ava bhindanti te tayā # see uta dūrād etc.

dṛśenyo	yo mahinā samiddhaḥ # RV.10.88.7a.

deva	āsā sugandhinā # RV.8.19.24b.

deva	parameṣṭhinn apo (with ūhas, prajāpate 'po, and bṛhaspate 'po) dhehy udadhiṃ bhindhi # AVP.3.31.6a--8a. Cf. apo dattodadhiṃ, and udno dattodadhiṃ.

deva	prajāpate 'po dhehy etc. # see deva parameṣṭhinn apo etc.

deva	bṛhaspate 'po dhehy etc. # see deva parameṣṭhinn apo etc.

devamādanaṃ	pra hiṇotanāpaḥ # RV.10.30.7d.

devarātena	gāthināḥ # AB.7.18.6b; śś.15.27b.

devāḥ	pra hiṇuta smaram # AVś.6.130.1c--3c; 131.1c,2c.

devā	dvirājayodhinaḥ # AVP.1.108.3b.

devā	rājyāya yodhinaḥ # AVś.19.20.3b. See devā dvirājayodhinaḥ.

daive	vede ca gāthinām (śś. gāthināḥ) # AB.7.18.9d; śś.15.27d.

dyaur	na prathinā śavaḥ # RV.1.8.5c; 8.56 (Vāl.8).1c; AVś.20.71.1c; SV.1.166c.

dyaur	yathendreṇa garbhiṇī # ApMB.1.12.5b; HG.1.25.1b. See yathā dyaur.

dvayāṃ	agne rathino viṃśatiṃ gāḥ # RV.6.27.8a. Cf. BṛhD.5.140,141.

dhanur	jyām achinat svayam # TA.1.5.2d.

dhātā	dhātuḥ pituḥ pitānaṣṭo gharmaḥ # Mś.3.1.25. Cf. next, and abhinno gharmo.

dhātā	dhātuḥ pituḥ pitābhinno gharmo viśvāyur yato jātaṃ tad apyagāt svāhā # Mś.3.1.24. Cf. prec. and abhinno gharmo.

dhānāvantaṃ	karambhiṇam # RV.3.52.1a; 8.91.2d; AVP.4.26.2d; SV.1.210a; VS.20.29a; JB.1.220d; Aś.5.4.2; GG.3.3.6; Svidh.3.3.5. P: dhānāvantam śś.7.1.2; PG.2.14.7; JG.1.14.

dhānāsomaḥ	parīvāpaḥ karambhaḥ # Vait.16.17b. Cf. dhānāsomān manthina.

dhānāsomān	manthina indra (Mś. -draḥ, read indra) śukrāt # TS.3.1.10.2c; KS.35.8c; Mś.2.4.6.26c. See dhānāsomaḥ.

dhiya	invāno dhiya in no avyāt # MS.4.9.11: 132.3. See dhiyo hinvāno.

dhiye	vājāya hinvatu # RV.1.27.11c; SV.2.1014c.

dhiṣaṇās	tvā devīr viśvadevyāvatīḥ (MSṃś. dhiṣaṇā tvā devī viśvadevyavatī) pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe aṅgirasvad (TS. 'ṅgi-) abhīndhatām (MS.2.7.6, abhīnddhām; MS.3.1.8, abhīndhātām) ukhe # VS.11.61; TS.4.1.6.2; MS.2.7.6: 81.11; 3.1.8: 10.4; KS.16.6; śB.6.5.4.5. Ps: dhiṣaṇās tvā devīḥ Apś.16.5.9; dhiṣaṇā tvā devī Mś.6.1.2.17; dhiṣaṇās tvā TS.5.1.7.2; KS.19.7; Kś.16.4.12.

dhībhir	mṛjanti vājinam # SV.2.291a; JB.3.78. See dhībhir hinvanti.

dhīrā	tv asya mahinā janūṃṣi # RV.7.86.1a; KS.4.16a. P: dhīrā tv asya śś.12.10.8. Cf. BṛhD.6.15.

dhṛtyai	śraiṣṭhyāya gāthināḥ # AB.7.18.8d. See jyaiṣṭhye etc.

dhenām	antaḥ sabardughām # SV.2.552b. See dhīnām etc.

naḍam	ivā chindhi vārṣikam # AVś.4.19.1d; AVP.5.25.1d. Cf. atho iṭa iva.

nadaṃ	na bhinnam amuyā śayānam # RV.1.32.8a; AVP.12.12.8a.

nama	āvyādhinībhyo vividhyantībhyaś (KS. vividhyadbhyaś) ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.24; TS.4.5.4.1; MS.2.9.4: 123.14; KS.17.13.

namaḥ	śūrāya cāvabhindate (VS.KS. cāvabhedine) ca # VS.16.34; TS.4.5.6.2; MS.2.9.6: 125.2; KS.17.14.

namas	tābhyo devatābhyo yā abhigrāhiṇīḥ # ApMB.2.7.23 (ApG.5.12.8); HG.1.10.4.

namas	tigmeṣave cāyudhine ca # MS.2.9.7: 125.12. See namas tīkṣṇeṣave.

namas	tīkṣṇeṣave cāyudhine ca # VS.16.36; TS.4.5.7.1; KS.17.14. See namas tigmeṣave.

namaḥ	sakhīnāṃ purogāṇāṃ cakṣuṣe # TS.3.2.4.4. P: namaḥ sakhīnāṃ purogāṇām Apś.12.20.8.

namaḥ	sahamānāya nivyādhine # VS.16.20; TS.4.5.3.1; MS.2.9.3: 122.16; KS.17.12.

na	māṃ na me vācaṃ hinasāt # Apś.24.14.12.

namo	babhluśāya vyādhine (TS. vivyādhine) # VS.16.18; TS.4.5.2.1; MS.2.9.3: 122.11; KS.17.12.

namo	varmiṇe ca varūthine ca # VS.16.35; TS.4.5.6.2; MS.2.9.6: 125.2; KS.17.14.

namovṛdhāso	mahinā tarutra # RV.7.21.9b.

narā	māyābhir itaūti māhinam # RV.1.151.9b.

na	vā u somo vṛjinaṃ hinoti # RV.7.104.13a; AVś.8.4.13a.

nāvaṃ	bhinnām ivodakam # AVś.5.19.8b. See bhinnāṃ nāvam.

nāsyāsthīni	bhindyāt # AVś.9.5.23a. P: nāsyāsthīni Kauś.66.31.

ni	dvipādaś catuṣpādo arthinaḥ # RV.8.27.12c.

nidhīnāṃ	tvā nidhipatiṃ havāmahe vaso mama # VS.23.19; TS.7.4.12.1; MS.3.12.20: 166.12; KSA.4.1; TB.3.9.6.1. P: nidhīnām Kś.20.6.13. Fragment: vaso mama Mś.9.2.4.14.

nipiṃṣann	ahināmnaḥ # AVP.13.4.1d.

nir	bhindhy aṃśūn yajamānāya sādhu # AVś.11.1.9b. P: nir bhindhy aṃśūn Kauś.61.22.

ni	śyenāsaś cid arthinaḥ # RV.10.127.5c.

nudann	arātiṃ paripanthinaṃ mṛgam # AVś.3.15.1c.

nūnaṃ	tad asya kāvyo (AVP. gavyaṃ) hinoti # AVś.4.1.6a; AVP.5.2.5a.

nū	rodasī ahinā budhnyena # RV.4.55.6a.

ny	akratūn grathino mṛdhravācaḥ # RV.7.6.3a.

nyasya	śarīraṃ bhindhy uta bhindhy asthi # AVP.1.87.1d. The word nyasya perhaps belongs to the preceding pāda.

payaḥ	kṛṣṇāsu ruśad rohiṇīṣu # RV.1.62.9d.

payaḥ	paśūnāṃ rasam oṣadhīnām # AVś.19.31.5c; AVP.10.5.5c.

payo	dhenūnāṃ rasam oṣadhīnām # AVś.4.27.3a; AVP.4.35.3a.

paramāyā	diśaḥ parameṣṭhinā rājñādhyakṣeṇa # AVP.4.30.8b.

parā	bhāgam oṣadhīnāṃ jayantām # RV.10.87.18d; AVś.8.3.16d.

parāmitrān	dundubhinā # AVś.5.21.7a.

parivāhiṇīḥ	(Apśṃś. -hiṇī) stha # MS.2.6.7: 68.2; KS.15.6; Apś.18.13.9; Mś.9.1.2.36. See āpaḥ parivāhiṇī.

pariṣṭhitā	ahinā śūra pūrvīḥ # RV.2.11.2b; 7.21.3b.

parjanya	oṣadhīnām adhyakṣaḥ # AVP.15.8.5.

parjanyo	bījam irayedaṃ hinotu (MS. īrayāno [read irayā no] dhinotu) # AVP.2.22.4c; MS.2.7.12c: 92.4.

parṇaṃ	na ver anu vāti pragardhinaḥ # RV.4.40.3b; VS.9.15b; TS.1.7.8.3b; MS.1.11.2b: 163.4; KS.13.14b; śB.5.1.5.20b.

paśavo	yena garbhiṇaḥ # AVP.12.3.7b.

pātrā	bhindānā nyarthāny āyan # RV.6.27.6d.

pātreva	bhindan sata eti (AVś. etu) rakṣasaḥ # RV.7.104.21d; AVś.8.4.21d; N.3.20.

punaḥ	kartre pra hiṇmasi # AVś.10.1.30d.

punāhīndrāya	pātave # SV.1.499c; 2.575c; VS.20.31c; JB.3.209c. See punīhīndrāya.

punīhīndrāya	pātave # RV.9.16.3c; 51.1c; Vait.30.9c. See punāhīndrāya.

purāṃ	bhindur yuvā kaviḥ # RV.1.11.4a; SV.1.359a; 2.600a; JB.3.234,238a; Aś.7.8.3; Svidh.1.4.14. P: purāṃ bhinduḥ śś.12.26.21.

puro	'bhinad arhan dasyuhatye # RV.10.99.7d.

puro	vibhindann acarad vi dāsīḥ # RV.1.103.3b.

puṣṭimatī	paśumatī prajāvatī gṛhamedhinī bhūyāsam # Apś.3.10.9.

pūṣā	aviṣṭu māhinaḥ # RV.10.26.1d,9b.

pūṣā	pathīnām adhyakṣaḥ # AVP.15.8.9.

pṛkṣo	yad atra mahinā vi te bhuvat # RV.2.1.15c.

pṛchāmi	tvā pṛṣatīṃ rohiṇīṃ ca # AVP.13.7.5a.

pṛthag	eṣi pragardhinīva senā # RV.10.142.4b.

pṛthivi	devayajani mā hiṃsiṣaṃ tā oṣadhīnāṃ mūlam # MS.1.1.10: 5.13; 4.1.10: 12.15. P: pṛthivi devayajani Mś.1.2.4.10. See next.

pṛthivyā	indra sadaneṣu māhinaḥ # RV.1.56.6b.

paidvo	na hi tvam ahināmnām # RV.9.88.4c.

prajāṃ	tvaṣṭar adhinidhehy asmai (AVP. -dhehy onaḥ) # AVś.2.29.2b; AVP.15.5.2b.

prajāpataye	'śvasya tūparasya gomṛgasyāsthi loma ca tiryag asaṃbhindantaḥ sūkaraviśasaṃ viśasata # Apś.20.19.9.

prajāpatiṃ	parameṣṭhinaṃ virājam # AVś.11.5.7b.

prajāpateḥ	parameṣṭhinaḥ prāṇas sa te prāṇaṃ dadātu yayoḥ prāṇas tābhyāṃ vāṃ svāhā # KS.11.7. See next.

prajāpateḥ	parameṣṭhinaḥ prāṇo 'si # MS.2.3.4: 31.18. See prec.

prajāpate	rohiṇī vetu patnī # TB.3.1.1.1a.

prajāpateṣ	ṭvā hiṅkāreṇāvajighrāmi sahasrāyuṣā # PG.1.18.3.

prajāpates	tvā parameṣṭhinaḥ svārājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # TB.2.7.6.3; Apś.20.20.3; 22.12.20.

prajāpates	tvā prasave pṛthivyā nābhāv antarikṣasya bāhubhyāṃ divo hastābhyāṃ prajāpates tvā parameṣṭhinaḥ svārājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # Apś.20.20.3.

pra	ṇaḥ saṅgebhyo adhiniścarantam # KS.30.8b.

pra	tat te hinavā yat te asme # RV.10.95.13c.

prati	na īṃ surabhīṇi vyantu (TS. viyantu) # RV.7.1.18c; TS.4.3.13.6c; MS.4.10.1c: 143.7; KS.35.2c.

prati	pra yāhīndra mīḍhuṣo nṝn # RV.1.169.6a.

pra	te bhinadmi mehanam # AVś.1.3.7a; AVP.1.4.4a. Cf. vi te etc.

pratyak	pratiprahiṇmaḥ # AVś.10.1.5c. Cf. prec.

pratyag	vi bhindhi tvaṃ tam (AVP. taṃ tvam) # AVś.4.19.5c; AVP.5.25.5c.

pratvakṣaso	mahinā dyaur ivoravaḥ # RV.5.57.4d.

prathamā	vāṃ sarathinā suvarṇā # VS.29.7a; TS.5.1.11.3a; MS.3.16.2a: 184.10; KSA.6.2a.

pra	nu yad eṣāṃ mahinā cikitre # RV.1.186.9a.

pra	bodhayed gṛhiṇī śuddhahastā # Kauś.73.1b.

pra	brahmāṇo abhinakṣanta indram # RV.8.96.5d.

prayatam	agraṃ na hinasti kiṃ cana # AVP.5.15.6a.

pra	yad itthā mahinā nṛbhyo asti # RV.1.173.6a.

pra	yad vahethe mahinā rathasya # RV.1.180.9a.

pra	yā mahimnā mahināsu cekite # RV.6.61.13a.

pra	ye jātā mahinā ye ca nu svayam # RV.5.87.2a.

prayo	na harmi stomaṃ māhināya # RV.1.61.1b; AVś.20.35.1b.

pra	vakṣaṇā abhinat parvatānām # RV.1.32.1d; AVś.2.5.5d; AVP.12.12.1d; ArS.3.11d; MS.4.14.13d: 237.8; TB.2.5.4.2d.

pra	vām arcanty ukthinaḥ # RV.3.12.5a; SV.2.925a,1053a; MS.4.11.1a: 159.7. P: pra vām arcanti Mś.5.1.5.13.

praśastaye	mahinā rathavate # RV.1.122.11d.

pra	sū tirā śacībhir ye ta ukthinaḥ # RV.8.53 (Vāl.5).6c; ā.1.2.1.3.

pra	soma yāhīndrasya kukṣā # RV.9.109.18a; SV.2.512a.

prastareṇa	paridhinā # VS.18.63a; TS.5.7.7.2a; KS.40.13a; śB.9.5.1.48a.

prahālam	ahināsikam # AVP.6.14.2b.

prāṇā	śiśur mahīnām # SV.1.570a; 2.363a; JB.3.128,227; PB.13.5.3; 14.11.3. P: prāṇā śiśuḥ Svidh.3.7.3. See krāṇā etc.

prāṇais	te prāṇān saṃdadhāmy asthibhir asthīni māṃsair māṃsāni tvacā tvacam # PG.1.11.5.

prātar	yajadhvam aśvinā hinota # RV.5.77.2a; MS.4.12.6a: 195.16; TB.2.4.3.13a; N.12.5a. P: prātar yajadhvam aśvinā Mś.5.2.7.15 (16).

prāśnītāṃ	parameṣṭhinau # AVP.5.14.4b.

priyo	gavām oṣadhīnāṃ paśūnām (AVPṭB. oṣadhīnām utāpām) # AVś.4.22.4d; AVP.3.21.4d; TB.2.4.7.8d.

baḍ	itthā mahinā vām # RV.6.59.2a.

badhnāmi	satyagranthinā # SMB.1.3.8c.

babhruṃ	kṛṣṇāṃ rohiṇīṃ viśvarūpām # AVś.12.1.11c.

bahu	dugdhīndrāya devebhyaḥ # TB.3.7.4.16a; Apś.1.13.10a.

bahu	dugdhīndrāya devebhyo haviḥ # TB.3.2.3.8; Mś.1.1.3.29 (Mś. also with ūha, mahendrāya for indrāya). See indrāya devebhyo havir.

bibharti	parameṣṭhinam # AVś.19.53.9d; AVP.11.8.9d.

budhnād	agram aṅgirobhir gṛṇānaḥ # TS.2.3.14.5a. See bhinad valam aṅgirobhir.

bṛhaspatir	bhinad adriṃ vidad gāḥ # RV.1.62.3c; 10.68.11d; AVś.20.16.11d.

bodhanmanā	id astu naḥ # SV.1.140a. See bodhinmanā.

brahmacāry	ācāryādhīnaḥ praśānto 'dhaḥśāyī daṇḍamekhalājinajaṭādhārī stryanṛtamadhumāṃsagandhamālyavarjī bhava # JG.1.12.

brahmann	ekasphyayopa saṃbhindhi # Lś.5.1.4.

brahmemaṃ	parameṣṭhinam # AVś.10.2.21b.

bhavā	vṛdhaḥ sakhīnām # RV.7.32.25d.

bhinattu	muṣkāv api yātu śephaḥ # AVP.12.7.9c. See bhinadmi muṣkāv.

bhinattu	somaḥ śiro asya dhṛṣṇuḥ # AVP.12.18.9d. See chinattu somaḥ.

bhinadmi	te kuṣumbham # AVś.2.32.6c. See under athaiṣāṃ bhinnakaḥ.

bhinadmi	muṣkāv api dyāmi śepaḥ # AVś.4.37.7c. See bhinattu muṣkāv.

bhinadmy	aśmanā (AVP. aśvinā) śiraḥ # AVś.5.23.13c; AVP.7.2.10c. P: bhinadmi Kauś.29.4.

bhindhi	viśvā apa dviṣaḥ # RV.8.45.40a; AVś.20.43.1a; SV.1.134a; 2.420a; JB.3.141a; PB.13.8.4; Aś.7.2.3; Vait.27.20. P: bhindhi viśvāḥ śś.12.1.4.

bhindhīdaṃ	(MS. bhindhy ado) divyaṃ nabhaḥ # AVś.7.18.1b; TS.2.4.8.2b; 3.5.5.2; MS.1.3.26b: 39.11; KS.11.9b. See divo dhārāṃ.

bhinnāṃ	nāvam ivodakam # AVP.9.19.4b. See nāvaṃ bhinnām.

bhinnāratnīr	bhinnaśīrṣṇā sam ṛchatām # AVP.5.10.8c.

bhuvo	'vitā vāmadevasya dhīnām # RV.4.16.18a.

bhṛguṃ	hiṃsitvā sṛñjayāḥ (AVP. māhīnā; JB. māhenā) # AVś.5.19.1c; AVP.9.18.7c; JB.1.152c.

made	sutasya śavasābhinac chiraḥ # RV.1.52.10d.

manasāgnibhyaḥ	prahiṇomi bhakṣam # Apś.5.25.20a.

manthino	'dhiṣṭhānam asi # VS.7.18; MS.1.3.12: 35.1; 4.6.3: 82.15; KS.4.4; 27.7; śB.4.2.1.21; Mś.2.4.1.18. P: manthinaḥ Kś.9.10.13. Cf. prec. but one.

maruto	gṛhamedhino (Mś. -medhān) yaja # śB.2.5.3.9,14; Mś.1.7.5.23.

martyaṃ	gatvā punar āyābhinandan # AVś.19.8.3d.

maśakasyārasaṃ	viṣam # AVś.7.56.3d. Cf. under ahīnām arasaṃ.

maha	ichanti paṇayo nidhīn vaḥ # RV.10.108.2b.

mahāntaṃ	tvā mahīnām # RV.10.134.1c; SV.1.379c; 2.440c; AB.8.7.4.

mahāntaṃ	mahinā vayam # RV.8.12.23c.

mahināṃ	payo 'si # see mahīnāṃ etc.

mahī	atra mahinā vāram ṛṇvathaḥ # RV.1.151.5a.

mahīnāṃ	(VSK. mahināṃ) payo 'si # VS.1.20; 4.3; VSK.4.2.1; TS.1.2.1.1; KS.2.1; śB.1.2.1.22; 3.1.3.9; Kś.7.2.33; Apś.2.6.2; 7.9.2; 8.2.8; 6.9; 10.6.11; 15.14.10; Mś.2.1.1.35; śG.1.8.18. P: mahīnām Kś.2.5.9.

mahīnāṃ	payo 'sy oṣadhīnāṃ (MS. 'sy apām oṣadhīnāṃ) rasaḥ # TS.1.1.10.2,3; MS.1.2.1: 10.3; 3.6.2: 62.2; TB.3.3.3.5; Apś.2.6.1.

mahnā	jinoṣi (MS. hinoṣi) mahini # RV.5.84.1d; TS.2.2.12.2d; MS.4.12.2d: 181.2; KS.10.12d; ApMB.2.18.9d; N.11.37d.

mā	tvā paripanthino vidan # VS.4.34; TS.1.2.9.1d; śB.3.3.4.14. Cf. mā vidan, and mo abhivyādhino.

mā	tvā paripariṇo (TS. pari-parī) vidan (TS. vidat; KS. tvā paripariṇo vidan mā paripanthinaḥ; MS. tvā paripariṇo mā paripanthinaḥ) # VS.4.34; TS.1.2.9.1c; 6.1.11.5; MS.1.2.6c: 15.14; 3.7.8: 86.20; KS.2.7; śB.3.3.4.14.

mā	tvā śyena ud vadhīn mā suparṇaḥ # RV.2.42.2a. See next.

mā	tvā samudra ud vadhīn (VS. badhīn) mā suparṇaḥ # VS.13.16c; TS.4.2.9.1c; MS.2.17.15: 98.5; KS.16.16; śB.7.4.2.5.

mā	no vidan vivyādhinaḥ # AVś.1.19.1a; AVP.1.20.1a. P: mā no vidan Kauś.14.7; 104.3; 105.1; 113.3.

mā	vidan paripanthinaḥ # RV.10.85.32a; AVś.12.1.32d; 14.2.11a; AG.1.8.6; śG.1.15.14; SMB.1.3.12a; GG.2.4.2; ApMB.1.6.10a (ApG.2.5.24). P: mā vidan Kauś.77.3. Cf. BṛhD.7.133. Cf. under mā tvā paripanthino.

mā	smaitān sakhīn kuruthāḥ # AVś.5.22.11a.

mitho	bhindānā upayantu mṛtyum # AG.3.10.11d. See mitho vighnānā.

mitho	vighnānā upa yantu mṛtyum # AVś.6.32.3d; 8.8.21d; AVP.1.27.2d. See mitho bhindānā.

mekhale	'skannam achinnam # śG.2.13.5c.

medaso	ghṛtasya kulyā abhiniḥsravantu # MG.2.9.4c. See medasaḥ kulyā.

mo	abhivyādhino vidan # AVś.1.19.1b; AVP.1.20.1b. Cf. under mā tvā paripanthino.

ya	udnaḥ phaligaṃ bhinat # RV.8.32.25a.

ya	oṣadhīnām adhipā babhūva # AVś.4.15.10b; AVP.5.7.8b.

yajñāya	santv adrayaḥ # SV.2.49c; JB.1.163c. See yajñaṃ hinvanty adribhiḥ.

yat	te grāvṇā cichiduḥ (Mś. vichindat) soma rājan # AVP.2.39.2a; TB.3.7.13.1a; Vait.24.1a; Mś.2.5.4.24a. P: yat te grāvṇā Apś.13.20.8.

yat	te tāntasya hṛdayam āchindan # TB.1.2.1.7a; Apś.5.2.4a.

yathā	tvam udbhinatsy oṣadhe pṛthivyā adhi (! without saṃdhi between this and the next word) evam ima udbhindantu kīrtyā yaśasā brahmavarcasena # TA.6.10.2.

yathā	dyaur indreṇa garbhiṇī # śB.14.9.4.21b; BṛhU.6.4.21b; śG.1.19.5b. See dyaur yathendreṇa.

yathāśvattha	vibhinatsi # AVP.3.3.4a. See prec. but two.

yathā	soma oṣadhīnām # AVś.6.15.3a.

yathāsmin	parameṣṭhini # AVś.10.3.24b.

yad	apām oṣadhīnām # RV.1.187.8a; AVP.6.16.9a; KS.40.8a.

yad	asya manyur adhinīyamānaḥ # RV.10.89.6c.

yad	ājyaṃ pratijagrabha yāṃś ca vrīhīn # AVP.5.28.6a.

yad	indrāhan prathamajām ahīnām # RV.1.32.4a; AVP.12.12.4a; TB.2.5.4.3a.

yantāraṃ	dhīnām uśijaṃ ca vāghatām # RV.3.3.8b.

yaṃ	tvaṃ hinoṣi martyam # RV.8.4.16d.

yan	nau kāmasya vichinnam # SMB.2.4.8e.

yan	mā somāsa ukthino amandiṣuḥ # RV.10.48.4d.

yan	me babhasti nābhinandati # AVś.9.2.2b.

yavānāṃ	medhaḥ # Mś.1.2.6.22. ūha of vrīhīṇāṃ medhaḥ etc. (cf. Apś.2.11.1).

yaś	cid āpo mahinā paryapaśyat # RV.10.121.8a; VS.27.26a; TS.4.1.8.6a. P: yaś cid āpaḥ VS.32.7.

yaḥ	śvetāṃ adhinirṇijaḥ # RV.8.41.10a.

yasmā	achinnaparṇena # AVś.19.32.2c; AVP.11.12.2c.

yasya	te mahinā mahaḥ # RV.8.68.3a; SV.2.1123a.

yāḥ	paśūnām ṛṣabhe vācas tāḥ sūryo agre śukro agre tāḥ prahiṇomi (Apś. prahiṇvo) yathābhāgaṃ vo atra # MS.1.2.3: 12.12; Apś.10.12.4. P: yāḥ paśūnām ṛṣabhe vācaḥ MS.3.6.10: 73.16; yāḥ paśūnām Mś.2.1.2.27.

yāṃ	vāṃ hotrāṃ parihinomi medhayā # RV.7.104.6c; AVś.8.4.6c.

yāteva	patman tmanā hinota # RV.7.34.5b.

yābhir	vaṃśān abhinidadhāti prāṇinām # Kauś.135.9c.

yābhyāṃ	yajño adhinirmitaḥ # AVP.9.25.9b.

yā	rohiṇī tām aruṇā tāṃ gaurī tāṃ babhrūḥ # MS.4.2.4: 25.15.

yā	rohiṇīr devatyāḥ (read rohiṇīdevatyāḥ; AVP. -ṇīr devapatyāḥ) # AVś.1.22.3a; AVP.1.28.3a.

yā	lohinī tāṃ te agnau juhomi # AVś.12.3.54d.

yāvatīnām	oṣadhīnām # AVś.8.7.25a.

yāś	cid vṛtro mahinā paryatiṣṭhat # RV.1.32.8c; AVP.12.12.8c.

yāsad	vajrī bhinat puraḥ # RV.8.1.8d.

yāhi	prapathinn avasopa madrik # RV.6.31.5c.

ye	agnijā oṣadhijā ahīnām # AVś.10.4.23a.

ye	ke ca jmā mahino ahimāyāḥ # RV.6.52.15a; KS.13.15a; Aś.2.9.14; 3.7.10. P: ye ke ca jmā KS.20.15; śś.6.10.6; Rvidh.2.22.6.

Dictionary of Sanskrit Search

"hin" has 203 results

anabhinirvṛtta	that which is not applied; literally(an operation or vidhi) which has not taken place or which has not been effective; confer, compare प्रसक्तस्य अनभिनिर्वृत्तस्य प्रतिषेधेन निवृत्तिः शक्या कर्तुं नानभिनिर्वृत्तस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.5; IV. 1.37. Cfeminine. also न चानभिनिर्वृत्ते बहिरङ्गे अन्तरङ्गं प्राप्नोति । तत्र निमित्तमेव बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गस्य M.Bh. on VI.4.22: VIII.3.15.

abhinidhāna	literally that which is placed near or before; the first of the doubled class consonants; a mute or sparṣa consonant arising from doubling and inserted before a mute; confer, compare अघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथमः अभिनिधानः स्पर्शपरात्तस्य सस्थानः ( Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 9. ) explained by त्रिभाष्यरत्न as स्पर्शपरादघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथम आगमस्तस्य स्पर्शस्य समानस्थानः अभिनिधानो भवति । अभिनिधीयते इत्यभिनिधानः आरोपणीयः इत्यर्थः । यथा यः क्कामयेत अश्मन्नूर्जम् । यः प्पाप्मना । The Ṛk. prātiśākhya explains the term अभिनिधान somewhat differently; confer, compare अभिनिधानं कृतसंहितानां स्पर्शन्ति:स्थानामपवाद्य रेफम् । संघारणं संवरणं श्रुतेश्च स्पर्शोदयानामपि चावसाने Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 5, explained by उव्वट as स्पर्शपराणां स्पर्शानां रेफं वर्जयित्वा अन्तःस्थानां च वर्णानां कृतसंहितानां च सतां संधारणं वर्णश्रुतेश्च संवरणं भवति । तदेतद् अभिनिधानं नाम । यथा उष मा षड् द्वा द्वा । ऋ. सं ८।६८।१४ इह षड् इत्यत्र अभिनिधानम् ॥ अभिनिघान possibly according to उव्वट here means the first of the doubled letter which, although the second letter is attached to it, is separately uttered with a slight pause after it. अभिनिधान means, in short, something like 'suppression.' The Ṛk. Tantra takes a still wider view and explains अभिनिधान as the first of a doubled consonant, cf ; अभिनिधानः । क्रमजं च पूर्वान्ततस्वरं भवति । Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 21.

abhinirvṛti	development of an activity; manifestation; confer, compare द्रव्येषु कर्मचोदनायां द्वयोरेकस्याभनिर्वृत्तिर्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.1.84.

abhiniviṣṭa	that which has already entered on functioning or begun to function; confer, compare स्वभावत एतेषां शब्दानां एतेष्वर्थेषु अभिनिविष्टानां निमित्तत्वेन अन्वाख्यानं क्रियते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1. confer, compare पूर्वमपवादा अभिनिविशन्ते पश्चादुत्सर्गाः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.3.46; Pari. Śek. Pari. 62.

abhiniṣṭāna	Resonance (of a visarga utterance).

abhinihita	used in connection with a सन्धि or euphonic combination in which the vowel अ, as a first or a second member, is absorbed into the other member. e. g. रथेभ्यः + अग्रे = रथेभ्योऽग्रे also दाशुषेऽग्रे, where अ of अग्रे is absorbed or merged in ओ of रथेभ्यः or ए of दाशुषे; confer, compare अथाभिनिहितः संधिरेतैः प्राकृतवैकृतैः । एकीभवति पादादिरकारस्तेत्र संधिजाः; Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 13 to 25; confer, compareएङः पदान्तादति P.VI.1.109.

abhinihitasvāra	name given to the circumflex vowel which is the resultant of the अभिनिहितसंधि.

kātantrabālabodhinī	a short explanatory gloss on the Kātantra Sūtras by Jagaddhara of Kashmir who lived in the fourteenth century and who wrote a work on grammar called Apaśabdanirākaraṇa.

ghinuṇ	krt affix इन् causing the substitution of Vrddhi for the preceding vowel, as also to the penultimate vowel अ, applied to the eight roots शम्,तम्, दम् et cetera, and others, as also to संपृच्, अनुरुध् et cetera, and others and कस्, लष् लप्, et cetera, and others. e. g. शमी,तमी, दमी, संपर्की, संज्वारी, प्रलापी et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. III.2.141-145.

ḍhinuk	taddhita affix. affix एयिन् applied to the word छगलिन् in the sense of 'students following the text of ' e. g. छागलेयिनः in the sense छगलिना प्रोक्तमधीयते ते; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.109.

tattvabodhinī	name of the well-known commentary on Bhattoji's Siddhnta Kaumudi written by his pupil Jnanendrasarasvati at Benares. Out of the several commentaries on the Siddhantakaumudi, the Tattvabodhini is looked upon as the most authoritative and at the same time very scholarly.

nīlakaṇṭhamakhin	nephew of Appaya Diksita who has written a commentary on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa.

phin	taddhita affix. affix आयनि in the sense of offspring added according to the Eastern grammarians to words not beginning with आ, ऐ or औ, exempli gratia, for example ग्लुचुकायनिः,confer, compare IV.1.160.

bālabodhinī	name of a grammatical work ascribed to Balambhatta of Tanjore.

yathāśrutārthagrāhin	one who grasps the sense as given by the actual wording without going into details re: the use or application et cetera, and others: cf यथाश्रुतग्राहिप्रतिपत्रपेक्षोयम् यथोद्देशपक्षः इति कैयटः : Par. Sek. Pari. 2

rephin	a term applied(1)to the Visarjasnīya letter preceded by any vowel excepting अ and अा, ( 2 ) to the Visarjanīya preceded by अ in some specified words such as प्रातः, भाः, अविभः, अाद:, क: et cetera, and others under certain conditions, as also, (3) to the Visarjanīya in हातः, सनितः et cetera, and others For details see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.30-36.

vidvatprabodhinī	name of a commentary on the Sarasvata-prakriya by a grammarian named Rama.

vṛddhinimitta	literally cause of Vrddhi (वृद्धेर्निमित्तम्) such as the employment of the indicatory letter ञ् or ण् in an affix or the lettter क् in taddhita affix.affixes; the term is, however, found used in the sense of having in it a cause of Vrddhi, id est, that is an indicatory letter ञ्, ण् or क्.; cf वृद्धिनिमित्तस्य च तद्धितस्यारक्तविकारे P. VI. 3.39. confer, compare वृद्धेर्निमित्तं यस्मिन्स वृद्धिनिमित्त: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. I.

vyavacchinna(1)	separated; detached from a specific thing by the loss of connection with it; confer, compare एवमेतास्मिन्नुभयतो व्यवाच्छिन्ने यदि स्वार्थे जहाति जहातु नाम Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 2; (2) characterized or possessed of an intervention by similar things confer, compare तद्वा अनेकेन निपातनेन व्यवच्छिन्नं न शक्यमनुवर्तयितुमिति \| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3.83; cf also P. VI. 4.2.

ṣaṭkārakabālabodhinī	a short work in verses on the six case-relations written by a grammarian Prabhudasa who has added his own commentary to it.

subodhinī	name given to (1) a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Kshamaunin or Jayakrshamaunin; (2) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Amritabharati : (3) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Candrakirti.

svarabhinna	differing in the matter of accent; words so differing are Practically looked upon as one and the same; confer, compare स्वरभिन्नानां यस्योत्तरस्वरविधिस्तस्येंकशेषो वक्यव्य: \| अक्षश्च अक्षश्च अक्षौ । M. Bh on I. 2. 64 Vart. 24, For technical purposes, they are sometimes looked upon as different; confer, compare स्वरभिन्नस्य च प्राप्नुवन् विधिरनित्यः । Par. Sek. Pari. 49.

akṛtakāri	doing or accomplishing what is not done or accomplished; the expression is used in connection with grammatical operations like ह्रस्वकरण or दीर्घकरण only in cases where it is necessary i, e. where already there is no hrasva or drgha confer, compare अकृतकारि खल्वपि शास्त्रमग्निवत् । तद्यथा । अग्निर्यददग्धं तद्दहति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.127. the rules of Grammar, like fire, are applied to places where they produce a change.

akṛtasaṃhita	words ending with a breathing or visarga which are not looked upon as placed immediately before the next word and hence which have no combination with the following vowel e. g. एष देवो अमर्त्यः R. V. 1X.8.1.

agnaukaravāṇinyāya	analogy conveyed by the expression अग्नौ करवाणि implying permission to the agent to do certain other things in a sacrificial session when, as a matter of fact, he is only permitted to work as an agent at the sacrificial action ( अग्नौकरण ), by virtue of the reply ' कुरु ' to his request made in the sentence अग्नौ करवाणि. confer, compare अग्नौकरवाणिन्यायेन भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on. II.2.24.

aghoṣa	unvoiced, merely breathed; a term applied to the surd consonants, ś, ṣ s, and visarga which are uttered by mere breathing and which do not produce any sonant effect. confer, compare T. Pr.I.12; R.Pr.I.11. The term jit ( जित् ) is used for these letters as also for the first two consonants of a class in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्; ऊष्माणश्च हवर्जम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.50.51.

aṅit	not marked with the mute letter ṅ ( ङ्) signifying the absence of the prohibition of the guṇa or the vṛddhi substitute. cf अङिति गुणप्रतिषेधः ( वक्तव्यः ) M.Bh. III.3.83 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2. In the case of the preposition ā ( अा ) unmarked with ṅ (ड् ), it signifies a sentence or remembrance of something confer, compare वाक्यस्मरणयोरङित् exempli gratia, for example आ एवं नु मन्यसे, आ एवं किल तत् confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.l.14.

atantra	implying no specific purpose: not intended to teach anything, अविवक्षित; exempli gratia, for example ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम् Kāś and Si. Kau. on तस्यादित उदात्तमर्धह्रस्वम् P.1.2.32: confer, compare also अतन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः ( the use of तरप् does not necessarily convey the sense of the comparative degree in Pāṇini's rules) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.33. This statement has been given as a distinct Paribhāṣa by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and Sākaṭāyana. The author of the Mahābhāṣya appears to have quoted it from the writings of Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and the earlier grammarians See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on अल्पाच्तरम् P. II.2.34.

atikrama	passing over a word in the क्रमपाठ without repeating it; passing beyond, confer, compare अतिक्रम्य परिग्रहः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X.7, which means catching a word for repetition by coming back after passing over it, e. g. इन्द्राग्नी अपात् । इन्द्राग्नी इति इन्द्राग्नी । or अनु दक्षि । दक्षि दावने \| दक्षीति दक्षि ।

atideśa	extended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.

ananya	not different, the same: confer, compare एकदेशविकृतमनन्यवत् that which has got a change regarding one of its parts is by no means something else; Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 37.

anuṣaṅga(1)	literally attaching, affixing: augment, अनुषज्यते असौ अनुषङ्गः; (2) a term for the nasal letter attached to the following consonant which is the last, used by ancient grammarians; confer, compare अव्यात्पूर्वे मस्जेरनुषङ्गसंयेगादिलोपार्थम् confer, compare P.I.1.47 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 and M.Bh. thereon; confer, compare थफान्तानां चानुषङ्गिणाम् Kat. IV. 1.13. The term अनुषङ्ग is defined in the kātantra grammar as व्यञ्जनान्नः अनुषङ्ग. The term is applied to the nasal consonant न् preceding the last letter of a noun base or a root base; penultimate nasal of a root or noun base: Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.1.12.

anusaṃhāra	independent mention, a second time, of a thing already mentioned,for another purpose; confer, compare 'अलोन्त्यस्य' इति स्थाने विज्ञातस्यानुसंहारः P.I.1.53 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.

anekārtha(1)	possessed of a plural sense referring to many things. confer, compare अनेकार्थे युष्मदस्मदी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II. 2.98 also अनेकार्थाश्रयश्च पुनरेकशेषः P. I. 2.64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15; (2) possessed of many senses, confer, compare अनेकार्था अपि धातवो भवन्ति M. Bh, on P.III.2.48; also confer, compare यान्यनेकार्थानि एकशब्दानि तान्यतोनुक्रमिष्यामः Nirukta of Yāska.IV.1.

antaraṅga	a highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).

apūrva(1)	not existing before; confer, compare आगमश्च नाम अपूर्वः शब्दोपजनः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1-20, I.1.46; (2) not preceded by any letter or so, cf अपूर्वलक्षण अादिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.21: (3) a rule prescribing something not prescribed before; confer, compare तत्र अपूर्वो विधिरस्तु नियमोस्तु इति अपूर्व एव विधिर्भविष्यति न नियमः M.Bh. on I.4.3., III.1.46, III.2. 127, III.3.19.

aprāptavidhāna	prescription of a new thing. confer, compare तत्राप्राप्तविधाने प्राप्तप्रतिषेधः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.4.17 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.

abhidheya	object or thing denoted by a word; sense of a word; confer, compare अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.29.

artha(1)	literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.

avagraha(1)	separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.

avacana	something which need not be specifically prescribed or stated, being already available or valid; cf तृतीयासमासे अर्थग्रहणमनर्थकं अर्थगतिर्हि अवचनात् P. II.1.30 V.1.

aviravikanyāya	a maxim mentioned by Patañjali in connection with the word आविक where the taddhita affix ठक् (इक), although prescribed after the word अवि in the sense of 'flesh of sheep' (अवेः मांसम्), is actually put always after the base अविक and never after अवि. The maxim shows the actual application of an affix to something allied to, or similar to the base, and not to the actual base as is sometimes found in popular use confer, compare द्वयोः शब्दयोः समानार्थयोरेकेन विग्रहोऽपरस्मादुत्पत्तिर्भविष्यति अविरविकन्यायेन । तद्यथा अवेर्मांसमिति विगृह्य अविकशब्दादुत्पत्तिर्भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.88; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.89; IV.2.60; IV.3.131,V.1.7,28; VI.2.11.

avyavadhāna	absence of intervention between two things by something dissimilar; close sequence confer, compare अतज्जातीयकं हि लोके व्यवधायकं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.7. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8; cf also येन नाव्यवधानं तन ब्यवहितेपि वचनप्रामाण्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.3.44, VII.3.54, VII.4.l, VII.4.93. The term अव्यवाय is used in the same sense.

aśvaghāsādi	compounds like अश्वघास which cannot be strictly correct as चतुथींसमास, but can be षष्ठीसमास if the word तदर्थ in the rule चतुर्थी तदर्थार्थबलिहितसुखरक्षितैः be understood in the sense of 'meant for' a particular thing which is to be formed out of it: confer, compare विकृतिः प्रकृत्येति चेदश्वघासादीनामुपसंख्यानम् M.Bh. on II.1.36.

asaṃjñā	not used as a technical term or name of a thing; confer, compare पूर्वपरावरदक्षिणोत्तरापराधराणि व्यवस्थायामसंज्ञायाम् P.1.1.34.

ākṛti	literally form; individual thing; confer, compare एकस्या अाकृतेश्चरितः प्रयोगो द्वितीयस्यास्तृतीयस्याश्च न भवति M.Bh on III.1.40 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).6. The word is derived as आक्रियते सा आकृतिः and explained as संस्थानम्; confer, compare आक्रियते व्यज्यते अनया इति आकृतिः संस्थानमुच्यते Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on IV.1.63; (2) general form which, in a way, is equivalent to the generic notion or genus; confer, compare आकृत्युपदेशात्सिद्धम् । अवर्णाकृतिरुपदिष्टा सर्वमवर्णकुलं ग्रहीष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1; (3) notion of genus; cf also यत्तर्हि तद् भिन्नेष्वभिन्नं छिनेष्वच्छिन्नं सामान्यभूतं स शब्दः । नेत्याह । अाकृतिर्नाम सा. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya.1; (4) a metre consisting of 88 letters; confer, compare R. Prāt. XVI.56,57.

aākhyāta	verbal form, verb; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातं सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.1; चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्यातोपसर्गनिपाताश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika 1 ; also A.Prāt. XII. 5, अाकार अाख्याते पदादिश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.2.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, आख्यातमाख्यातेन क्रियासातत्ये Sid. Kau. on II.1.72, क्रियावाचकमाख्यातं Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1; confer, compare भारद्वाजकमाख्यातं भार्गवं नाम भाष्यते । भारद्वाजेन दृष्टत्वादाख्यातं भारद्वाजगोत्रम् V. Prāt. VIII. 52; confer, compare also Athar. Prāt.I.I.12, 18; 1.3.3,6; II.2.5 where ākhyāta means verbal form. The word also meant in ancient days the root also,as differentiated from a verb or a verbal form as is shown by the lines तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वं, तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातुः R.Pr.XII.5 where 'आख्यात' and 'धातु' are used as synonyms As the root form such as कृ, भृ et cetera, and others as distinct from the verbal form, is never found in actual use, it is immaterial whether the word means root or verb.In the passages quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. from the Nirukta and the Mahābhāṣya referring to the four kinds of words, the word ākhyāta could be taken to mean root (धातु) or verb (क्रियापद). The ākhyāta or verb is chiefly concerned with the process of being and bccoming while nouns (नामानि) have sattva or essence, or static element as their meaning. Verbs and nouns are concerned not merely with the activities and things in this world but with every process and entity; confer, compare पूर्वापूरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेनाचष्टे Nir.I.;अस्तिभवतिविद्यतीनामर्थः सत्ता । अनेककालस्थायिनीति कालगतपौर्वापर्येण क्रमवतीति तस्याः क्रियात्वम् । Laghumañjūṣā. When a kṛt (affix). affix is added to a root, the static element predominates and hence a word ending with a kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of bhāva or verbal activity is treated as a noun and regularly declined;confer, compareकृदभिहितो भावे द्रव्यवद् भवति M.Bh. on II.2.19 and III. 1.67, where the words गति, व्रज्या, पाक and others are given as instances. Regarding indeclinable words ending with kṛt (affix). affixes such as कर्तुं, कृत्वा, and others, the modern grammarians hold that in their case the verbal activity is not shadowed by the static element and hence they can be,in a way, looked upon as ākhyātas; confer, compare अव्ययकृतो भावे Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.

ādyantavattva	अाद्यन्तवद्भाव, consideration of a single or solitary letter as the initial or the final one according to requirements for opcrations prescribed for the initial or for the final. Both these notions --the initial and the final-are relative notions, and because they require the presence of an additional letter or letters for the sake of being called initial or final it becomes necessary to prescribe आद्यन्तवद्भाव in the case of a single letter; confer, compareअाद्यन्तवदेकस्मिन् । आदौ इव अन्त इव एकस्मिन्नपि कार्यं भवति । यथा कर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययाद्युदात्तत्वं भवति एवमौपगवमित्यत्रापि यथा स्यात् । Kāś. on P.I.1.21 ; confer, compare also अाद्यन्तवच्च । अपृक्तस्य आदिवदन्तवच्च कार्यं भवति । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.55. This अाद्यन्तवद्भाव of Pāṇini is, in fact, a specific application of the general maxim known as vyapadeśivadbhāva by virtue of which "an operation which affects something on account of some special designation, which for certain reasons attaches to the letter, affects likewise that which stands alone;" confer, compare Pari.Śek. Pari. 30.

aādhārādheyabhāva	a non-differential relation (अभेदसंसर्ग) between the personal endings तिप् , तस् et cetera, and others and the noun in the nominative case which is the subject of the verbal activity;relation of a thing and its substratum: confer, compare निपातातिरिक्तनामार्थधात्वर्थयोर्भेदान्वयस्य अव्युत्पन्नत्वात्.

ādheya	a thing placed in another or depending upon another, as opposed to ādhāra or the container; confer, compare आधेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.1.44.

aāpatti(1)	production; resulting of something into another; change; cf दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापत्तिः नतिः मूर्धन्यापत्तिः मूर्धन्यभावः V. Prāt. I. 42 and Uvaṭa's commentary thereon; cf also यमापत्तिं explained as यमभावं Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 9. (2) modification; confer, compare अापद्यते श्वासतां नादतां वा R.Pr.XIII.1.; (3) contingency, undesired result.

āvaśyaka	necessary notion or thing; cf ओरावश्यके । आवश्यंभाव आवश्यकम् Kāś. on III.1.125, III.3.170.

īṣadasamāpti	stage of the quality of a thing or of an undertaking which is almost complete,to show which,the tad-affixes कल्प, देश्य and देशीय are applied to a word:exempli gratia, for example पटुकल्पः,पटुदेश्यः; पटुदेशीयः, पचतिकल्पम्, जल्पतिकल्पम्, confer, compare P, V.3.67.

ukta	prescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.

uccaritapradhvaṃsin	vanishing immediately after utterance. See उच्चरित.

upadeśa	instruction; original enunciation; first or original precepts or teaching; confer, compare उपदेश आद्योच्चारणम् S. K. on T the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् P.I.3.2. confer, compare वर्णानामुपदेशः कर्तव्यः; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. I. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15. For difference between उपदेश and उद्देश see उद्देश; confer, compare also उपदिश्यतेनेनेत्युपदेशः । शास्त्रवाक्यानि, सूत्रपाठः खिलपाठश्च Kāśikā on P. I.3.2; confer, compare also Vyāḍi. Pari. 5; (2) employment (of a word) for others confer, compare उपेदश: परार्थः प्रयोगः । स्वयमेव तु बुद्धया यदा प्ररमृशति तदा नास्त्युपदेशः Kāś. on अदोनुपदेशे P.I.4.70.

upamā	a well-known term in Rhetorics meaning the figure of speech ' simile ' or ' comparison '. The word is often found in the Nirukta in the same sense; confer, compare अथात उपमाः \| 'यत् अतत् तत्सदृशम्'इति गार्ग्यः । Nir III.13. Generally an inferior thing is compared to another that is superior in quality.

upalakṣaṇa	implication, indication: a thing indicatory of another thing. The term is very frequently found in commentary works in connection with a word which signifies something beyond it which is similar to it; the indication is generally inclusive; confer, compare Kāśikā on भीस्म्योर्हेतुभये P.I.3.68 भयग्रहणमुपलक्षणार्थं विस्मयोपि तत एव । as also मन्त्रग्रहणं तु च्छन्दस उपलक्षणार्थम् Kāś. on II.4.80. The verbal forms of लक्ष् and उपलक्ष् as also the words लक्षयितुम्, लक्षणीय, लक्षित et cetera, and others possess the sense of 'expressing the meaning not primarily, but secondarily by indication or implication'.

upasaṃgraha	inclusion of something, which is not directly mentioned; confer, compare प्रसिद्ध्युपसंग्रहार्थमेतत् Kāś.on P.I.3.48,also इतिकरणं एवंविधानामेप्यन्येषामुपसंग्रहार्थम् Kāś. on P VII.4.65.

upasaṃhṛta	drawn close: confer, compare ओष्ठौ तूपसंहृततरौ Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.14. The root उपसंहृ is used in the sense of finishing in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare येनैव यत्नेनैको वर्ण उच्चार्यते विच्छिन्ने वर्ण उपसंहृत्य तमन्यमुपा दाय द्वितीयः प्रयुज्यते तथा तृतीयस्तथा चतुर्थः । M.Bh. on P.I.4. 109 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6.

upasarjana(1)	vanishing immediately after utterance. See उच्चरित.

ūṣman	aspiration letters, spirants called breathings also: the name is given to letters or sounds produced with unintonated breath through an open posision of the mouth; confer, compare विवृतमूष्मणाम् M. Bh, on P.I.1.10 Vārt, 3. The word refers to the letters श्, ष्, सु, ह्, visarga, jihvāmūlīya, upadhmāniya and anusvāra; confer, compare ऊष्मा वायुस्तत्प्रधाना वर्णा ऊष्माणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.12; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.10.

ūṣmasaṃdhi	name of a combination or संधि where a visarga is changed into a breathing ( ऊष्मन् ). It has got two varieties named व्यापन्न where the visarga is charged into a breathing as for instance in यस्ककुभः, while it is called विक्रान्त (passed over) where it remains unchanged as for instance in यः ककुभः, य: पञ्च; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 1 1.

ekadeśavikṛtanyāya	the maxim that ' a thing is called or taken as that very thing although it is lacking in a part,'stated briefly as एकदेशविकृतमनन्यवत् Pari. Śek. Pari. 37. The maxim is given in all the different schools of grammar: confer, compare Śak Pari. 17: Cāndra Pari. 15, Kat. Par. Vr. l, Jain. Par.Vr.l l, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.Pari.7 et cetera, and others

ekaśeṣanirdeśa	statement by subsistence of one word out of many. The phrase is very often used in the Mahābhāṣya where the omission of an individual thing is explained by saying that the expression used is a composite one including the omitted thing along with the thing already expressed; confer, compare एकशेषनिर्देशोयम् । सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.27, on I.1.59, I.2.39, as also on I.3.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5,I.4. 101 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19 et cetera, and others

ekāntara	separated or intervened by one single thing, a letter or a word; e. g. अां पचसि देवदत्त, where देवदत्त follows अाम् with one word पचसि intervening; confer, compare आम एकान्तरमामन्त्रितमनन्तिके P.VIII.1.55.

aindra	name of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.

ḥ	or विसर्गः literally letting out breath from the mouth; sound or utterance caused by breath escaping from the mouth; breathing. The Visarjanīya, just like the anusvāra, is incapable of being independently utteredition Hence, it is written for convenience as अः although its form for writing purposes is only two dots after the vowel preceding it; confer, compare अः इति विसर्जनीयः । अकार इह उच्चारणार्थः इति कुमारीस्तनयुगाकृतिर्वर्णो विसर्जनीयसंज्ञो भवति । Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk. I.1.16. See अः a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 2.

karaṇa(1)	lit instrument; the term signifies the most efficient means for accomplishing an act; confer, compare क्रियासिद्धी यत् प्रकृष्टोपकारकं विवक्षितं तत्साधकतमं कारकं करणसंज्ञं भवति, Kāś. on साधकतमं करणम् P.I.4.42, e. g. दात्रेण in दात्रेण लुनाति; (2) effort inside the mouth (अाभ्यन्तर-प्रयत्न ) to produce sound; e. g. touching of the particular place ( स्थान ) inside the mouth for uttering consonants; confer, compare स्पृष्टं स्पर्शानां करणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P, I.1.10 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) disposition of the organ which produces the sound; confer, compare श्वासनादोभयानां विशेषः करणमित्युच्यते । एतच्च पाणिनिसंमताभ्यन्तरप्रयत्न इति भाति । Com. on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.3;confer, compare also स्थानकरणानुप्रदानानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.32: confer, compare also अनुप्रदानात्संसर्गात् स्थानात् करणविन्ययात् । जायते वर्णवैशेष्यं परीमाणाच्च पञ्चमात् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 2. where karaṇa is described to be of five kinds अनुप्रदान (id est, that is नाद or resonance), संसर्ग (contact), स्थान, करणविन्यय and परिमाण; confer, compareअकारस्य तावत् अनुप्रदानं नादः, संसर्गः कण्ठे, स्थानं हनू, करणविन्ययः ओष्ठौ, परिमाणं मात्राकालः । अनुप्रदानादिभिः पञ्चभिः करणैर्वर्णानां वैशेष्यं जायते Com. on Tai. Pr. XXIII.2. The Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya mentions two karaṇas संवृत and विवृत; confer, compare द्वे करणे संवृतविवृताख्ये वायोर्भवतः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 11; (4) use of a word exempli gratia, for example इतिकरणं, वत्करणम्; confer, compare किमुपस्थितं नाम । अनार्षं इतिकरणः M.Bh.on. P.VI.1.129.

kartṛvedanā	experience (of something) by the agent himself; confer, compare सुखादिभ्यः कर्तृवेदनायाम् P. III.1.18

karmadhāraya	name technically given to a compound-formation of two words in apposition i. e. used in the same case, technically called समानाधिकरण showing the same substratutm; confer, compare तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः I 2.42. The karmadhāraya compound is looked upon as a variety of the tatpuruṣa compound. There is no satisfactory explanation of the reason why such a compound is termed कर्मधारय. Śākaṭāyana defines Karmadhāraya as विशेषणं व्यभिचारि एकार्थं कर्मधारयश्च where the word विशेषण is explained as व्यावर्तक or भेदक (distinguishing attribute) showing that the word कर्म may mean भेदकक्रिया. The word कर्मधारय in that case could mean 'कर्म भेदकक्रिया, तां धारयति असौ कर्मधारयः' a compound which gives a specification of the thing in hand.

karman(1)	object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).

kāraka	literally doer of an action. The word is used in the technical sense ; 1 of ’instrument of action'; cf कारकशब्दश्च निमित्तपर्यायः । कारकं हेतुरिति नार्थान्तरम् । कस्य हेतुः । क्रियायाः Kāś. on P.I. 4.23: confer, compare also कारक इति संज्ञानिर्देशः । साधकं निर्वर्तकं कारकसंज्ञं भवति । M.Bh. on P. I. 4.28. The word 'kāraka' in short, means 'the capacity in which a thing becomes instrumental in bringing about an action'. This capacity is looked upon as the sense of the case-affixes which express it. There are six kārakas given in all grammar treatises अपादान, संप्रदान, अधिकरण, करण , कर्मन् and कर्तृ to express which the case affixes or Vibhaktis पञ्चमी, चतुर्थी, सप्तमी, तृतीया, द्वितीया and प्रथमा are respectively used which, hence, are called Kārakavibhaktis as contrasted with Upapadavibhaktis, which show a relation between two substantives and hence are looked upon as weaker than the Kārakavibhaktis; confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari.94. The topic explaining Kārakavibhaktis is looked upon as a very important and difficult chapter in treatises of grammar and there are several small compendiums written by scholars dealing with kārakas only. For the topic of Kārakas see P. I. 4.23 to 55, Kat, II. 4.8-42, Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pp.262-264 published by the D. E. Society, Poona.

kāla	notion of time created by different contacts made by a thing with other things one after another. Time required for the utterance of a short vowel is taken as a unit of time which is called मात्रा or कालमात्रा, literally measurement of time; (2) degree of a vowel, the vowels being looked upon as possessed of three degrees ह्रस्व,दीर्घ,& प्लुत measured respectively by one, two and three mātrās; confer, compare ऊकालोSझ्रस्वदीर्घप्लुतः P.I.2.27; (3) time notion in general, expressed in connection with an activity in three ways past (भूत), present (वर्तमान), and future (भविष्यत्) to show which the terms भूता, वर्तमाना and भविष्यन्ती were used by ancient grammarians; cf the words पूर्वकाल, उत्तरकाल; also confer, compare पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम् Kāś. on P. II. 4.21 ; (4) place of recital ( पाठदेश ) depending on the time of recital, confer, compare न परकालः पूर्वकाले पुनः (V.Pr.III. 3) a dictum similar to Pāṇini's पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1.

kāśikā(1)	name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.

kiśarādi,kisarādi	a class of words headed by किसर meaning some kind of scent, which get the taddhita affix इक (ष्टन्) applied to them when the word so formed means 'a dealer of that thing;' exempli gratia, for example किशारिकः, किशारिकी cf; Kāś. on P. IV.4.53.

kta	kṛt affix त in various senses, called by the name निष्ठा in Pāṇini's grammar along with the affix क्तवतू confer, compare क्तक्तवतू निष्ठा P.I.1.26.The various senses in which क्त is prescribed can be noticed below : (1) the general sense of something done in the past time as past passive voice.participle e. g. कृत:, भुक्तम् et cetera, and others: cf P. III.2.102; (2) the sense of the beginning of an activity when it is used actively: e. g. प्रकृतः कटं देवदत्तः, confer, compare P.III.2.102 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) the sense of activity of the present tense applied to roots marked with a mute ञ् as also to roots in the sense of desire, knowledge and worship; exempli gratia, for exampleमिन्नः, क्ष्विण्ण:, धृष्ट: as also राज्ञां मतः, राज्ञामिष्टः, राज्ञां बुद्धः; confer, compare P.III.2.187, 88; (4) the sense of mere verbal activity (भाव) e. g. हसितम् , सहितम् , जल्पितम् , (used always in the neuter gender); confer, compare P.III.3. 114: (5) the sense of benediction when the word ending in क्त is used as a technical term, exempli gratia, for example देवदत्तः in the sense of देवा एनं देयासुः. The kṛt affix क्तिन् is also used similarly exempli gratia, for example सातिः भूतिः मन्ति:; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.3.174.

ktavatu	kṛt affix तवत् which also is called निष्ठा. It is prescribed in the active sense of somebody who has done a thing sometime in the past. A word ending in it is equivalent to the past active participle; exempli gratia, for example भुक्तवान् ब्राह्मणः cf P.I.1.26. The feminine. affix डीप् ( ई ) is added to nouns ending in क्तवतु to form feminine bases; confer, compare P.IV.1.6.

kriyā	action, verbal activity; confer, compare क्रियावचनो धातु: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.1 ; confer, compare also क्रियावाचकमाख्यातम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8. quoted by Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.in his Bhāṣya on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50; confer, compare also उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I.4.59, लक्षणहेत्वेाः क्रियायाः P.III. 2.126; confer, compare also यत्तर्हि तदिङ्गितं चेष्टितं निमिषितं स शब्दः । नेत्याह क्रिया नाम सा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1. The word भाव many times is used in the same sense as kriyā or verbal activity in the sūtras of Pāṇini. confer, compare P.I.2.21 ; I.3.13; III. 1. 66.etc; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति a statement made frequently by the Mahābhāṣyakāra. Some scholars draw a nice distinction between क्रिया and भाव, क्रिया meaning dynamic activity and भाव meaning static activity: confer, compare अपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यो धात्वर्थो भावः । सपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यस्तु क्रिया Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). III. 1.87. Philosophically क्रिया is defined as सत्ता appearing in temporal sequence in various things. When सत्ता does not so appear it is called सत्त्व.

kvin	kṛt zero affix, id est, that is an affix of which every letter is dropped and nothing remains, added to the roots स्पृश्, यज्, सृज्, दृश्, et cetera, and others under certain conditions; exempli gratia, for example घृतस्पृक्, ऋत्विक्, यादृक्, तादृक्; confer, compare Kāś. on P.III.2.58-60.

gati(1)	literally motion; stretching out, lengthening of a syllable. The word is explained in the Prātiśakhya works which define it as the lengthening of a Stobha vowel with the utterance of the vowel इ or उ after it, exempli gratia, for example हाइ or हायि for हा; similarly आ-इ or अा -यि ; (2) a technical term used by Pāṇini in connection with prefixes and certain indeclinables which are called गति, confer, compare P.I.4.60-79. The words called gati can be compounded with the following word provided the latter is not a verb, the compound being named tatpuruṣa e.g, प्रकृतम् , ऊरीकृत्य confer, compare P.II.2.18; the word गति is used by Pāṇini in the masculine gender as seen in the Sūtra गतिरनन्तरः P.VI. 2.49 and hence explained as formed by the addition of the affix क्तिच् to गम्, the word being used as a technical term by the rule क्तिच्क्तौ च संज्ञायाम् P.III.3.174; (3) realization, understanding; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.9; सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 76; अगत्या हि परिभाषा अाश्रीयते Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva Pari. Pāṭha 119.

garīyas	involving a special effort.The word is frequently used by the Vārttikakāra and old grammarians in connection with something, which involves greater effort and longer expression and, hence, not commendable in rules of the Shastra works where brevity is the soul of 'wit'; confer, compare पदगौरवाद्योगवेिभागो गरीयान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 121. The word गुरु is also sometimes used in a similar sense; confer, compare तद् गुरु भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. l Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.

grasta	a fault of pronunciation due to the utterance of a letter hindered or held back at the throat; confer, compare जिह्वामूलनिग्रहे ग्रस्तमेतत् R.Pr.XIV.3; confer, compare also ग्रस्तं निरस्तमवलम्बितम् । ग्रस्तः जिह्वामूले गृहीतः । अव्यक्त इत्यपरे । Pradipa on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1.

grahaṇaka	citing or instructing the inclusion ( ग्रहण) of certain other things by the mention of a particular thing; e. g. the rule अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः is a ग्रहणक rule as it advises that the citing of the letters अ, इ, उ, ऋ et cetera, and others includes the long and protracted forms of अ, इ, उ etc; confer, compare also ग्रहणकशास्त्रस्य सावर्ण्यविधिनिषेधाभ्यां प्रागनिष्पत्ते; Sid. Kau. on अकः सवर्णे दीर्धः V1. 1. 101.

caṇap	taddhita affix. affix चण in the sense of वित्त (known by) applied to a word which refers to that thing by which a person is known. e. g. विद्याचणः, केशचण:; confer, compare P. V. 2.26.

candrakīrti	a Jain grammarian of the twelfth century A.D. who has written a commentary named Subodhini on the Sarasvata Vyakaraha.

cvi	taddhita affix. affix ( of which nothing remains ) to signify the taking place of something which was not so before; after the word ending in च्वि the forms of the root कृ, भू or असू have to be placed; e. g. शुक्लीकरोति; confer, compare P. V. 4. 50

jñāpaka	literallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.

ṭiṭhan(l)	taddhita affix. affix इक added to the words श्राणा, मांस and ओदन in the sense of ' something given as wages' e. g. श्राणिकः श्राणिकी; confer, compare P. IV. 4.67; (2) taddhita affix. affix इक added to कंस and शूर्प in the अार्हीय senses e. g. कंसिक:, कांसिक्री; confer, compare P. V.1.25,26.

ṭhak	a very common taddhita affix. affix इक, or क in case it is added to words ending in इस् , उस् , उ, ऋ, ल् and त् according to P. VII. 3. 51, causing the substitution of vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition ठक् is added to (1) रेवती and other words in the sense of descendant ( अपत्य ) e. g. रैवतिकः:, दाण्डग्राहिकः, गार्गिकः, भागवित्तिकः यामुन्दायनिकः, confer, compare P. IV. 1.146-149; (2) to the words लाक्षा,रोचना et cetera, and others in the sense of 'dyed in', e. g. लाक्षिकम्, रौचनिकम् ; confer, compare P. IV. 2.2; (3) to the words दधि and उदश्वित् in the sense of संस्कृत 'made better ', e. g. दाधिकम् , औदश्वित्कम् ( क instead of इक substituted for टक् ), confer, compare P. IV.2. 18, 19; (4) to the words अाग्रहायुणी, अश्वत्थ et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 22, 23; (5) to words expressive of inanimate objects, to the words हस्ति and धेनु, as also to the words केश and अश्व in the sense of 'multitude '; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 47, 48; (6) to the words क्रतु, उक्थ and words ending in सूत्र, वसन्त et cetera, and others, in the sense of 'students of' ( तदधीते तद्वेद ), confer, compare P. IV. 2.59, 60, 63; (7) to the words कुमुद and others as also to शर्करा as a चातुरर्थिक affix; confer, compare P. IV. 2.80, 84; (8) to the words कन्था, भवत् and वर्षा in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P. IV. 2.102, 115, IV. 3.18; (9) to the words उपजानु and others in the sense 'generally present '; confer, compare P. IV. 3. 40; (10) to the words consisting of two syllables, and the words ऋक्, ब्राह्मण et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'explanatory literary work'; confer, compare P. IV.3.72: ( 11) to words meaning 'sources of income ' in the sense of 'accruing from’; confer, compare P. IV. 3.75; (12) to words denoting inanimate things excepting words showing time or place in the sense of ' भक्ति ', cf P. IV. 8.96; and (13) to the words हल् and सीर in the sense of 'belonging to', confer, compare P. IV. 3.124. The taddhita affix. affix ठक् is added as a general termination, excepting in such cases where other affixes are prescribed, in specified senses like 'तेन दीव्यति, ' 'तेन खनति,' 'तेन संस्कृतम्' et cetera, and others; cf P. IV. 4.1-75, as also to words हल, सीर, कथा, विकथा, वितण्डा et cetera, and others in specified senses, confer, compare P. IV.4. 81, 102 ठक् is also added as a general taddhita affix. affix or अधिकारविहितप्रत्यय, in various specified senses, as prescribed by P. V.1.19-63,and to the words उदर, अयःशूल,दण्ड, अजिन, अङ्गुली, मण्डल, et cetera, and others and to the word एकशाला, in the prescribed senses; confer, compare P. V. 2.67,76, V. 3.108,109; while, without making any change in sense it is added to अनुगादिन् , विनय, समय, उपाय ( औपयिक being the word formed), अकस्मात्, कथंचित्; (confer, compareआकस्मिक काथंचित्क), समूह,विशेष, अत्यय and others, and to the word वाक् in the sense of 'expressed'; confer, compare P. V. 4.13, 34, 35. The feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ) is added to words ending in the affix टक् to form feminine. bases.

ṇic	affix इ causing Vrddhi (1) applied to roots of the tenth conjugation ( चुरादिगण ) such as चुर् , चित् et cetera, and others e. g. चोरयति, चोरयते; confer, compare P. III. 1.25: (2) applied to any root to form a causal base from it, e. g. भावयति from भू, गमयति from गम्: confer, compare हेतुमति च P. III. 1.26: (3) applied to the words मुण्ड, मिश्र etc, in the sense of making, doing, practising et cetera, and others ( करण ); e. g. मुण्डं करोति मुण्डयति, व्रतयति (eats something or avoids it as an observance), हलं गृह्नाति हलयति et cetera, and others; cf P. III. 1.21; (4) applied to the words सत्य, पाश, रूप, वीणा, तूल, श्लोक, सेना, लोमन, त्वच्, वर्मन्, वर्ण and चूर्ण in the various senses given by the Varttikakara to form denominative roots ending in इ: e. g. सत्यापयति, पाशयति etc; confer, compare P. III.1.25: (5) applied to suitable words in the sense of composing, exempli gratia, for example सूत्रं करोति सूत्रयति, et cetera, and others: (6)applied to a verbal noun ( कृदन्त ) in the sense of 'narrating' with the omission of the krt affix and the karaka of the verbal activity put in a suitable case; e. g. कंसं घातयति for the sentence कंसवधमाचष्टे or बलिं बन्धयति for बलिबन्धमाचष्टे,or रात्रिं विवासयति, सूर्यमुद्गमयति, पुष्येण योजयति et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.26. Roots ending in णिच् (णिजन्त) take the conjugational endings of both the Parasmaipada and the, Atmanepada: confer, compare णिचश्च P. I. 3.74. They have perfect forms by the addition of अाम् with a suitable form of the perfect tense of the root कृ, भू or अस् placed after अाम्, the word ending with अाम् and the verbal form after it being looked upon as separate words e. g. कारयां चकार कारयां चक्रे et cetera, and others; cf P. III.1.35, 40. They have the aorist form, with the substitution of the Vikarana चङ् ( अ ) for च्लि before which the root is reduplicated; e. g. अचीकरत्, अबीभवत् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.III.1.48, VI.1.11 as also VII.4.93-97.

ṇvuc	krt affix अक seen always with the feminine. affix अा applied to a root when the sense conveyed is ' a turn ' or ' a deserving thing ' or ' debt ' or ' occurrence;' e. g. भवतः शायिका, अर्हति भवान् इक्षुभक्षिकाम्, ओदनभोजिकां धारयसि, इक्षुभक्षिका उदपादि ; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.1 1 1.

tadantavidhi	a peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.

tadādividhi	a convention similar to the तदन्तविधि of Panini,laid down by the Varttikakara laying down that in case an operation is prescribed for something followed by a single letter, that single letter should be taken to mean a word beginning with that single letter: confer, compare यस्मिन्विधिस्तदादावल्ग्रहणे P.I.1.72 Vart. 29: Par. Sek. Pari. 33.

tadguṇasaṃvijñāna	literally connection with what is denoted by the constituent members; the word refers to a kind of Bahuvrihi compound where the object denoted by the compound includes also what is denoted by the constituent members of the compound; e g. the compound word सर्वादि in the rule सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि includes the word सर्व among the words विश्व, उभय and others, which alone form the अन्यपदार्थ or the external thing and not merely the external object as mentioned in Panini's rule अनेकमन्यमपदार्थे (P.II. 2. 24): confer, compare भवति बहुर्वीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि । तद्यथा । चित्रवाससमानय। लोहितोष्णीषा ऋत्विजः प्रचरन्ति । तद्गुण आनीयते तद्गुणाश्च प्रचरन्ति M.Bh. on I.1.27. For details confer, compare Mahabhasya on P.1.1.27 as also Par. Sek. Pari. 77.

tadvadatideśa	treatment of something as that which is not that e. g. the treatment of affixes not marked with mute n or n as marked with n even though they are not actually marked that way, confer, compare P. I. 2.14; also cf तद्वदतिदेशेSकिद्विधिप्रसङ्गः P. I. 2.1 Vart 4.

tal	tad, affix त (l) added in the sense of collection (समूह) to the words ग्राम, जन, बन्धु and सहाय and गज also, exempli gratia, for example ग्रामता, जनता et cetera, and others; (2) added in the sense of 'the nature of a thing' ( भाव ) along with the affix त्व optionally, as also optionally along with the affixes इमन्, ष्यञ् et cetera, and others given in P. V. 1.122 to 136; e. g. अश्वत्वम्, अश्वता; अपतित्वम्, अपतिता; पृथुत्वम्, पृथुता, प्रथिमा; शुक्लता, शुक्लत्वम्, शौक्ल्यम्, शुक्लिमा; et cetera, and others, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.1.119 to 136. Words ending with the affix तल् are always declined in the feminine gender with the feminine. affix अा ( टाप् ) added to then; confer, compare तलन्तः (शब्दः स्त्रियाम् ), Linganusasana 17.

tasi(1)	taddhita affix.affix तस् showing direction by means of a thing exempli gratia, for example वृक्षमूलतः, हिमवत्तः; confer, compare Kas on P.IV.3.114,115; (2) taddhita affix.affix तस् applied in the sense of the ablative case. case and substituted for the ablative case. case affix: exempli gratia, for example ग्रामतः अागच्छति, चोरतो विभेति; sometimes the affix is applied instead of the instrumental or the genitive case also. e. g. वृत्ततः न व्यथते for वृत्तेन न व्यथते; देवा अर्जुनतः अभवन्, for अर्जुनस्य पक्षे अभवन् confer, compare Kas, on P.V.4.44-49.

tīkṣṇa	utterance with a sharp tone characterizing the pronunciation of the Abhinihita kind of circumflex vowel as opposed to the utterance which is called मृदु when the circumflex, called पादवृत्त, is pronounced; confer, compare सर्वतीक्ष्णोऽभिनिहितः प्रश्लिष्टस्तदनन्तरम्, ततो मृदुतरौ स्वारौ जात्यक्षैप्रावुभौ स्मृतौ । ततो मृदुतरः स्वारस्तैरोव्यञ्जन उच्यते । पादवृत्तो मृदुतमस्त्वेतत्स्वारबलाबलम् Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 125.

tṛtīyā	the third case; affixes of the third case ( instrumental case or तृतीयाविभक्ति ) which are placed (1) after nouns in the sense of an instrument or an agent provided the agent is not expressed by the personal-ending of the root; e. g. देवदत्तेन कृतम्, परशुना छिनत्ति: confer, compare P. III. 3.18; (2) after nouns connected with सह्, nouns meaning defective limbs, nouns forming the object of ज्ञा with सम् as also nouns meaning हेतु or a thing capable of produc ing a result: e. g. पुत्रेण सहागतः, अक्ष्णा काणः, मात्रा संजानीते, विद्यया यशः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.3.19,23; (3) optionally with the ablative after nouns meaning quality, and optionally with the genitive after pronouns in the sense of हेतु, when the word हेतु is actually used e. g. पाण्डित्येन मुक्तः or पाण्डित्यान्मुक्त:; केन हेतुना or कस्य हेतोर्वसति; it is observed by the Varttikakara that when the word हेतु or its synonym is used in a sentence, a pronoun is put in any case in apposition to that word id est, that is हेतु or its synonym e.g, केन निमित्तेन, किं निमित्तम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 3. 25, 27; (4) optionally after nouns connected with the words पृथक्, विना, नाना, after the words स्तोक, अल्प, as also after दूर, अन्तिक and their synonyms; exempli gratia, for example पृथग्देवदत्तेन et cetera, and others स्तोकेन मुक्तः, दूरेण ग्रामस्य, केशैः प्रसितः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.32, 33, 35, 44; (5) optionally with the locative case after nouns meaning constellation when the taddhita affix. affix after them has been elided; exempli gratia, for example पुष्येण संप्रयातोस्मि श्रवणे पुनरागतः Mahabharata; confer, compare P.II.3.45; (6) optionally with the genitive case after words connected with तुल्य or its synonyms; exempli gratia, for exampleतुल्यो देवदत्तेन, तुल्यो देवदत्तस्य; confer, compare P. II.3.72.

tṛn(1)	krt affix तृ with the acute accent on the first vowel of the word formed by its application, applied to any root in the sense of 'an agent' provided the agent is habituated to do a thing, or has his nature to do it, or does it well; exempli gratia, for example वदिता जनापवादान् , मुण्डयितारः श्राविष्ठायना -भवन्ति वधूमूढाम् , कर्ता कटम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.2.135; words ending with तृन् govern the noun connected with them in the accusative case; (2) the term तृन् , used as a short term ( प्रत्याहार ) standing for krt affixes beginning with those prescribed by the rule लटः शतृशानचौ (P.III.2.124) and ending with the affix तृन् (in P.III.3.69); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.69.

trā	taddhita affix. affix त्रा in the sense of something donated, as also to the words देव, मनुष्य, पुरुष, पुरु and मर्त्य ending in the accusative or the locative case; e. g. व्राह्मणत्रा करोति, देवत्रा वसतिः confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.4.55,56. ’There is avagraha before the taddhita affix. affix त्रा. देवत्रेति देवSत्रा्; confer, compare V.Pr. V.9.

dikśabda	a word denoting a direction such as पूर्व, उत्तर and the like, used as a substantive, e. g. पूर्वो ग्रामात् , or showing the direction of another thing being its adjective, e. g. इयमस्याः पूर्वा; cf Kas, on P. II.3.29.

dravya	substance, as opposed to गुण property and क्रिया action which exist on dravya. The word सत्त्व is used by Yaska, Panini and other grammarians in a very general sense as something in completed formation or existence as opposed to 'bhava' or kriya or verbal activity, and the word द्रव्य is used by old grammarians as Synonymous with सत्त्व; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे। चादयो निपातसंज्ञा भवन्ति न चेत्सत्वे वर्तन्ते, confer, compare Kas on P. I. 4.57; confer, compare S.K. also on P. I.4.57. (2)The word द्रव्य is also found used in the sense of an individual object, as opposed to the genus or generic notion ( अाकृति ); confer, compare द्रव्याभिधानं व्याडिः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64. Vart. 45.(3)The word द्रव्य is found used in the sense of Sadhana or means in Tait. Prati. confer, compare तत्र शब्दद्रव्याण्युदाहरिष्यामः । शब्दरूपाणि साधनानि वर्णयिष्यामः Tai, Pr. XXII. 8.

dharma	defined as ऋषिसंप्रदाय, the traditional practices laid down by the sages for posterity; confer, compareकेवलमृषिसंप्रदायो धर्म इति कृत्वा याज्ञिक्राः शास्त्रेण अनुविदधते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika I ; cf also धर्मशास्त्रं in एवं च कृत्वा धर्मशास्त्रं प्रवृत्तम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64, as also धर्मसूत्रकाराः in नैवेश्वर आज्ञापयति नापि धर्मसूत्रकाराः पठन्ति अपवादैरुत्सर्गा बाध्यन्तामिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. l.47; (2) religious merit, confer, compare धर्मोपदेशनमिदं शास्त्रमस्मिन्ननवयवेन शास्त्रार्थः संप्रतीयते , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. I. 84, cf also ज्ञाने घमै इति चेत्तथाSधर्मः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika l ; ' 3) property possessed by a thing or a letter or a word. e. g. वर्णधर्म; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 2.29; cf also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 1, 55, II. 3.33, VIII. 1. 4. confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 8, 13 XIV. 1 et cetera, and others: ( 4 ) the characteristic of being in a substance; in the phrase अयं घटः the dharma viz.घटत्व is predicated of this (इदम्) or, in other words the designation pot ( घटसंज्ञा ) is the predication; the explanation in short, can be given as घटत्ववान् इदंपदार्थः or घटाभिन्नः इदंपदार्थ:

dharmin(1)	a thing possessed of properties, द्रव्यः confer, compare धर्मशब्देन धर्मी भण्यते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.3.77;cf also the common expression धर्मिग्राहकमानात् Par. Sek. on Pari. 55, 66, 79, 82: (2) the same as dharma in rare cases according to the dictum धर्मघर्मिणोरभेदोपचारः e. g. वर्णैकं देहि, पुराणैकं देहि; confer, compare Durghata Vr. on P. II. 1. 49.

nitya(1)	eternal, as applied to word or Sabda in contrast with sound or dhvani which is evanescent (कार्य ). The sound with meaning or without meaning,made by men and animals is impermanent; but the sense or idea awakened in the mind by the evanescent audible words on reaching the mind is of a permanent or eternal nature; confer, compare स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायामादुपजायते; confer, compare also व्याप्तिमत्त्वा्त्तु शब्दस्य Nir.I.1 ; (2) constant; not liable to be set aside by another; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम्, न रुन्धे नित्यम्। नित्यशब्दः प्राप्त्यन्तरानिषेधार्थः T.Pr.I.59, IV.14; (3) original as constrasted with one introduced anew such as an augment; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI.14; (4) permanently functioning, as opposed to tentatively doing so; confer, compare नित्यविरते द्विमात्रम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.37; (5) unchangeable, permanent, imperishable; confer, compare अयं नित्यशब्दोस्त्येव कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते M.Bh. on P. VIII. 1.4; (6) always or invariably applying, as opposed to optional; the word in this sense is used in connection with rules or operations that do not optionally apply; confer, compare उपपदसमासो नित्यसमासः, षष्ठीसमासः पुनार्वेभाषा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.19; (7) constant,as applied to a rule which applies if another simultaneously applying rule were to have taken effect, as well as when that other rule does not take effect; confer, compare क्वचित्कृताकृतप्रसङ्गमात्रेणापि नित्यता Par. Sek. Pari 46. The operations which are nitya according to this Paribhasa take effect in preference to others which are not 'nitya', although they may even be 'para'; confer, compare परान्नित्यं बलवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 42.

nimitta(1)	the formal cause of a grammatical operation; confer, compare निमित्ताभावे नैमित्तिकस्याप्यभाव; given as a Paribhasa by many grammarians like Vyadi, Siradeva and others; confer, compare also प्रकृत्युपपदोपाधयो निमित्तं प्रत्ययेा निमित्ती M.Bh. on III.1.1 Vart. 2; (2) distinguishing sign यः प्रेक्षापूर्वकारी भवति स: अध्रुवेण निमित्तेन ध्रुवं निमित्तमुपादत्ते वेदिकां पुण्डरीकं वा, M.Bh. on I.1.26 Vart.5.

nimittāpāyaparibhāṣā	a popular name given by grammarians to the maxim निमित्तापाये नैमित्तिकस्याप्यपायः,. a thing, which is brought into existence by a cause, disappears on the disappearance of the cause. The maxim is not, of course, universally applicable. For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 56, Sira. Pari. 99.

niṣkṛṣṭa	separated; taken out from a thing; existing only in conception or idea; confer, compare इह केचिद्गुणाः शब्देन द्रव्यान्निष्कृष्टा एव प्रत्याय्यन्ते न तु द्रव्यस्योपरञ्जकत्वेन । यथा चन्दनस्य गन्धः इति । Kaiy. on P. II. 2. 8.

patañjali	the reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.

pada	a word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.

padamañjarī	the learned commentary by Haradatta on the काशिकावृत्ति. Haradatta was a very learned grammarian of the Southern School, and the Benares School of Grammarians follow पदमञ्जरी more than the equally learned another commentary काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका or न्यास. In the Padamanjarī Haradatta is said to have given everything of importance from the Mahābhāșya; confer, compare अधीते हि महाभाष्ये व्यर्था सा पदमञ्जरी. For details see Mahābhāșya D. E. S. Ed. Vol. VII P. 390-391.

para(l)	subsequent,as opposed to पूर्व or prior the word is frequently used in grammar in connection with a rule or an operation prescribed later on in a grammar treatise; confer, compare विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4. 2; ( 2 ) occurring after ( something ); confer, compare प्रत्ययः परश्च P. III. 1.1 and 2; confer, compare also तत् परस्वरम् T.Pr. XXI.2.(3)The word पर is sometimes explained in the sense of इष्ट or desired, possibly on the analogy of the meaning श्रेष्ठ possessed by the word. This sense is given to the word पर in the rule विप्रातिषेधे परं कार्यं with a view to apply it to earlier rules in cases of emergency; confer, compare विप्रतिषेधे परं यदिष्टं तद्भवति M.Bh. on I.1.3.Vārt, 6; परशब्दः इष्टवाची M.Bh. on I. 2.5, I. 4.2. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7; II. 1.69 et cetera, and others

paranimittaka	caused by something which follows; the term is used in grammar in connection with something caused by what follows; confer, compare परनिमित्तकोजादेश: पूर्वविधिं प्रति न स्थानिवत् S. K, on अचः परस्मिन्पूर्वविधौ P.I.1.57.

parokṣa	used as an adjective of the word भूत meaning 'past tense'; literally behind the eyes, unnoticed by the eyes. The word is generally used in the sense of remote or long (past) or 'perfect'. For the alternative explanation of the word परोक्ष, confer, compare कथंजातीयकं पुनः परोक्षं नाम । केचित्तावदाहुः वर्षशतवृत्तं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुः क्रटान्तरितं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुर्ह्याहवृत्तं त्र्यहंर्वृत्तं चेति । M.Bh. on परोक्षे लिट् P. III.2.115.

parokṣā	literally behind the eyes; remote; । the term is found used by ancient grammarians and also referred to in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the perfect tense called लिट् in Paanini's grammar: confer, compare ज्ञापकात्परोक्षायां ( लिटि ) न भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P. I. 2.28: confer, compare also न व्यथते: परोक्षायाम् Kaat. III.4.21.

punarvacana	use of the same word or expression, which, if noticed in the writing of the Sūtrakāra, is indicative of something in the mind of the Sūtrakāra; confer, compare अणः पुनर्वचनमपवादविषये अनिवृत्त्यर्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). of P III. 3. 12 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).1; cf also पुनर्वचनमनित्यत्वज्ञापनार्थम् । Kāś. on P. I. 41"

pṛthagyogakaraṇa	framing a separate rule for a thing instead of mentioning it along with other things in the same context, which implies some purpose in the mind of the author such as anuvrtti in subsequent rules, option, and so on; confer, compare पृथग्योगकरणमस्य विधेरनित्यत्वज्ञापनार्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.3.7; confer, compare also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I.3.33, I. 3. 84, I.4.58, III.1.56, IV.1.16, VII. 4.33, VIII.1.52, VIII.1.74.

prakarṣaṇa	keeping wide the two parts of the chin which causes a fault in pronunciation called विक्लिष्ट :cf प्रकर्षणे तदु विक्लिष्टमाहुः । ह्न्वोः प्रकर्षणे सर्वतश्चलने विक्लिष्टमसंयुक्तं नाम दोषो भवति ; Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.-3.

prakāra(l)	attribute, attribute which differentiates, manner, difference; differentiating description: confer, compare कंचित्प्रकारं प्राप्तः इत्थंभूत: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.21: (2) resemblance, similarity of one thing with another with slight deficiency: confer, compare प्रकारे गुणवचनस्य । प्रक्रारो भेदः सादृश्यं च। तदिह सादृश्यं प्रकारो गृह्यते । प्रकारे वर्तमानस्य गुणवचनशब्दस्य द्वे भवतः । पटुपटुः मृदुमृदुः । अपरिपूर्णगुण इत्यर्थः । परिपूर्णगुणेन न्यूनगुणस्य उपमाने सत्येवं प्रयुज्यते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII.1.12; (3) differentiating attribute; confer, compare प्रकारवचने थाल् V. 3.23, प्रकारवचने जातीयर् V. 3.69, स्यूलादिभ्यः प्रकारवचने कन् V. 4.3 where Kasika defines the word प्रकार as सामान्यस्य भेदको विशेषः प्रकार: Ka, on V. 3.23 and 69; (4) type, confer, compare इतिशब्दः प्रकारार्थः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on V. 2.93: confer, compare also अदिशब्दः प्रकारे Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on देवपथादिभ्यश्च P.V.3.100; cf also अादिइाब्दः प्रकारे वर्तते । देवदत्तादय आढ्याः । देवदत्तप्रकारा इत्यर्थः M.Bh. on I.3.1 Vart. 11.

prakriyākaumudī	a well-known work on Sanskrit Grammar by रामचन्द्रशेष of the 15th century, in which the subject matter of the eight chapters of Panini's grammar is arranged into several different sections forming the different topics of grammar. It is similar to, and possibly. the predecessor of, the Siddhanta Kaumudi which has a similar arrangement. The work was very popular before the Siddhinta Kaumudi was written. it has got many commentaries numbering about a dozen viz. प्रक्रियाप्रसाद, प्रक्रियाप्रकाश, प्रक्रियाप्रदीप, अमृतस्तुति, प्रक्रियाव्याकृति,निर्मलदर्पण,तत्वचन्द्र, प्रक्रियारञ्जन, प्रक्रियाविवरण and others of which the Prasada of Vitthalesa and the Prakasa of Srikrsna are the wellknown ones.

pratyayagrahaṇaparibhāṣā	the guiding rule that when an affix ( प्रत्यय ) is given in a rule as a निमित्त (causing something), the affix denotes a word-form which begins with that to which that affix has been added and ends with the affix itself; confer, compare प्रत्ययग्रहणे यस्मात् स विहितस्तदादेस्तदन्तस्य च ग्रह्यणम् Par. Sek. Pari. 23. The rule यञियोश्च, which prescribes the affix फक् (आयन), has the word यञ् and इञ् which respectively mean यञन्त and इञन्त; in the word परमगार्ग्यायण from परमगार्ग्य the word गार्ग्य is looked upon as यञन्त to which फक् (अायन) is affixed and hence the word परमगार्ग्यायण is arrived at and not पारमगार्ग्य.

pratyavamarśa	reference (made to something) by a word , confer, compare ताभ्यामिति संप्रदानार्थ प्रत्यवमर्शः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P. III.4.75; confer, comparealso तन्नामिकाभ्य इति सर्वनाम्ना प्रत्ययप्रकृतेः प्रत्यवमर्शः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.113.

pratyākhyānapakṣa	an alternative which proposes the rejection of something such as a rule or its part; confer, compare यदि प्रत्याख्यान पक्षः इदमपि प्रत्याख्यायते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 4; cf also अदीवयुरिति पदकारस्च प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति Vyadi Pari. 42.

pratyākhyānavādin	one who advocates the rejection of something, an opponent, an objector; cf प्रत्याख्यानवादी अाह-नास्त्यत्र विशेष इति Kaiy. on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.4.22 Vart. 15.

pratyārambhaḥ(1)	statement after prohibition literally commencing again; inducing a person to do something after he has refused to do it by repeating the order or request for generally by beginning the appeal with the word नह; exempli gratia, for example नह भोक्ष्यसे ? नह अध्येप्यसे; confer, compare नह प्रत्यारम्भे P. VIII. 1.31 and Kasika and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. thereon. (2) commencement or laying down again in spite of previous mention; confer, compare शेषवचनात्तु योसौ प्रत्यारम्भात्कृतो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI-3.46.

pradhāna(1)	the principal thing as opposed to the subordinate one; something which has got an independent purpose of its own and is not meant for another; प्रधानमुपसर्जनमिति च संबन्धिशब्दावेतौ M.Bh. on P. I.2.43 V.5; confer, compare also प्रधानाप्रधानयोः प्रधाने कार्यसंप्रत्ययः Par. Sek. Pari. 97; (2) predominant of main importance; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानोव्ययीभावः et cetera, and others Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1.6, 20, 49 II.2.6 etc; (3) primary as opposed to secondary; confer, compare गौणे कर्मणि दुह्यादेः प्रधाने नीहृकृष्वहाम् । confer, compare also प्रधानकर्मण्याख्येये लादीनाहुर्द्विकर्मणाम् । अप्रधाने दुहादीनाम् M.Bh.on I.4.51

prayojana	object, motive or purpose in undertaking a particular thing; the word is used although rarely, in the sense of a cause also; confer, compare इमान्यस्य प्रयोजनानि अध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. For the advantages of the study of Vyakarana, see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. See also Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII pp.226,227, D.E. Society's edition.

praśliṣṭanirdeśa	mention of a thing in a coalescence, which when split up, shows a phonetic element or a letter which could not be known before the components were separated; अनुपसर्जनात् । प्रश्लिष्टनिर्देशोयम् । अनुपसर्जन अ अ अत् इति । M.Bh. on I. 1.27 Vart. 6; cf also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.3.69.

prāk	before a particular thing in place, or in recital, or in mention. The word is used generally to show the limit upto which a particular topic extends; confer, compare तसिलादयः प्राक् पाशपः; cf also प्राक् कडारात्समासः P. I. 4.l : confer, compare also अथ आख्याः समाम्नायाधिकाः प्राग्रिफितात् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 33.

prākṛta(1)	original, primary,belonging to the Prakrti as contrasted with a वैकृत modification or a modified thing; cf प्रकृतिः स्वभावः, तत्संबन्धी प्राकृतः. commentary on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 28: confer, compare एतद्विकारा एवान्ये, सर्वे तु प्राकृताः समाः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII. 23; confer, compare also तहीन् ... पशूंस्तकारपरः ( नकारः ) सकारं प्राकृतो नित्ये Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI. 14; (2) natural, which can be so ordinarily, without any specific effort; confer, compare तस्मात् प्राकृतमेवैतत् कर्म यथा कटं करोति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.5, confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III 1.5 Vart. 8, 9.

prāgdeśa	districts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.

prāpaṇa	reaching, arrival; confer, compare प्रत्यक्षमाख्यानमुपदेशो, गुणैः प्रापणमुद्देशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3.2.

prasādavāsinyāya	inclusion of a thing even though it possesses an additional factor, or consideration, other than what is referred to; cf प्रासादवासिन्यायेन ग्रहणं भवति । तद्यथा केचित्त् प्रासादवासिनः । केचिद् भूमिवासिनः । केचिदुभयवासिन: । ये प्रासादवासिनः गृह्यन्ते ते प्रसादवासिग्रहणेन । ये भूमिवासिनः गृह्यन्ते ते भूमिवासिग्रहणेन । ये उभयवासिनः गृह्यन्ते ते प्रासादवासिग्रहणेन भूमिवासिग्रहणेन च । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.8.

bhakta	forming a part or portion (of something in connection with which it has been prescribed as an augment) confer, compare तद्भक्तस्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यते Vyadi Pari. 17; confer, compare also अामः सुडयं भक्त: अाम्ग्रहणेन ग्राहृष्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VII. 1.33.

bhaṭṭojī	surnamed Diksita; a stalwart grammarian of the Panini system who flourished in the first half of the seventeenth century and wrote many independent books and commentaries such as the Siddhantakaumudi, the Praudhamanorama, the Vaiyakaranasiddhantakarika, the Sabdakaustubha and others. The most reputed work out of these, however, is the Siddhantakaumudi which is very popular even today and which has almost set aside other works of its kind such as the Prakriyakaumudi and others. Bhattoji was a Telagu Brahmana, as generally believed, and although he belonged to the South, he made Varanasi his home where he prepared a school of learned Grammarians. Although he carried on his work silently in Varanasi, he was envied by the reputed rhetorician of his time Pandita Jagannātha, who criticised his work ( Bhattojis work ) named Manorama very severely. See प्रौढमनोरमा a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got many commentaries of which the Tattvabodhini written by Bhattoji's pupil Jnanendrasarasvati is appreciated much by learned grammarians.

bhartṛhari	a very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् \| वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.

bhāva(1)	becoming; existence. The word is used many times in the sense of धात्वर्थthe sense of a root which is 'incomplete activity' or 'process of evolving'; confer, compare तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातु: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 5; confer, compare also षड् भावविकारा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 36; पूर्वापरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेन आचष्टे व्रजतिपचतीत्युपक्रमप्रभृति अपवर्गपर्यन्तम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1 ; (2) activity as opposed to instruments ( साधन or कारक ); confer, compare भावगर्हायाम् । धात्वर्थगर्हायाम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.24; confer, compare also भावः क्रिया, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on यस्य च भावेन भावलक्षणम् P. II. 3.37; (3) completed action which is shown, not by a verb, but by a verbal derivative noun; confer, compare धात्वर्थश्च धातुनैवोच्यते \| यस्तस्य सिद्धता नाम धर्मस्तत्र घञादयः प्रत्यया विधीयन्ते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on 'भावे' P. III. 3.18; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.19, III. 1.67, IV. 1.3, V. 4.19; confer, compare also भावस्त्वेक: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.67; (4) the radical factor for the use of a word; प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त; confer, compare भवतोत्मादभिधानप्रत्ययौ इति भावः \| शब्दस्य प्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं भावशब्देनोच्यते \| अश्वत्वम् , अश्वता \| Kāś, on P. 5.1.119; (5) thing, object cf सिद्धशब्दः कूटस्थेषु भावेष्वविचालिषु वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Āhnika l; (6) transformation, substitution; change into the nature of another; confer, compare तत्र प्रथमास्तृतीयभावम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 4. confer, compare also the words मूर्धन्यभाव, अभिनिधानभाव et cetera, and others {7) possession of the qualities, nature; तदर्थस्य भाव: तादर्थ्यम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.13; (8) relationship; confer, compare गुणप्रधानभाव, प्रकृतिविकृतिभाव et cetera, and others

bhāvyamāna	lit, which is to be produced; which is prescribed by a rule, like an affix; hence, an affix or an augment or a substitute prescribed by a rule as contrasted with the conditions or the original wording for which something is substituted, or after which an affix is placed, or to which an addition is made, or which is deleted; confer, compare भाव्यमानेन सवर्णानांग्रहृणं न Par. Sek. Pari, 19; also confer, compare M.Bh. on P.I. 1.50, I.1. 69,VI.1.85, VI.4.160.

bhūtapūrvagati	literally denotation of something which formerly was existing; a consideration of that form of a word which was formerly present. The word is used frequently by commentators when they try to apply a rule of grammar to a changed wording under the plea that the wording required by the rule was formerly there; confer, compareभूतपूर्वगत्या (पकारलोपे कृतेपि ) दाप् भविष्यति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.20 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56, VII.1.9 and VII.3.103; confer, comparealso सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Par. Śeḵ. Pari. 76.

bhedaka(1)	literallydistinguishing; differentiating; cf भेदकत्वात्स्वरस्य \| भेदका उदात्तादय: \| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 13; (2) adjective; confer, compare भेदकं विशेषणं भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II: 1.57; (3) variety; kind; confer, compare सामान्यस्य विशेषो भेदकः प्रकार: Kāś. on P.V. 3.23; (4) indicating, suggesting, as contrasted with वाचक; confer, compare संबन्धस्य तु भेदक: Vākyapadīya.

bhautapūrvya	the consideration that a thing was such and such a one formerly, and hence liable to undergo grammatical operations on that ground; confer, compare कृत एत्त्वे भौतपूर्व्यात्\| भिस ऐस्\| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VII. 1. 9.

bhraṣṭāvasara	literally a person or a thing of which the proper occasion has passed; the word is used in connection with the application of a rule even though the proper time of its application is gone, on the analogy of a man who is paid his Dakṣiṇā although the proper time has gone ( भ्रष्टावसरन्यायेन दक्षिणा दीयते); confer, compare न च पुनर्लुक्शास्त्रं प्रवर्तते भ्रष्टावसरत्वात् Kāś. on P. VII.2.101.

maya	taddhita affix. affix मयट् (1) in the sense of proceeding therefrom (तत आगत: P. IV.3.92) added to words showing cause or meaning human being; exempli gratia, for example सममयम्, देवदत्तमयम्: (2) in the sense of product (विकार) or part (अवयव) added optionally with अण् to any word, exempli gratia, for example अश्ममयम् , आश्मनम् मूर्वामयम् मौर्वम्, and necessarily to words beginning with आ, ऐ and औ, words of the class headed by the word शर and the words गो, पिष्ट, व्रीहि, तिल and some others: confer, compare P. IV. 3. 143-150; (3) in the sense of proportion, added to a numeral; e. g. द्विमयमुदश्विद्यवानाम्; confer, compare P. V. 2.47; (4) in the sense of "made up of' added to the thing of which there is a large quantity; exempli gratia, for example अन्नमयम्, अपूपमयम् cf; तत्प्रकृतवचने मयट् P.V.4.21,22.

mahāprāṇa	literally hard breathing, aspirate characteristic (बाह्यप्रयत्न) of consonants possessed by the second and fourth consonants of the five classes, and the sibilants श्, ष् and स् which letters are also called महाप्राण on that account.

mukhanāsikāvacana	definition of अनुनासक, a letter which is pronounced through both-the mouth and the nose-as contrasted with नासिक्य a letter which is uttered only through the nose; exempli gratia, for example ड्, ञ् , ण्, न् , म् and the nasalized vowels and nasalized य् , व् and ल्; confer, compare मुखनासिक्रावचनेीSनुनासिकः Paan. I. 1.8: confer, compare also अनुस्वारोत्तम अनुनासिकाः (Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.30), where the fifth letters and the anusvaara are called anunaasika. According to Bhattoji, however, anusvaara cannot be anunaasika as it is pronounced through the nose alone, and not through both-the mouth and the nose. As the anusvaara is pronounced something like a nasalized ग् according to the Taittiriyas it is called a consonant in the Taittiriya Praatisaakhya: confer, compare ' अनुस्वारोप्युत्तमवह्यञ्जनमेव अस्मच्छाखायाम् ! अर्धगकाररूपत्वात् / Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 30.

mukhyaviśeṣya	the principal word in a sentence which comes last in the technical expression of the import or शाब्दबोध. It is described as primary and not subordinated to any other thing ( अन्याविशेषणीभूत). This मुख्यविशेष्य is, in a way,the crucial point in the various theories of import; exempli gratia, for example according to the grammarians the verbal activity is the principal word while,according to the Mimaamsakas the bhaavanaa is the principal word.and according to the Naiyayikas it is the subject that is the principal word.

makḍonel[MACDONELL,ARTHUR ANTHONY ]	a deep scholar of Vedic Gram. and Literature who has written an exhaustive Vedic Grammar; in treatment, at places he differs from Panini and follows a different method, but the manner of thinking and argument is on original lines.

yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatā	denotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.

laghu(1)	a term used in the sense of light or short as contrasted with गुरु meaning heavy or long, which is applied to vowels like अ, इ et cetera, and others confer, compare ह्रस्वं लघु P.I. 4. 10; (2) brevity; brief expression;confer, compare लघ्वर्थे हि संज्ञाकरणम् M.Bh. on P.I.2,27 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6 also संज्ञा हि नाम यतो न लघीय:; (3) small, as qualifying an effort in writing or explaining something as also in utterance; confer, compare व्यॊर्लघुप्रयत्नतरः शाकटायनस्य P.VIII.3.18.

liṅga(1)	sign or characteristic mark; generally the mute letter prefixed or suffixed to roots,affixes, or augments and their substitutes with a specific purpose; confer, compare किंचिल्लिङ्गमासज्य वक्ष्यामि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on I.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).7, अवयवे कृतं लिङ्ग समुदायस्य विशेषकं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.62 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5; (2) proof, evidence ( प्रमाण ); the word is often used in the Paribhāșendușekhara and other works in connection with a rule or part of a rule quoted as an evidence to deduce some general dictum or Paribhāșā; (3) gender; confer, compare लिङ्ग स्त्रीलिङ्गपुंलिङ्गनपुंसकानि Kāś. on P. II. 3. 46; confer, compare also प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम्. Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari.71.The gender of a word in Sanskrit language does not depend on any specific properties of a thing; it simply depends on the current usage; confer, compare लोकाश्रयत्वाल्लिङ्गस्य which is often quoted in the Mahābhāsya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.36, II.2.29, II.4.12, IV. 1.3, V.3.66, V.4.68, VIII.1.15. For details see Mahābhāșya on P.IV.1. 3 where after a long enlightening discussīon the definition संस्त्यानप्रसवौ लिङ्गम् is given.

luk(1)	disappearance (लुच्यते इति लुक्); a term used by Pāņini for the disappearance of an affix or its part under specified conditions as prescribed by a grammar rule with the mention of the word लुक्; exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययस्य लुक्श्लुलुप: P. I.1.61 ; (2) augment ल् added to the root ला in the sense of melting (an oily thing); confer, compare घृतं विलालयति. See Kās, on P.VII.3. 39.

luṅ	an affix applied to a root, showing action of immediate past time as contrasted with affixes called लिट् or लङ्. The affix लुङ् is found used, however, in the sense of the past time in general, and irrespective of time in Vedic Literature; confer, compare छन्दसि लुङ्लङ्लिटः P. III. 4.6. The conjugational affixes ति, त:, et cetera, and others are substituted for लुङ् as for the lakāras of other tenses and moods and the distinguishing sign or विकरण is added to a root before the affix called लुङ्; confer, compare च्लि लुङि and the following P. III. 1.43 et cetera, and others

vati(1)	taddhita affix. affix वत् in the sense of similar activity or thing; e. g. राजवद्वर्तते, मथुरावत् स्त्रुघ्ने प्राकार:; confer, compare तेन तुल्यं क्रिया चेद्वतिः \| तत्र तस्येव P.V.1.115, 116; (2) taddhita affix. affix वत् in the sense of deserving;e.g, राजवत् पालनम् ; confer, compare तदर्हम् P.V.1.117; (3) taddhita affix. affix वत् applied to prefixes in Vedic Literature without any sense of its own ; e.g यदुद्वतो निवतो याति बप्सत् ; confer, compare उपसर्गाच्छन्दसि धात्वर्थे P.V. 1. 118.

vākyaparisamāpti	completion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् \| अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति \| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.

vākyaśeṣa	complement of a sentence: something reguired to be understood to complete the sense of a sentence generally according to the context confer, compareकल्प्यो हि वाक्यशेषो वाक्यं वक्तर्यघीनं हि । M.Bh. on P. I. 1.57 Vart. 6, confer, compare कामचारश्च वतिनिर्देशे वाक्यशेषं समर्थयितुंम् \| तद्यथा । उशीनखन्मद्रेषु गावः । सन्ति न सन्तीति i मातृवदस्याः कलाः ! सन्तिं न सन्तीति ! M.Bh. on P.I.3.62.

vāsudeva( शास्त्री)	surnamed Abhyankar, who lived from 1863 to l942 and did vigorous and active work of teaching pupils and writing essays, articles, commentary works and original works on various Shastras with the same scholarship, zeal and acumen for fifty years in Poona. He wrote गूढार्थप्रकाश a commentary on the LaghuSabdendusekhara and तत्त्वादर्श a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara in 1889. His edition of the Patanjala Mahabhasya with full translation and notes in Marathi can be called his magnum opus. See अभ्यंकर.

vigraha	lit, separation of the two parts of a thing; the term is generally applied to the separation of the constituent words of a compound word: it is described to be of two kinds : ( a ) शास्त्रीयविग्रहृ or technical separation; e. g. राजपुरुष्: into राजन् ङस् पुरुष सु and ( 2 ) लौकिकविग्रहं or common or popular separation ; e. g. राजपुरूष: into राज्ञ: पुरुष:. It is also divided into two kinds according to the nature of the constituent words (a) स्वपदाविग्रह separation by means of the constituent words, exempli gratia, for example राजहितम् into राज्ञे हृितम्;(b) अस्वपदविग्रह, e. g. राजार्थम् into राज्ञे इदम् ;or exempli gratia, for example सुमुखीं into शोभनं मुखं अस्याः confer, compare M.Bh. on P.V.4.7. The compounds whose separation into constituent words cannot be shown by those words (viz. the constituent words) are popularly termed nityasamsa. The term नित्यसमास is explained as नित्यः समासो नित्यसमासः \| यस्य विग्रहो नास्ति । M.Bh. on P.II.2.19 Vart. 4. The upapadasamsa is described as नित्यसमास. Sometimes especially in some Dvandva compounds each of the two separated words is capable of giving individually the senses of both the words exempli gratia, for example the words द्यावा and क्षामा of the compound द्यावाक्षामा. The word विग्रह is found used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of the separate use of a word as contrasted with the use in a compound; cf अच्छेति विग्रहे प्लुतं भवति R.Pr.VII.1. विग्रहृ is defined as वृत्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः in the Siddhantakaumudi.

vighnakṛt	impediment to an operation caused by something preceding on account of its coming in the way: a vyavaya or vyavadhana or intervention which is not admissible just as the interruption of palatals, linguals, dentals and sibilants excepting हू for the change of न् into ण् : confer, compare अव्यवेतं विग्रहे विघ्नकृद्भिः R.Pr. V.25.

viniyoga	employment separately of different persons or things for different purposes; confer, compare अहेति विनियोगे च P.VIII. 1.61;confer, compare also अह विनियोगे । विनियेागो नाम द्वयोः पुरुषयोंरेकस्मिन्कर्मणि एकस्य पुरुषस्य संबन्धः अन्यस्मिन्कर्मणि अपरस्य V.Pr.VI.21.

vibhāga(1)	lit, division, splitting; the splitting of a sentence into its constituent parts viz. the words; , the splitting of a word into its constituent parts viz. the base, the affix, the augments and the like: (2) understanding or taking a thing separately from a group of two or more; confer, compareअवश्यं खल्वपि विभज्योपपदग्रहणं कर्तव्यं यो हि बहूनां विभागस्तदर्थम् ! सांकाश्यकेभ्यश्च पाटलिपुत्रकेभ्यश्च माथुरा अभिरूपतराः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.V.3.57: (3) splitting of a Saṁhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada text: confer, compare अथादावुत्तरे विभागे ह्रस्वं व्यञ्जनपरः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.III.l, where विभाग is explained as पदविभाग by the commentator confer, compare also R.Pr.XVII.15; (4) the capacity of the Kārakas (to show the sense) confer, compare कारकशक्तिः विभागः Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on Kāś.I.2.44.

virodha	opposition or conflict between two rules where, the rule which is subsequen tly mentioned is regarded as stronger and given preference to, as far as its application is concerned; confer, compare तुल्यबलयोर्विरोधो विप्रतिषेधः । विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P.I.4.2: (2) contradiction where one thing prevents another confer, compare सर्वनामस्थाने इति अनुवर्तमानमपि विरोधादिह न संबध्यते Kāś.on P.VII.1.86.

vilambitā vṛtti	retarding or slow manner of speech in which the letters are uttered quite distinctly; this kind of speech is followed by the preceptor while teaching Veda to his pupils; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्ति प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्तिं विलम्बिताम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 19. confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 24. See विलम्बित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

vivṛta	name given to an internal effort (as contrasted with the external effort named विवार ) when the tip, middle, or root of the tongue which is instrumental in producing a sound, is kept apart from the place or sthāna of the Pro duction of the sound; confer, compare तत्रोत्पत्तेः प्राग्यदा जिह्वाग्रोपाग्रमध्यमूलानि तत्तद्वर्णोत्पत्तिस्थानानां ताल्वादीनां दूरतः वर्तन्ते तदा विवृतता Tattvabodhini on S. K. on P.I.1.9.

viṣayasaptamī	locative case denoting the domain or province of a particular suffix or a substitute or the like, which could be actually applied later on; this विषयसप्तमी is contrast ed with परसप्तमी when the thing mentioned in the locative case is required, to be present in front; confer, compareअसति पौर्वापर्ये विषयसप्तमी विज्ञास्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 4.35; confer, compare also अार्धधातुके इति विषयसप्तमी Kāś, on P.II. 4.35; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.26 and IV. 1.90.

vaidikaprakriyāṭīkā(1)	a commentary on the sutras of Panini dealing with the Vedic words and their peculiarities written by a grammarian named Murari; (2) a commentary on the section of Bhattoji's Siddhantakaumudi named वैदिकीप्रक्रिया written by Jayakrsna Maunin and named Subodhini.

vaiyarthya	absence of any purpose or utility; the word is used many times in the case of a rule, or a word or two of it, in whose case वैयर्थ्य or absence of utility is shown, and, with a view to prevent its being looked upon as a serious fault, something is deduced and the purpose is shown; cf सूत्रवैयर्थ्यप्रसङ्गात् and व्यर्थं सज्ज्ञापयति used in grammar treatises.

vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaumudīṭīkā	or सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या a general name given to the large number of commentaries written by members of the line of pupils, and pupils of pupils of Bhattoji. The well-known among the commentaries are प्रौढमनोरमा by the author himself, तत्त्वबोधिनी by ज्ञानेन्द्रसरस्वती, सुबोधिनी by जयकृष्णभट्ट मौनी बालमनोरमा by वासुदेवदीक्षित, and crowning all, the लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेशभट्ट. The प्रौढमनोरमा has got a learned commentary written by हरिदीक्षित called लघुशब्दरत्न or शब्दरत्न, which also has on it commentaries named भावप्रक्राश by बाळंभट्ट and शब्दरत्नदीप by कल्याणमल्ल. The Laghusabdendusekhara has got commentaries reaching about ten in number.

vyatireka(1)	surplus, excess; (2) separate presence; (3) contrary thing: confer, compare तत्र फलव्यतिरेकोपि स्यात् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Ahnika 1.

vyapadeśivadbhāva	treatment of a secon dary thing as the principal one, e g. a person or a thing, without any second or any others, looked upon as the first or the last; confer, compare व्यपदेशिवदेकस्मिन् कार्ये भवतीति वक्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.21. Vart. 2. The remark or expression व्यपदेशिवद्भावेन भविष्यति is found often given in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1 Vart 14; I.1.9, I.1.51 I,1.72: I.2.48 et cetera, and others For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 30,

vyapavarga(1)	division of a single thing into its constituent elements; confer, compare स्थानिवद्भावाद् व्यपवर्ग: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 2.36, VII.3.44 Vart. 3; (2) distinct comprehension as possessed of a specific quality: cf न हि गौरित्युक्ते व्यपवर्गौ गम्यते शुक्ला नीला कपिला कपॊतेति। M.Bh, on P. I.2.64 Vart 37 ; (3) separation into parts, confer, compare कश्चिदेकेनैव प्रहारेण व्यपवर्गे करोति, M.Bh.on V.I.119 Vart 5; (4) distinct notion as a separate unit after the things have been combined confer, compare एकादेशे कृते व्यपवर्गाभावः संबुद्धिलोपो न प्राप्नोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.69 Vart 3; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.1.80.

vyartha(l)	useless, serving no purpose, superfluous; the word is usually used in the sense of useless or futile in connection with a rule or its part, which serves no purpose, its purpose or object being served otherwise; such words or rules have never been condemned as futile by commentators, but an attempt is made invariably by them to deduce something from the futile wording and show its necessity; confer, compare व्यर्थे सज्ज्ञापयति a remark which is often found in the commentary literature; confer, compare अन्यथा अन्तरङ्गत्वाद्दीर्घे कृत एव प्रत्ययप्राप्त्या तद्यर्थता स्पष्टैव । Par. Sek. Pari. 56; (2) possessed of various senses such as the words अक्षा: माषा: et cetera, and others: confer, compare व्यर्थेषु च मुक्तसंशयम् । M.Bh.on P.I.2.64 Vart. 52. The word व्यर्थ possibly stands for विविधार्थ in such cases. It appears that the word व्यर्थ in the sense of futile was rarely used by ancient grammarians; the word अनर्थक appears to have been used in its placcusative case. See Mahabhasya in which the word व्यर्थ does not occur in this sense while the word अनर्थक occurs at several places.

vyavadhāna(I)	intervention; the word is used in connection with the intervention or occurrence of letters or phonetic units between the cause ( निमित्त ) of an operation and the operatee (विधिभाक् ); cf लोपे कृते नास्ति व्यवधानम् \| स्थानिवद्भावाद् व्यवधानमेव \| The word is used also in the sense of intervention in , general, which separates the two connected things; व्यवधानं च भवति वाक्ये राज्ञ ऋद्धस्य पुरुषः; the word व्यवाय is used in the same sense; confer, compare अट्कुप्वाङ्नुम्व्यवायेपि; (2) an inserted letter or phonetic element; confer, compare व्यवधानः अन्त्यविकारे T, Pr. 185, 186.

vyavaheita	having an intervention by a dissimilar thing; separated by something coming between; confer, compare संयोगसंज्ञा व्यवहितानां मा भूत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.8. Vart, 5.

vyāpatti	literally loss or disappearance; the word is used in the sense of conversion of one thing into another in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare अथाप्यन्तव्यापत्तिर्भवति Nirukta of Yāska.II. l ; cf also अन्यैरेकारान्नातिरत्र पूर्वा ततो व्यापत्तिर्भवतीति विद्यात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.1.

vyāvṛti	pushing aside; removal; the word is frequently used in connection with the setting aside or removal of the application of such rules, as also of the contingency of such rules as are not desired in the formation of a correct word, by means of applying another rule necessary for the correct formation; cf तद्वि इदं तिष्यपुनर्वसु इत्यत्र तद्वथावृत्त्यर्थम् Par. Sek. on Pari. 34; as also तद्धि असवर्णग्रहणं ईषतुरित्यादौ इयङादिव्यावृत्त्यर्थम् Par.Sek. on Pari.55: cf also the usual statement ब्यावृत्तिः क्रियते ।

vyuṣṭādi	a class of words headed by the word व्युष्ट to which the taddhita affix अ (अण् ) is added in the sense of the place where something is given or prepared ; confer, compare व्युष्टे दीयते कार्ये वा वैयुष्टम् । नैत्यम्: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.1.97.

vrīṅgana	lowering of the chin, resulting in a fault of utterance: confer, compare हन्वीव्रर्डिने नीचैर्भावे संदष्टं नाम दोषो भवति Uvvata on R.Pr. XIV.8.

śaṃkaraśāstrī( मारुलकर )	a modern scholar of grammar who lived in Poona and did the work of teaching and writing commentaries. He has written a commentary mamed शांकरी on the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara of Kondabhatta.

śākaṭa	a taddhita affix. affix added optionally with शाकिन to the words इक्षु and others in the sense of a field producing the thing; exempli gratia, for example इक्षुशाकटम् ; confer, compare P.V.2.29.

śābdabodha	verbal interpretation; the term is generally used with reference to the verbal interpretation of a sentence as arising from that of the words which are all connected directly or indirectly with the verb-activity. It is defined as पदजन्यपदार्थोपस्थितिजन्यबोध:. According to the grammarians, verbal activity is the chief thing in a sentence and all the other words (excepting the one which expresses verbal activity) are subordinated to the verbal activity and hence are connected with it; confer, compare पदज्ञानं तु करणं द्वारे तत्र पदार्थधीः \| शाब्दबोधः फलं तत्र शक्तिधीः सहकारिणी \| मुक्तावली III.81.

śiṣṭavyākhyāna	explanation (of doubtful things or expressions) given by the learned people.

ṣṭhan	tad, affix इक (I) added to the word कुसीद in the sense of giving a sum or something on an objectionable rate of interest or profit; confer, compare कुसीदं प्रयच्छति कुसीदिकः, कुसीदिकी: confer, compare P. IV. 4.31 ; (2) added to the words पौरोडाश an पुरोडाश in the sense of 'explanatory book thereon' ; exempli gratia, for example पुरोडाशिकः पौरोडाशिक:, पुरोडाशिकी, पौरोडाशिकी; confer, compare P. IV. 3.70; (3) added to the words पर्प and others as also to श्वगण, भस्त्रा and others, विवध, वीवध किशर and others, the words शलालु पात्र and the words आढक, अाचित and पात्र at the end of Dvigu compounds in the specific senses mentioned; e. g. पर्पिकः, श्वगाणिकः, भास्त्रिकः, शलालुकः ब्याढाकिकी et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 4.10, 11, 16, 17, 53, 54, V. 1.46, 54, 55.

saṃgama	combination of things coming one after another; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वोप्यनुदात्तसंगमः where the term is used with respect to a combination of grave syllables; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनसंगमं संयोगं विद्यात्, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVIII. 19.

saṃjñā	a technical term; a short wording to convey ample sense; a term to know the general nature cf things; convention; confer, compare वृद्धिशब्द; संज्ञा; अादेच: संज्ञिन: M.Bh. on P.1-1.1. There are two main divisions of संज्ञा-कृत्रिमसंज्ञा or an artificial term such as टि, घु, or भ which is merely conventional, and अकृत्रिमसंज्ञा which refers to the literal sense conveyed by the word such as अव्यय, सर्वनाम and the like. Some grammar works such as the Candra avoid purely conventional terms, These samjhas are necessary for every scientific treatise. In Panini's grammar, there are the first two chapters giving and explaining the technical terms whose number exceeds well-nigh a hundredition

saṃjñāśabda	one of the four divisions of wordsजातिशब्द, गुणशब्द्ं, क्रियाशब्द and संज्ञाशब्द; the संज्ञाशब्द is called also यदृच्छाशब्द a word forming the name of a thing by virtue of a convention; See यदृच्छाशब्द.

saṃnipāta(1)	a contact or relation of two things. cf संनिपातो द्वयोः संबन्धः । Pari. Sek. Pari. 85; (2) coming together; cf न लक्ष्यते विकृति: संनिपाते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 2.123 Vart 5.

saṃnipātaparibhāṣā	the maxim or canvention that an operation which is based upon, or is caused or occasioned by, a relationship between two things cannot break their relation : in short, such an operation as results in breaking the relationship between two things on which it is based, cannot take placcusative case. This dictum is many times followed in grammar in Preventing the application of such rules as are likely to spoil the formation of the correct word; many times, however, this dictum has to be ignored; For details see Pari. Sek. Pari. 86; also\| Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.39.

saṃsṛṣṭavādipakṣa	the theory, that the meaning of a sentence is a novel thing ( अपूर्व ), held by some Mimamsakas who believe that words connected with activity display their phenomenal capacity ( अनुभाविकाशक्ति ) after the recalling of the senses of words by the recalling capacity (स्मारिकाशाक्ति ).

saṃskāra(1)	preparation such as (a)that of a word by placing the affix after the base and accomplishing all the necessary changes, or (b) that of a sentence by placing all words connected mutually by syntax and then explaining their formation; these two views are respectively called the पदसंस्कारपक्ष and the वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष; (2) grammatical formation; confer, compare स्वरसंस्कारयोश्छन्दसि नियम: । संस्कारो लोपागमवर्णविकारप्रकृतिभावलक्षण: Uvvata on V.Pr. I.1; confer, compare also तद्यत्र स्वरसंस्कारौ प्रादेशिकेन गुणेन अन्वितौ स्याताम् et cetera, and others Nir.I.

sattā	existence, supreme or universal existence the Jati par excellence which is advocated to be the final sense of all words and expressions in the language by Bhartrhari and other grammarians after him who discussed the interpretation of words. The grammarians believe that the ultimate sense of a word is सत्ता which appears manifold and limited in our everyday experience due to different limitations such as desa, kala and others. Seen from the static viewpoint, सत्ता appears as द्रब्य while, from the dynamic view point it appears as a क्रिया. This सत्ता is the soul of everything and it is the same as शव्दतत्त्व or ब्रह्मन् or अस्त्यर्थ; confer, compare Vakyapadiya II. 12. The static existence, further, is . called व्यक्ति or individual with reference to the object, and जाति with reference to the common form possessed by individuals.

sadhīnar	tad, affix अधीन proposed by the Varttikakara in the sense of 'something in that or from that'; exempli gratia, for example राजनीदं राजाधीनं; confer, compare तस्मातत्रेदमिति सधीनर् P. V. 4.7 Vart. 2. The standard affix in such cases is ख ( ईन ) by the rule अषडक्ष अध्युत्तरपदात् ख; P. V. 4.7.

sapādasaptādhyāyī	a term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.

sama	equal in number to something given; confer, compare यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.. on P. I. 3.10.

samāveśa	placing together at one place, simultaneous application,generally with a view that the two or more things so placed, should always go together although in a few instances they may not go together: confer, compare तदधीते तद्वेद । नैतयोरावश्यकः समावेशः । भवतेि हि कश्चित्सं पाठं पठति न च वेत्ति \| कश्चिच्च वेत्ति न च सं पाठं पठति \| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.2.59;confer, compare also व्याकरणेपि कर्तव्यं हर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययकृत्कृत्यसंज्ञानां समावेशो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4.1.

sāti(l)	taddhita affix. affix in the sense of entirety with respect to the occurrence of a thing where it was not before e. g. उदकसाद्भवति लवणम्, अग्निसाद् भवति confer, compare P. V. 4.52, 53: (2) taddhita affix.affix in the sense of 'handing over' or 'entrusting'; exempli gratia, for exampleराजसाद् भवति, ब्राह्मणसात् करोति, confer, compare P. V. 4.55.

sāmānyātideśa	extended application of a thing to others in general; confer, compare सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेश: । तेन अनद्यतनभूतरूपे विशेषे विहितयोर्लङ्लिटोर्न 'भूतवच्च' (3.3.932) इत्यनेनातिदेशः । Pari. Sek. Pari. J01.

sāmānyāpekṣa	refering only to a general thing indicated, and not to any specific instances. The word is used in connection with a Jnapana or indication drawn from the wording of a rule, which is taken to apply in general to kindred things and rarely to specific things; confer, compare इदं च सामान्यापेक्षं ज्ञापकं भावतिङोपि पूर्वमुत्पत्तेः । Pari. sek. on Pari. 50.

sūtra	a short pithy assertion laying down something in a scientific treatise; aphorism; the word is sometimes used in a collective sense in the singular, referring to the whole collection of Sutras or rules; confer, compare व्याकरणस्य सूत्रम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Ahnika I. The term is defined as अाल्पाक्षरमसंदिग्धं सारवद्विश्वतोमुखम् \| अस्तोभमनवद्यं च सूत्रं सूत्रविदो विदुः. There are given generally six kinds of Sutras viz. संज्ञासूत्र, परिभाषासूत्र,विधिसूत्र, नियमसूत्र, प्रतिषेधसूत्र and अधिकारसूत्र; confer, compare also संज्ञा च परिभाषा च विधिर्नियम एव च प्रतिषेधोधिकारश्च षड्विधम् सूत्रलक्षणम् \| Com. on Kat. I. 1.2.

sūtraśāṭakanyāya	reference to something as present, when, in fact, it is yet to come into existence,on the analogy of the expression अस्य सूत्रस्य शाटकं वय; confer, compare भाविनी संज्ञा विज्ञास्यते सूत्रशाटकवत्। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3. 12 Vart. 2.

sphoṭa	name given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा \| व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः\| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:\|\|

hanu	inside of the chin, mentioned as a स्थान or place which is touched by the tongue when a peculiar sound described as something like किट्-किट् is produced; cf क्रिट्किडाकरो हन्वां तिष्ठति R.T.10.

Vedabase Search

858 results


hinasti	degrade	BG 13.29

hinasti	destroys	SB 10.64.34

hindu	Hindu	CC Adi 17.159

hindu	Hindus	CC Adi 17.194

		CC Adi 17.203

hindu	the Hindu	CC Adi 17.196

hindu	the Hindus	CC Adi 17.195

hindu haile	if I had been born in a Hindu family	CC Madhya 16.182

hindu haile	if I had been born in a Hindu family	CC Madhya 16.182

hindu-cara	the Hindu spy	CC Madhya 16.162-163

hindu-cara	the Hindu spy	CC Madhya 16.162-163

hindu-dharma	the religious principles of the Hindus	CC Adi 17.174

hindu-dharma	the religious principles of the Hindus	CC Adi 17.174

hindu-gaṇa	the Hindus	CC Adi 17.201-202

hindu-gaṇa	the Hindus	CC Adi 17.201-202

hindu-kule	in the family of a Hindu	CC Madhya 16.181

hindu-kule	in the family of a Hindu	CC Madhya 16.181

hindu-śāstre	in the scriptures of the Hindus	CC Adi 17.212

hindu-śāstre	in the scriptures of the Hindus	CC Adi 17.212

hindu-veśa dhari'	accepting the dress of a Hindu	CC Madhya 16.178

hindu-veśa dhari'	accepting the dress of a Hindu	CC Madhya 16.178

hindu-veśa dhari'	accepting the dress of a Hindu	CC Madhya 16.178

hinduke	to a Hindu	CC Adi 17.201-202

hinduke	unto the Hindus	CC Adi 13.95

hindura	of a Hindu	CC Adi 17.178-179

hindura	of the Hindus	CC Adi 17.193

		CC Adi 17.197

		CC Adi 17.204

		CC Adi 17.210

		CC Adi 17.215

hindure	unto a Hindu	CC Adi 17.198

hinduyāni	regulative principles of the Hindus	CC Adi 17.126

hinomi	may quit	SB 1.9.24

hinoṣi	you hurl	SB 6.11.19

hinvan	giving up	SB 7.10.12

hinvanti	give up	SB 5.1.5

hinvanti	they dispel	SB 10.77.32

hinvataḥ	moving	SB 10.26.5

bhinna-ābhāse	manifested differently	CC Madhya 20.183

abhinandan	and greeting them	SB 1.10.31

abhinandan	being pleased	SB 3.20.19

abhinandati	praises	BG 2.57

abhinandati	welcome	SB 4.27.28

abhinandati	welcome	SB 4.29.22

abhinandati	glorifies the characteristics of devotees and the Supreme Lord	SB 5.14.46

abhinandati	has acknowledged	SB 10.30.12

abhinandati	welcomes	CC Antya 15.51

abhinandet	one should praise	SB 7.13.6

nanda-gopā-abhinanditā	being honored by Mahārāja Nanda and mother Yaśodā	SB 10.5.17

abhinanditaḥ	being pleased	SB 6.9.46

abhinanditaḥ	being well received	SB 9.4.42

abhinanditaḥ	being welcomed properly	SB 9.10.44

abhinanditaḥ	joyfully greeted	SB 10.65.2

abhinanditaḥ	bid farewell	SB 10.68.52

abhinanditaḥ	encouraged	SB 12.10.35

abhinandya	congratulated	SB 1.19.22

abhinandya	having thanked	SB 3.25.12

abhinandya	offering prayers	SB 4.17.1

abhinandya	offering welcome	SB 4.31.4

abhinandya	approving	SB 6.18.31

abhinandya	congratulating Mahārāja Parīkṣit	SB 8.5.14

abhinandya	welcoming	SB 8.18.27

abhinandya	congratulating him	SB 9.3.13

abhinandya	welcoming	SB 10.43.36

abhinandya	greeting	SB 10.48.13-14

abhinandya	greeting	SB 10.78.21

abhinandya	greeting Them	SB 10.85.1

abhinandya	greeting them	SB 10.86.39

abhinat	broke	SB 10.59.9

anusava-abhinavam	constantly new	SB 10.44.14

anusava-abhinavam	constantly new	CC Adi 4.156

anusava-abhinavam	constantly new	CC Madhya 21.112

abhinaya	dramatic movement	CC Madhya 13.117

abhinaya karāilā	taught how to express by dramatic performances	CC Antya 5.22

abhinaya	the dramatic performance	CC Antya 5.23

abhinayan	reliving through dramatical performances, etc.	SB 11.11.23-24

abhinayan	imitating by acting out	SB 11.27.44

abhineduḥ	responded	SB 1.2.2

abhinirmuktaḥ	having set	SB 11.26.8

abhiniryayau	went out toward them	SB 10.63.5

abhiniveśa	by the entrance	SB 5.8.4

abhiniveśaḥ	excessive attachment	SB 5.1.2

abhiniveśaḥ	a person fully absorbed	SB 5.14.8

abhiniveśaḥ	the conception	SB 7.2.48

anya-abhiniveśam	absorption in something else (in material things)	SB 6.15.20

abhiniveśataḥ	because of absorption	SB 11.2.37

abhiniveśataḥ	because of becoming entangled	SB 11.28.2

dvitīya-abhiniveśataḥ	from the misconception of being a product of material energy	CC Madhya 20.119

dvitīya-abhiniveśataḥ	from the misconception of being a product of material energy	CC Madhya 24.137

dvitīya-abhiniveśataḥ	from the misconception of being a product of material energy	CC Madhya 25.138

abhiniveśayet	one should endow	SB 7.12.26-28

sva-para-abhiniveśena	consisting of absorption in the bodily concept of oneself and others	SB 7.2.60

abhiniveśena	by overabsorption	SB 11.21.22

abhiniveśena	because of absorption	SB 11.22.39

kāma-abhiniveśita	fully absorbed in sense gratification	SB 1.18.45

abhiniveśita	always absorbed	SB 4.29.54

abhiniveśita-manāḥ	his mind was absorbed	SB 5.8.27

abhiniveśitaḥ	being completely absorbed	SB 5.1.37

abhiniveśitaḥ	being made to enter	SB 5.26.14

abhiniviśati	enters	SB 5.17.5

abhiniviṣṭa-cittān	absorbed in thought	SB 3.2.24

abhiniviṣṭa-dṛṣṭeḥ	of one whose attention was fixed	SB 3.8.13

abhiniviṣṭa	absorbed in thought	SB 4.12.22

nitya-abhiniviṣṭa-cetāḥ	whose mind is always absorbed	SB 7.6.15

abhiniviṣṭa	is fully absorbed	SB 10.1.41

abhinna-ātmā	without being disturbed in body or mind	SB 8.22.1

abhinna-tvāt	due to not being different	CC Madhya 17.133

bhinna-abhinna rūpa	having different types of forms	CC Madhya 20.308

abhinnena	equal	SB 3.29.27

abhinṛmṇayā	all-auspicious	SB 10.62.29-30

abhinṛtyati	He dances in front of	SB 10.15.10-12

mahā-abhiṣeka-vidhinā	by the regulative principles for bathing the Deity	SB 9.4.31-32

acchinat	he had cut	SB 4.23.12

acchinat	cut off	SB 6.9.4

ācchinat	cut	SB 6.12.3

acchinat	cut to pieces	SB 8.10.43

acchinat	cut to pieces	SB 8.10.44

acchinat	cut off	SB 8.10.57

ācchinat	cut to pieces	SB 9.15.33

acchinat	castrated, made effeminate	SB 9.19.10

acchinat	broke	SB 10.54.28

acchinat	broke	SB 10.54.29

acchinat	cut to pieces	SB 10.59.17-19

acchinat	shattered	SB 10.67.19-21

acchinat	He broke	SB 10.67.19-21

acchinat	cut	SB 10.77.13

acchinat	He broke	SB 10.77.33

na acchinat	he did not pierce it	SB 10.83.24

ācchinna	taken away	SB 12.2.8

acchinot	cut off	SB 9.2.5-6

ādhinā	with anxiety	SB 3.30.7

adhiniveśita	completely engaged	SB 5.1.23

adhiniveśitāḥ	established	SB 5.20.39

aguru-gandhinā	fragrant due to burning incense known as aguru	SB 8.15.19

ahinā	by a snake	SB 4.25.21

ajagara-ahinā	by the great snake known as the python	SB 5.13.9

mahā-ahinā	by the large serpent (Vāsuki)	SB 8.24.36

ahinā	by the great serpent (of the name Vāsuki)	SB 8.24.45

kṛṣṇa-ahinā	by the black serpent	SB 10.16.1

ahinā	by the serpent	SB 10.16.20

ahinā	by the snake	SB 10.34.6

ahinā	by the serpent	SB 11.8.41

ahinā	by the serpent	SB 11.8.42

ahinā	by the serpent	SB 11.19.10

ahinot	discharged at him	SB 8.10.56

ajagara-ahinā	by the great snake known as the python	SB 5.13.9

bhinna-ākāra	bodily differences	CC Madhya 20.183

ākasmikena vidhinā	by the unexpected law of providence	SB 5.9.13

āmnāya-vidhinā	by the Vedic path, as passed down through disciplic succession	SB 12.6.68

amṛta-arthinaḥ	aspiring to taste the nectar	SB 2.10.26

vibhinna-aṃśa	of separated expansions	CC Madhya 22.8

vibhinna-aṃśa	His separated forms	CC Madhya 22.9

sei vibhinna-aṃśa	that separated part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.10

anabhinandan	without appreciating	SB 5.1.30

sañchinna-bhinna-sarva-ańgāḥ	all the limbs wounded	SB 4.6.1-2

anirbhinna	not being cut	SB 4.5.23

anusava-abhinavam	constantly new	SB 10.44.14

anusava-abhinavam	constantly new	CC Adi 4.156

anusava-abhinavam	constantly new	CC Madhya 21.112

anya-abhiniveśam	absorption in something else (in material things)	SB 6.15.20

apahinoti	he drives away	SB 10.33.39

apahinoti	gives up	CC Antya 5.48

aparādhinaḥ	offenders	CC Madhya 25.76

araṇa-arthinam	one who is in need of help	SB 2.7.16

bhinna artha	different meanings	CC Madhya 24.35

arthinā	by a brāhmaṇa or a kṣatriya	SB 8.19.4

amṛta-arthinaḥ	aspiring to taste the nectar	SB 2.10.26

arthinaḥ	seeking	SB 4.4.15

arthinaḥ	those who aspire to get the favor	SB 4.31.22

arthinaḥ	giving persons desiring material wealth	SB 8.8.6

arthinaḥ	those who are asking for something	SB 10.22.33

arthinaḥ	suitors	SB 10.60.11

arthinaḥ	who hankered for	SB 10.64.25

arthinaḥ	desirous of gain	SB 10.72.18

arthinaḥ	desirous	SB 10.72.28

arthinaḥ	one who is asking for something	CC Adi 9.46

araṇa-arthinam	one who is in need of help	SB 2.7.16

arthinam	desiring something	SB 8.18.32

arthinam	a beggar	SB 8.21.33

arthinau	anxiously searching	SB 11.7.62

arthinoḥ	begging	SB 10.23.7

ati-pramāthinyā	which is extremely disturbing	SB 11.8.19

ati-kaṭhinā	very hard in constitution	CC Antya 1.163

ātma-samādhinā	by self-absorption	SB 3.27.22

ātma-samādhinā	by being fully engaged in devotional service	SB 6.2.41

ātma-yoga-samādhinā	absorption in bhakti-yoga	SB 6.9.33

abhinna-ātmā	without being disturbed in body or mind	SB 8.22.1

ātma-mahinā	with His own glory	SB 11.31.11

ātma-samādhinā	by fixed meditation upon the Self	SB 12.9.2

avicchinnā	continuous	SB 3.29.11-12

avicchinnā	unobstructed	CC Adi 4.205

avicchinna	continuously	CC Adi 5.165

avicchinnā	unobstructed	CC Madhya 19.171

avicchinna	uninterrupted	NBS 49

avicchinnāḥ	without interruption	SB 7.11.13

avicchinnam	uninterrupted, continuous	SB 11.14.34

avicchinnam	uninterrupted	NBS 54

avidhinā	without the authority of Vedic injunctions	SB 11.10.27-29

avyavacchinna	continuous	SB 4.13.8-9

avyucchinnāḥ	uninterrupted	SB 10.57.38-39

avyucchinnena	without being deviated from the complete form	SB 2.1.19

chinna-bandhanaḥ	completely cut off from all bondage	SB 4.23.8

bhinna-bhāṇḍāt	from a cracked pot	SB 4.14.41

bhava-vāhinyā	under the sway of the material laws of nature	SB 7.13.24

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

bhinatti	changes	SB 7.5.13

bhindan	breaking	SB 4.16.22

bhindan	penetrating	CC Antya 1.164

bhindan	splitting	CC Antya 1.167

bhindanti	transgress	SB 5.26.22

bhindatī	splitting	CC Antya 1.151

bhindhi	divide into small parts	SB 7.5.39-40

bhindhi	pierce	SB 8.10.48

sa-bhindipālaiḥ	with the bhindipāla weapons	SB 8.10.36

bhindyāma	may give up	SB 5.19.15

bhindyāt	being cut off	SB 8.24.47

bhinnā	separated	BG 7.4

tat bhinna	being separated	SB 1.18.35

bhinna	divided	SB 3.8.26

bhinna	separate	SB 3.29.8

bhinna-darśinaḥ	of a separatist	SB 3.29.23

bhinna-dṛśaḥ	having a differential outlook	SB 3.29.26

bhinna-dṛśām	with separate vision	SB 3.29.37

bhinna-setave	having broken all rules of civility	SB 4.2.13

bhinna	divided	SB 4.5.10

sañchinna-bhinna-sarva-ańgāḥ	all the limbs wounded	SB 4.6.1-2

bhinna-dṛk	having separated vision	SB 4.9.33

bhinna-marmā	aggrieved at heart	SB 4.11.28

bhinna-bhāṇḍāt	from a cracked pot	SB 4.14.41

bhinna	broken	SB 4.28.21

bhinna-hṛdayam	whose heart is pierced	SB 4.29.54

bhinna-maryādāḥ	who have broken the regulative principles	SB 5.26.22

bhinna	demonstrating different	SB 6.4.32

bhinna-dhīḥ	whose intelligence is changed	SB 6.5.41

bhinna-mukhaḥ	having a broken mouth	SB 6.11.11

bhinna	separated	SB 7.2.7-8

bhinna-vakṣāḥ	whose chest has been split	SB 7.8.49

bhinna-navaḥ	whose ship is wrecked	SB 8.11.25

bhinna	were shocked	SB 10.6.14

bhinna	having broken	SB 10.33.22

bhinna	affected	SB 10.57.5

bhinna	broken	SB 10.58.43

bhinna	broken	SB 10.79.3-4

bhinna	bewildered	SB 10.88.35

bhinna	shattered	SB 10.88.36

bhinna bhinna	different	CC Adi 1.108-109

bhinna bhinna	different	CC Adi 1.108-109

bhinna-mātra kāya	only two different bodies	CC Adi 5.5

bhinna bhinna	different	CC Adi 13.121

bhinna bhinna	different	CC Adi 13.121

bhinna	separated	CC Madhya 2.12

bhinnā	separated	CC Madhya 6.164

bhinna	separate	CC Madhya 15.231

bhinna nahe	not separate	CC Madhya 16.66

bhinna bhinna dharma	different grades of religious principles	CC Madhya 17.184

bhinna bhinna dharma	different grades of religious principles	CC Madhya 17.184

bhinna-ābhāse	manifested differently	CC Madhya 20.183

bhinna-ākāra	bodily differences	CC Madhya 20.183

bhinna bhinna	separate from one another	CC Madhya 20.207

bhinna bhinna	separate from one another	CC Madhya 20.207

bhinna-abhinna rūpa	having different types of forms	CC Madhya 20.308

bhinna artha	different meanings	CC Madhya 24.35

bhinna	separate	CC Antya 2.60

bhinna	separated	CC Antya 14.65-66

bhinna	separated	CC Antya 14.65-66

bhinna-setuḥ	beyond the Vedic principles of morality	CC Antya 18.25

bhinnāḥ	separated	SB 4.8.28

bhinnaḥ	separate	SB 7.2.43

bhinnam	separately	SB 3.6.3

bhinnam	appeared	SB 3.26.60

bhinnam	liable to be pierced	SB 4.29.53

bhinnam	separation	SB 6.16.57

bhinnam	disturbed	SB 11.23.2

bhinnam	becoming variegated	CC Adi 2.14

bhinnam	separate	CC Madhya 17.186

bhinnam	becoming variegated	CC Madhya 20.160

bhinnam	separate	CC Madhya 25.57

bhinnam	becoming variegated	Bs 5.40

bhinnasya	different	SB 4.20.12

bhinnatti	He breaks	SB 10.8.29

bhinnāya	to the misbehaved	SB 3.32.39

bhinnāyāḥ	being cut to pieces	SB 4.17.25

bhinne	being pierced	SB 4.8.36

bhinne	when it is broken	SB 12.5.5

bhinnena	being very much aggrieved	SB 4.12.42

buddhinā	by intelligence	SB 1.18.47

dabhra-buddhinā	being of less intelligence	SB 6.7.11

dekhinu caraṇe	I have seen Your lotus feet	CC Antya 4.24

cātuḥ-hotra-vidhinā	by the regulative principles of sacrifice directed by four kinds of priests	SB 5.7.5

nitya-abhiniviṣṭa-cetāḥ	whose mind is always absorbed	SB 7.6.15

chinatti	is cut off	SB 3.5.11

chinatti	is cut to pieces	SB 3.9.17

chinatti	cuts off	SB 10.70.26

chindan	cutting	SB 4.5.22

chindanti	can cut to pieces	BG 2.23

chindanti	cut	SB 1.2.15

chindanti	pierce	SB 4.25.8

chindanti	cut off	SB 11.26.26

chindanti	cut off	CC Adi 1.59

chindhi	cut off	SB 1.8.41

chindhi	kindly eradicate	SB 3.10.2

chindhi chindhi	chop to pieces, chop to pieces	SB 6.8.26

chindhi chindhi	chop to pieces, chop to pieces	SB 6.8.26

chindhi	chop	SB 7.5.39-40

chindhi	please dispel	SB 7.6.29-30

chindhi	cut to pieces	SB 8.10.48

chindhi	cut off	SB 8.24.53

chindhi	please cut	SB 10.33.28

chindhi	please cut	SB 10.48.27

chindhi	please cut	SB 12.8.2-5

mā sma chindyāḥ	please do not cut down	SB 10.29.33

chindyām	would cut off	SB 3.16.6

chindyāt	must cut off	SB 2.1.15

chindyāt	he should cut	SB 4.4.17

na chindyāt	must not cut	SB 6.18.47

chindyāt	one should cut off	SB 7.5.37

chindyāt	should cut	SB 11.17.24

chinna	having torn off	BG 5.25

chinna	torn	BG 6.38

chinna	having cut off	BG 18.10

chinna-saṃśayaḥ	freed from doubts	SB 3.27.28-29

chinna-bandhanaḥ	completely cut off from all bondage	SB 4.23.8

chinna	being separated	SB 4.23.12

chinna	cut off	SB 6.12.4

chinna-pakṣaḥ	whose wings are cut	SB 6.12.26

chinna	cut off	SB 7.2.29-31

chinna	cut up	SB 8.10.37

chinna-pakṣaḥ	whose wings have been taken away	SB 8.11.12

chinna	scattered and cut off	SB 9.15.31

chinna	cut	SB 10.50.24

chinna	broken	SB 10.63.21

chinna	cut to pieces	SB 11.11.12-13

chinna	destroyed	SB 11.13.41

chinna	broken off	SB 12.6.9-10

chinna	cut to pieces	CC Madhya 6.233

chinnāḥ	resolved	SB 3.22.5

chinnaḥ	finished	SB 4.29.85

chinnāḥ	cut	SB 6.10.25

chinnaḥ	broken	SB 9.8.26

chinnaiḥ	which were broken	SB 10.19.4

chinnam	cut to pieces	SB 10.50.18

citta-mohinī	the attractor of the mind	CC Madhya 17.212

abhiniviṣṭa-cittān	absorbed in thought	SB 3.2.24

dabhra-buddhinā	being of less intelligence	SB 6.7.11

ḍāhine	to the right side	CC Adi 5.189

siṃha-dvāra ḍāhine	on the right side of the lion gate	CC Madhya 11.125

ḍāhine vāme	left and right	CC Madhya 13.193

ḍāhine	on the right side	CC Madhya 13.194

ḍāhine	on the right side	CC Madhya 17.24

ḍāhine-vāme	right and left	CC Madhya 17.35

rākhilā ḍāhine	He kept on His right side	CC Antya 6.83

ḍāhine pātiyā	setting on the right side	CC Antya 6.107

ḍākinī-śāńkhinī	ghosts and witches	CC Adi 13.117

bhinna-darśinaḥ	of a separatist	SB 3.29.23

dehinaḥ	of the embodied	BG 2.13

dehinaḥ	for the embodied	BG 2.59

dehinaḥ	to other living entities	SB 6.1.22

dehinaḥ	the living entities who have accepted material bodies	SB 6.15.3

dehinaḥ	of the father possessing a material body	SB 6.15.7

dehinaḥ	of the living entity	SB 6.15.25

dehinaḥ	of the living entity	SB 6.15.25

dehinaḥ	of an embodied soul	SB 9.18.1

dehinaḥ	of the person in danger of death	SB 10.1.48

dehinaḥ	the conditioned soul	SB 10.16.34

dehinaḥ	embodied living beings	SB 10.39.19

dehinaḥ	of the embodied souls	CC Antya 19.45

dehinam	of the embodied	BG 3.40

dehinam	the living entity	BG 14.5

dehinam	the embodied	BG 14.7

sarva-dehinām	of all embodied beings	BG 14.8

dehinām	of the embodied	BG 17.2

dehinām	of all who possess material bodies	SB 2.4.12

dehinām	for the conditioned soul	SB 3.9.36

dehinām	to the embodied	SB 3.23.6

sarva-dehinām	to all living entities	SB 3.25.21

dehinām	of the conditioned souls	SB 4.8.59-60

dehinām	of the people in general	SB 4.14.9

dehinām	of all the embodied	SB 4.16.12

dehinām	to all living entities having a body	SB 4.16.18

dehinām	of the embodied	SB 4.20.23

sarva-dehinām	of all other living entities	SB 4.24.54

dehinām	of the individual souls	SB 4.31.18

sva-dehinam	the living being himself	SB 5.11.6

dehinām	of all living entities	SB 6.14.35

dehinām	of all those who have accepted material bodies	SB 6.17.29

dehinām	of all the embodied living entities	SB 7.2.60

dehinām	over those who have material bodies	SB 7.3.37-38

dehinām	of persons who have accepted the material body	SB 7.5.5

dehinām	of all embodied living entities	SB 7.6.3

dehinām	whose bodies	SB 7.6.27

dehinām	of the embodied souls	SB 7.7.38

dehinām	to all living entities	SB 7.8.10

dehinām	of the living entities	SB 7.14.8

sarva-dehinām	of all other living entities	SB 7.15.65

dehinām	of all living entities who accept material bodies	SB 8.5.23

dehinām	of persons	SB 8.5.47

dehinām	of persons too involved in the bodily concept of life	SB 8.19.13

dehinām	about living entities (accepting material bodies)	SB 10.4.26

dehinām	of persons in the bodily concept of life, especially the karmīs	SB 10.9.21

dehinām	embodied living beings	SB 10.14.14

dehinām	of the embodied beings	SB 10.14.51

dehinām	embodied living beings	SB 10.14.54

dehinām	of every living being	SB 10.22.35

dehinām	embodied living entities	SB 10.31.4

dehinām	of the embodied living beings	SB 10.31.7

dehinām	embodied living beings	SB 10.33.35

dehinām	of embodied living beings	SB 10.46.30

dehinam	by embodied beings	SB 10.51.34

dehinām	embodied beings	SB 10.54.44

dehinam	an embodied being	SB 10.54.45

dehinām	of embodied souls	SB 10.63.28

sarva-dehinām	of all embodied beings	SB 11.2.4

dehinām	for embodied beings	SB 11.2.29

dehinām	for embodied souls	SB 11.5.37

dehinām	of the embodied living beings	SB 11.8.1

dehinām	of the embodied beings	SB 11.10.2

dehinām	embodied beings	SB 11.10.14-16

dehinām	of embodied beings	SB 11.10.18

sarva-dehinām	toward all living entities	SB 11.11.29-32

sarva-dehinām	of all conditioned souls	SB 11.12.14-15

sarva-dehinām	of all living entities	SB 11.15.36

dehinām	of all living entities	SB 12.2.12-16

dehinām	of the embodied souls	SB 12.3.28

sarva-dehinām	all embodied living beings	SB 12.6.13

sarva-dehinām	of all embodied living beings	SB 12.10.8

dehinām	for ordinary embodied souls	SB 12.10.29

sarva-dehinām	of all embodied living beings	SB 12.11.29

dehinām	of the embodied beings	CC Adi 2.30

dehinām	of the embodied beings	CC Adi 3.69

dehinām	of the embodied beings	CC Adi 6.23

dehinām	of every living being	CC Adi 9.42

dehinām	for materialistic persons who have accepted the body as the self	CC Madhya 8.227

dehinām	for materialistic persons who have accepted the body as the self	CC Madhya 9.132

sarva-dehinām	to all living entities	CC Madhya 22.81

dehinām	for materialistic persons who have accepted the body as the self	CC Madhya 24.86

dehinām	for materialistic persons who have accepted the body as the self	CC Antya 7.27

ki dekhinu	what did I see	CC Adi 5.198

dekhinu	I have seen	CC Adi 17.232

dekhinu	I have seen	CC Adi 17.232

dekhinu	I saw	CC Madhya 2.37

dekhinu	I have seen	CC Madhya 2.39

śrī-kṛṣṇake dekhinu	saw Lord Kṛṣṇa personally	CC Madhya 4.45

dekhinu	saw	CC Madhya 18.87

dekhinu	have studied	CC Madhya 18.202

dekhinu caraṇe	I have seen Your lotus feet	CC Antya 4.24

dekhinu svapana	saw a dream	CC Antya 12.94

bhinna bhinna dharma	different grades of religious principles	CC Madhya 17.184

bhinna-dhīḥ	whose intelligence is changed	SB 6.5.41

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

bhinna-dṛk	having separated vision	SB 4.9.33

bhinna-dṛśaḥ	having a differential outlook	SB 3.29.26

bhinna-dṛśām	with separate vision	SB 3.29.37

abhiniviṣṭa-dṛṣṭeḥ	of one whose attention was fixed	SB 3.8.13

sukha-duḥkhinoḥ	who experience material happiness and distress	SB 10.60.38

dvandva-yodhinaḥ	two combatants chose each other	SB 8.10.27

siṃha-dvāra ḍāhine	on the right side of the lion gate	CC Madhya 11.125

dvitīya-abhiniveśataḥ	from the misconception of being a product of material energy	CC Madhya 20.119

dvitīya-abhiniveśataḥ	from the misconception of being a product of material energy	CC Madhya 24.137

dvitīya-abhiniveśataḥ	from the misconception of being a product of material energy	CC Madhya 25.138

gāndharva-vidhinā	by the regulative principle of the Gandharvas, without deviation from religious principles	SB 9.20.16

uru-gandhinā	strong-smelling	SB 7.4.13

aguru-gandhinā	fragrant due to burning incense known as aguru	SB 8.15.19

gandhinā	with the fragrance	SB 10.15.3

su-gandhinā	with the sweet fragrance	SB 10.21.1

gandhinyām	with the fragrance	SB 3.33.19

gardabhinaḥ	Gardabhīs	SB 12.1.27

nanda-gehinī	the queen of Nanda Mahārāja	SB 10.9.1-2

nanda-gopā-abhinanditā	being honored by Mahārāja Nanda and mother Yaśodā	SB 10.5.17

govinda-mohinī	She who mystifies Govinda	CC Adi 4.82

gṛha-medhinām	of the householders	SB 1.4.8

gṛha-medhinām	of the householders	SB 1.19.39

gṛha-medhinām	of persons too materially engrossed	SB 2.1.2

gṛha-medhinām	of the materialistic householders	SB 3.32.4

gṛha-medhinaḥ	persons living at home	SB 4.13.43

gṛha-medhinaḥ	persons who are attached to family life	SB 4.22.10

gṛha-medhinīm	one who keeps her husband in material life	SB 4.26.13

gṛha-medhinām	of the householders	SB 5.4.8

gṛha-medhinām	although situated with a wife and children	SB 6.5.42

gṛha-medhinām	who are interested in householder life	SB 7.5.51

gṛha-medhini	O my wife, who are attached to household life	SB 8.16.5

gṛha-medhinaḥ	the householders	SB 10.23.28

gṛha-medhinām	who are attached to household ritual duties	SB 10.41.13

gṛha-medhinām	for worldly householders	SB 10.60.31

gṛha-medhinām	for householders	SB 10.69.41

gṛha-medhinam	from the religious householder	SB 10.72.17

gṛha-medhinām	of those in the household order of life	SB 10.90.29

gṛha-medhinam	the materialistic householder	SB 11.7.72

gṛha-medhinām	of those dedicated to material family life	SB 11.8.16

gṛhamedhin	O my husband, who are attached to household life	SB 8.16.11

gṛhamedhinām	especially for the householders	SB 8.20.2

cātuḥ-hotra-vidhinā	by the regulative principles of sacrifice directed by four kinds of priests	SB 5.7.5

bhinna-hṛdayam	whose heart is pierced	SB 4.29.54

jana-mohinīm	which deludes the mass of people	SB 6.12.20

kāhinī	incident	CC Adi 14.79

kāhinī	narration	CC Adi 15.17

prema-kāhinī	affairs of love	CC Madhya 8.194

kāhinī	our words	CC Antya 15.48

kahinu	shall speak	CC Madhya 25.106

kalā-nidhinā	the master of all arts	CC Antya 1.184

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

kāma-abhiniveśita	fully absorbed in sense gratification	SB 1.18.45

abhinaya karāilā	taught how to express by dramatic performances	CC Antya 5.22

kaṭhina	hard	CC Madhya 7.72

kaṭhina	very hard	CC Madhya 8.46

ati-kaṭhinā	very hard in constitution	CC Antya 1.163

kaṭhinatvam	hardness	SB 3.26.36

kāṭhinya	hardness	SB 2.10.23

bhinna-mātra kāya	only two different bodies	CC Adi 5.5

khinna-vat	as if tired	SB 3.9.26

khinnā	very much distressed	SB 10.1.18

khinna	disturbed	SB 10.78.29

khinna-mānasaḥ	whose heart is injured	CC Madhya 8.107

khinna	hurt	CC Madhya 8.115

ki dekhinu	what did I see	CC Adi 5.198

kṛṣṇa-ahinā	by the black serpent	SB 10.16.1

śrī-kṛṣṇake dekhinu	saw Lord Kṛṣṇa personally	CC Madhya 4.45

kṣāra-udadhinā	by the ocean of salt water	SB 5.20.2

mā sma chindyāḥ	please do not cut down	SB 10.29.33

mahā-ahinā	by the large serpent (Vāsuki)	SB 8.24.36

mahā-abhiṣeka-vidhinā	by the regulative principles for bathing the Deity	SB 9.4.31-32

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

mahinā	by the superior power	SB 8.10.55

ātma-mahinā	with His own glory	SB 11.31.11

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

abhiniveśita-manāḥ	his mind was absorbed	SB 5.8.27

khinna-mānasaḥ	whose heart is injured	CC Madhya 8.107

ūrdhva-manthinaḥ	who have conserved their semen to the point that it has risen up to their heads	SB 11.6.47

manthinaḥ	whose semen	CC Adi 2.17

ūrdhva-manthinām	of the brahmacārīs	SB 5.3.20

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

bhinna-marmā	aggrieved at heart	SB 4.11.28

bhinna-maryādāḥ	who have broken the regulative principles	SB 5.26.22

bhinna-mātra kāya	only two different bodies	CC Adi 5.5

gṛha-medhinaḥ	persons living at home	SB 4.13.43

gṛha-medhinaḥ	persons who are attached to family life	SB 4.22.10

gṛha-medhinaḥ	the householders	SB 10.23.28

medhinaḥ	who performs sacrifices	SB 10.84.37

gṛha-medhinām	of the householders	SB 1.4.8

gṛha-medhinām	of the householders	SB 1.19.39

gṛha-medhinām	of persons too materially engrossed	SB 2.1.2

gṛha-medhinām	of the materialistic householders	SB 3.32.4

gṛha-medhinām	of the householders	SB 5.4.8

gṛha-medhinām	although situated with a wife and children	SB 6.5.42

gṛha-medhinām	who are interested in householder life	SB 7.5.51

gṛha-medhinām	who are attached to household ritual duties	SB 10.41.13

gṛha-medhinām	for worldly householders	SB 10.60.31

gṛha-medhinām	for householders	SB 10.69.41

gṛha-medhinam	from the religious householder	SB 10.72.17

gṛha-medhinām	of those in the household order of life	SB 10.90.29

gṛha-medhinam	the materialistic householder	SB 11.7.72

gṛha-medhinām	of those dedicated to material family life	SB 11.8.16

gṛha-medhini	O my wife, who are attached to household life	SB 8.16.5

gṛha-medhinīm	one who keeps her husband in material life	SB 4.26.13

mohine	to the bewilderer	SB 10.40.22

mohinī	enchanting	SB 3.6.39

mohinī	is bewildering	SB 10.23.41

mohinī	bewildering	SB 10.23.47

govinda-mohinī	She who mystifies Govinda	CC Adi 4.82

mohinī	the enchantress	CC Adi 4.95

mohinī	captivator	CC Adi 4.261

citta-mohinī	the attractor of the mind	CC Madhya 17.212

mohinīm	bewildering	BG 9.12

jana-mohinīm	which deludes the mass of people	SB 6.12.20

mohinīm	which bewilders	SB 10.45.1

mohinīm	bewildering	SB 10.47.13

mohinīm	who bewilders	SB 10.53.51-55

mohinīm	which is bewildering	SB 11.3.1

mohinyā	by charming beauty	SB 1.3.17

bhinna-mukhaḥ	having a broken mouth	SB 6.11.11

na chindyāt	must not cut	SB 6.18.47

na acchinat	he did not pierce it	SB 10.83.24

bhinna nahe	not separate	CC Madhya 16.66

nanda-gopā-abhinanditā	being honored by Mahārāja Nanda and mother Yaśodā	SB 10.5.17

nanda-gehinī	the queen of Nanda Mahārāja	SB 10.9.1-2

bhinna-navaḥ	whose ship is wrecked	SB 8.11.25

kalā-nidhinā	the master of all arts	CC Antya 1.184

nirbandhinī	unflinching	CC Madhya 20.106

nirbandhinī	unflinching	CC Madhya 24.170

nirbhinatti	cuts	SB 5.25.8

nirbhinna	especially distinguished	SB 1.6.17

nirbhinnā	distributed	SB 2.10.23

nirbhinna	broken	SB 3.30.21

nirbhinna	being pierced	SB 4.26.9

nirbhinna	pierced	SB 5.17.1

nirbhinna	pierced all over	SB 6.7.19

nirbhinna	being pierced	SB 6.11.14

nirbhinna	separated or pierced	SB 6.11.17

śara-nirbhinna	pierced by arrows	SB 7.2.29-31

nirbhinna	being pierced	SB 7.10.37

nirbhinna	split	SB 10.50.24

nirbhinna	broken	SB 10.61.38

nirbhinna	broken	SB 10.62.32

nirbhinna	broken to pieces	SB 10.78.9

nirbhinna	cracked open	SB 10.79.6

nirbhinnam	being generated	SB 2.10.18

nirbhinnam	thus separated	SB 3.6.12

nirbhinnam	separated	SB 3.6.13

nirbhinnam	being manifested separately	SB 3.6.24

nirbhinnam	being separately manifested	SB 3.6.25

vajra-nirbhinnam	broken by a thunderbolt	SB 10.11.47

nirbhinnāni	being separated	SB 3.6.16

nirbhinne	due to being sprouted	SB 2.10.21

nirbhinne	thus being separated	SB 3.6.14

nirbhinne	thus being separated	SB 3.6.15

nirbhinne	have been pierced	SB 9.3.7

nirbhinne	which has been shattered	SB 10.90.19

niṣedhinu	forbade	CC Madhya 5.66

nitya-abhiniviṣṭa-cetāḥ	whose mind is always absorbed	SB 7.6.15

chinna-pakṣaḥ	whose wings are cut	SB 6.12.26

chinna-pakṣaḥ	whose wings have been taken away	SB 8.11.12

sva-para-abhiniveśena	consisting of absorption in the bodily concept of oneself and others	SB 7.2.60

parame-ṣṭhin	who are situated in the spiritual planet	SB 6.16.25

parame-ṣṭhinau	the supreme rulers	SB 6.19.14

parame-sthinaḥ	of the Supreme Lord	SB 10.81.10

parame-sthinām	of the rulers of the universe	SB 10.89.57

parame-ṣṭhinā	by the Lord of the supreme kingdom	SB 10.89.60-61

parame-sthinaḥ	the most highly situated living entity	SB 12.4.5

parame-sthinaḥ	the most elevated of living beings	SB 12.6.37

parameṇa samādhinā	with the highest form of trance	SB 5.18.1

parameṣṭhinā	by Brahmā	SB 3.20.46

parameṣṭhinā	by the supreme teacher (Brahmā)	SB 4.2.16

parameṣṭhinā	the supreme teacher	SB 4.3.2

parameṣṭhinā	by Lord Brahmā	SB 7.10.31

parameṣṭhinā	by the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 10.52.36

parameṣṭhinaḥ	Lord Brahmā	SB 4.8.38

parameṣṭhinaḥ	of the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 4.15.9-10

parameṣṭhinaḥ	of the supreme person within this universe (Lord Brahmā)	SB 7.11.3

paśyataḥ parameṣṭhinaḥ	as Lord Brahmā looked on	SB 11.13.42

parameṣṭhinam	Brahmā, the head of the universe	SB 2.3.2-7

parameṣṭhinam	unto the supreme leader, Brahmā	SB 2.9.38

parameṣṭhinam	the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 3.32.22

parameṣṭhinam	to Lord Brahmā	SB 7.10.32

parameṣṭhinam	of universal rulers	SB 10.89.54-56

parameṣṭhine	unto Lord Brahmā	SB 8.5.17-18

paricchinnam	separated	SB 3.10.12

parikhinnaḥ	worn out	MM 8

sat-śāstra-paripanthinaḥ	diverted from transcendental scriptural injunctions	SB 4.2.28

tat-paripanthinām	of those who are against religious principles	SB 4.16.4

paripanthinau	stumbling blocks	BG 3.34

paśyataḥ parameṣṭhinaḥ	as Lord Brahmā looked on	SB 11.13.42

varūthinī-patiḥ	the commander of the soldiers	SB 8.15.23

vāhinī-patiḥ	a great commander of soldiers	SB 9.12.10

ḍāhine pātiyā	setting on the right side	CC Antya 6.107

prabhinnam	in rut	SB 10.67.9-10

ati-pramāthinyā	which is extremely disturbing	SB 11.8.19

prema-vibhinna	lost in transcendental love	SB 3.1.32

prema-kāhinī	affairs of love	CC Madhya 8.194

pūjā-vidhinā	regulated worship	SB 6.19.21

pulaka-udbhinna	bodily changes of transcendental ecstasy	SB 3.2.5

rahinu	I remained	CC Adi 17.146

rahinu	remained	CC Adi 17.191

rājamahindāra	of the place known as Rājamahendrī	CC Antya 9.122

rākhilā ḍāhine	He kept on His right side	CC Antya 6.83

rākṣasena vidhinā	in the Rākṣasa style	SB 10.52.41

rathinaḥ	a great general	SB 1.15.17

rathinaḥ	fighters on chariots	SB 8.10.8

rathinaḥ	the warriors commanding the chariots	SB 10.68.9-10

rathinām	of the warriors	SB 3.1.30

rathinam	the charioteer or master of the body	SB 7.15.42

rathinām	of those riding on chariots	SB 10.54.7

rathinam	the master of the chariot	SB 10.76.32

rathinau	riding Their chariots	SB 10.50.15

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

bhinna-abhinna rūpa	having different types of forms	CC Madhya 20.308

sa-bhindipālaiḥ	with the bhindipāla weapons	SB 8.10.36

śākhinaḥ	different branches	SB 1.4.23

śākhinaḥ	of the tree	CC Adi 11.4

samādhinā	by complete absorption	BG 4.24

samādhinā	by trance	SB 1.5.13

samādhinā	concentration of the mind	SB 2.9.37

samādhinā	by trance	SB 3.4.32

samādhinā	by trance	SB 3.9.41

yoga-samādhinā	in mystic trance	SB 3.19.28

su-samādhinā	by nice meditation	SB 3.20.52

yoga-samādhinā	by trance in yoga	SB 3.24.28

ātma-samādhinā	by self-absorption	SB 3.27.22

samādhinā	in trance	SB 4.1.3

samādhinā	by trance	SB 4.8.31

samādhinā	in trance	SB 4.8.74

samādhinā	by practicing yoga in trance	SB 4.9.30

samādhinā	with full concentration	SB 4.21.42

samādhinā	always keeping himself in ecstasy	SB 4.24.7

samādhinā	by meditation	SB 4.27.28

samādhinā	by a meditational trance	SB 5.8.21

parameṇa samādhinā	with the highest form of trance	SB 5.18.1

samādhinā	by trance	SB 5.20.27

samādhinā	absorption in thoughts of the Lord	SB 5.26.5

ātma-samādhinā	by being fully engaged in devotional service	SB 6.2.41

samādhinā	with attention	SB 6.7.38

ātma-yoga-samādhinā	absorption in bhakti-yoga	SB 6.9.33

samādhinā	by practicing the trance	SB 7.3.9-10

samādhinā	and trance	SB 7.3.9-10

samādhinā	by trance or meditation	SB 7.15.24

samādhinā	by constant meditation and complete absorption (in thoughts of You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead)	SB 10.2.30

samādhinā	attention	SB 10.66.27-28

ātma-samādhinā	by fixed meditation upon the Self	SB 12.9.2

samahinot	ordered (to fight with the enemies)	SB 9.10.18

sambandhinaḥ	relatives	BG 1.32-35

sambandhinaḥ	and relatives	SB 10.82.12-13

sammohinī	whose character completely bewilders Lord Kṛṣṇa	CC Adi 4.83

sammohinī	whose character completely bewilders Lord Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 23.68

chinna-saṃśayaḥ	freed from doubts	SB 3.27.28-29

saṃspārdhinī	feeling competitive	SB 11.6.12

sañchinna	cut	BG 4.41

sañchinna	being completely cut off	SB 1.15.31

sañchinna	perfectly cut off	SB 1.15.40

sañchinna-bhinna-sarva-ańgāḥ	all the limbs wounded	SB 4.6.1-2

sañchinna	having broken off	SB 10.65.11-12

sañchinna	cut through	SB 10.77.4

sañchinnaḥ	cut off	SB 3.7.15

sañchinnaḥ	answered	SB 4.29.52

sañchinnaḥ	cleared	SB 4.29.57

sandhinī	the existence-expanding energy	CC Adi 4.62

sandhinī	existence potency	CC Adi 4.63

sandhinī	the eternity potency	CC Madhya 6.157

sandhinī	the sandhinī potency	CC Madhya 6.159

sandhinī	the creative potency	CC Madhya 8.155

sandhinī	the potency of existence	CC Madhya 8.156

sandhinīra	of the existence potency	CC Adi 4.64

ḍākinī-śāńkhinī	ghosts and witches	CC Adi 13.117

śara-nirbhinna	pierced by arrows	SB 7.2.29-31

sārathinā	by its chariot driver, the wind	SB 10.19.7

sārathinā	which is like the driver of a chariot	SB 11.14.36-42

sarva-dehinām	of all embodied beings	BG 14.8

sarva-dehinām	to all living entities	SB 3.25.21

sañchinna-bhinna-sarva-ańgāḥ	all the limbs wounded	SB 4.6.1-2

sarva-dehinām	of all other living entities	SB 4.24.54

sarva-dehinām	of all other living entities	SB 7.15.65

sarva-dehinām	of all embodied beings	SB 11.2.4

sarva-dehinām	toward all living entities	SB 11.11.29-32

sarva-dehinām	of all conditioned souls	SB 11.12.14-15

sarva-dehinām	of all living entities	SB 11.15.36

sarva-dehinām	all embodied living beings	SB 12.6.13

sarva-dehinām	of all embodied living beings	SB 12.10.8

sarva-dehinām	of all embodied living beings	SB 12.11.29

sarva-dehinām	to all living entities	CC Madhya 22.81

sat-śāstra-paripanthinaḥ	diverted from transcendental scriptural injunctions	SB 4.2.28

sat-śāstra-paripanthinaḥ	diverted from transcendental scriptural injunctions	SB 4.2.28

sei vibhinna-aṃśa	that separated part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.10

bhinna-setave	having broken all rules of civility	SB 4.2.13

bhinna-setuḥ	beyond the Vedic principles of morality	CC Antya 18.25

śikhinā	on his peacock carrier	SB 10.63.15

śikhinaḥ	peacocks	SB 10.15.7

siṃha-dvāra ḍāhine	on the right side of the lion gate	CC Madhya 11.125

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

ślāghinaḥ	being very proud of their strength	SB 8.2.6

ślāghinaḥ	of the glorifier	SB 10.89.41

mā sma chindyāḥ	please do not cut down	SB 10.29.33

śobhinā	adorning	SB 10.42.5

śobhinā	beautified	SB 10.53.51-55

śrī-kṛṣṇake dekhinu	saw Lord Kṛṣṇa personally	CC Madhya 4.45

stambhinī	astounding	CC Madhya 17.210

parame-ṣṭhin	who are situated in the spiritual planet	SB 6.16.25

parame-ṣṭhinā	by the Lord of the supreme kingdom	SB 10.89.60-61

parame-sthinaḥ	of the Supreme Lord	SB 10.81.10

parame-sthinaḥ	the most highly situated living entity	SB 12.4.5

parame-sthinaḥ	the most elevated of living beings	SB 12.6.37

parame-sthinām	of the rulers of the universe	SB 10.89.57

parame-ṣṭhinau	the supreme rulers	SB 6.19.14

su-samādhinā	by nice meditation	SB 3.20.52

su-gandhinā	with the sweet fragrance	SB 10.21.1

sukha-duḥkhinoḥ	who experience material happiness and distress	SB 10.60.38

sukhinaḥ	happy	BG 1.36

sukhinaḥ	very happy	BG 2.32

sukhinaḥ	very happy	SB 6.13.3

sva-vidhinā	according to their own ritualistic principles	SB 5.9.15

sva-dehinam	the living being himself	SB 5.11.6

sva-para-abhiniveśena	consisting of absorption in the bodily concept of oneself and others	SB 7.2.60

dekhinu svapana	saw a dream	CC Antya 12.94

tat bhinna	being separated	SB 1.18.35

tat-paripanthinām	of those who are against religious principles	SB 4.16.4

abhinna-tvāt	due to not being different	CC Madhya 17.133

kṣāra-udadhinā	by the ocean of salt water	SB 5.20.2

pulaka-udbhinna	bodily changes of transcendental ecstasy	SB 3.2.5

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

upācchinatti	takes the money from him	SB 5.14.24

upādhinā	by material designations	SB 12.6.67

upaśobhinā	beautified	SB 10.53.50

ūrdhva-manthinām	of the brahmacārīs	SB 5.3.20

ūrdhva-manthinaḥ	who have conserved their semen to the point that it has risen up to their heads	SB 11.6.47

uru-gandhinā	strong-smelling	SB 7.4.13

vāhinī-patiḥ	a great commander of soldiers	SB 9.12.10

vāhinī	like a river	CC Antya 1.155

bhava-vāhinyā	under the sway of the material laws of nature	SB 7.13.24

vāhinyām	in the river	SB 5.26.22

vajra-nirbhinnam	broken by a thunderbolt	SB 10.11.47

bhinna-vakṣāḥ	whose chest has been split	SB 7.8.49

manyuḥ, manuḥ, mahinasaḥ, mahān, śivaḥ, ṛtadhvajaḥ, ugaretāḥ, bhavaḥ, kālaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, dhṛtavrataḥ	all names of Rudra	SB 3.12.12

ḍāhine vāme	left and right	CC Madhya 13.193

ḍāhine-vāme	right and left	CC Madhya 17.35

vardhinīm	expanding	SB 10.41.52

varūthinī-patiḥ	the commander of the soldiers	SB 8.15.23

varūthinīm	a bunch	SB 3.20.31

khinna-vat	as if tired	SB 3.9.26

vibhindan	digging	SB 3.13.32

prema-vibhinna	lost in transcendental love	SB 3.1.32

vibhinna	pierced	SB 6.11.16

vibhinna	separate	SB 7.6.16

vibhinna	broken	SB 10.7.7

vibhinna	diverted	SB 12.3.43

vibhinna	separate	CC Adi 4.164

vibhinna-aṃśa	of separated expansions	CC Madhya 22.8

vibhinna-aṃśa	His separated forms	CC Madhya 22.9

sei vibhinna-aṃśa	that separated part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.10

vibhinnāḥ	possessing different departments	CC Madhya 17.186

vibhinnāḥ	possessing different departments	CC Madhya 25.57

vibhinnāni	separate	Bs 5.19

vibhinnayā	which was melting	SB 10.85.38

vidāhinaḥ	burning	BG 17.9

vidhinā	by destination	SB 2.7.22

vidhinā	by practice	SB 3.28.1

cātuḥ-hotra-vidhinā	by the regulative principles of sacrifice directed by four kinds of priests	SB 5.7.5

ākasmikena vidhinā	by the unexpected law of providence	SB 5.9.13

sva-vidhinā	according to their own ritualistic principles	SB 5.9.15

pūjā-vidhinā	regulated worship	SB 6.19.21

vidhinā	by providence	SB 7.2.29-31

vidhinā	in the process	SB 7.13.1

vidhinā	according to the instructions of Vedic scripture	SB 7.14.1

vidhinā	according to regulative principles	SB 7.14.16

vidhinā	by Providence	SB 8.9.5

vidhinā	according to regulative principles	SB 8.15.4

vidhinā	by regulative principles	SB 8.16.22

vidhinā	by following the regulative principles	SB 8.16.44-45

vidhinā	under regulative principles	SB 8.16.50

mahā-abhiṣeka-vidhinā	by the regulative principles for bathing the Deity	SB 9.4.31-32

gāndharva-vidhinā	by the regulative principle of the Gandharvas, without deviation from religious principles	SB 9.20.16

vidhinā	by the injunctions (of such scriptures as the Pañcarātra)	SB 10.40.7

rākṣasena vidhinā	in the Rākṣasa style	SB 10.52.41

vidhinā	by scripture	SB 10.69.16

vidhinā	by the proper regulations	SB 10.84.51

vidhinā	with the regulations	SB 11.3.47

vidhinā	processes	SB 11.5.19

vidhinā	by processes	SB 11.5.20

vidhinā	by the process	SB 11.6.11

vidhinā	on the strength of Vedic injunction	SB 11.21.16

vidhinā	by the process	SB 11.27.7

vidhinā	according to scriptural injunctions	SB 11.27.36

vidhinā	by both means	SB 11.29.23

āmnāya-vidhinā	by the Vedic path, as passed down through disciplic succession	SB 12.6.68

vidhinā	by the regulative principles	CC Madhya 20.173

vimohinī	bewilderer	SB 10.13.37

vimohinī	bewilderer	CC Adi 5.140

vimohinīm	bewildering	SB 4.20.30

vinirbhinnām	being separately manifested	SB 3.6.18

vinirbhinnam	being separated	SB 3.6.19

vinirbhinnam	being separately manifested	SB 3.6.20

vinirbhinnām	being separately manifested	SB 3.6.23

vinirbhinnam	being separately manifested	SB 3.6.26

vinirbhinnau	being thus separated	SB 3.6.17

vinirbhinnau	being separately manifested	SB 3.6.21

vinirbhinnau	being manifested separately	SB 3.6.22

vyavacchinnam	partially powerful (the demigods)	SB 4.29.45

dvandva-yodhinaḥ	two combatants chose each other	SB 8.10.27

yodhinaḥ	of the fighter	SB 10.54.25

yoga-samādhinā	in mystic trance	SB 3.19.28

yoga-samādhinā	by trance in yoga	SB 3.24.28

ātma-yoga-samādhinā	absorption in bhakti-yoga	SB 6.9.33

DCS with thanks

589 results


hindolaka	noun (masculine) a swing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 72567/72933

hintāla	noun (masculine feminine) Phoenix or Elate Paludosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the marshy date tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 13272/72933

hinu	noun (masculine) [gramm.] stem hinu Frequency rank 72566/72933

akṣagandhinī	noun (feminine) name of a plant Frequency rank 41586/72933

akhinna	adjective unwearied Frequency rank 31373/72933

agarbhin	adjective not pregnant Frequency rank 41638/72933

agāradāhin	noun (masculine) an incendiary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 41657/72933

agrayodhin	noun (masculine) a champion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the foremost man or leader in a fight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 41728/72933

agrāhin	adjective not holding (said of a leech and of tools) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not taking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 26115/72933

acchinna	adjective inseparable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uncurtailed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uncut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) undivided (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uninjured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17463/72933

atidehin	adjective Frequency rank 42087/72933

atidrohin	adjective very aggressive Frequency rank 42089/72933

atilaṅghin	adjective transgressing Frequency rank 31564/72933

adambhin	adjective sincere Frequency rank 31632/72933

adāhin	adjective Frequency rank 26219/72933

adehin	adjective bodyless incorporeal Frequency rank 42407/72933

adrohin	adjective free from malice or treachery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 31656/72933

adhinātha	noun (masculine) a supreme lord (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) chieftain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the author of the Kālayogaśāstra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20502/72933

adhinemika	noun (masculine) name of a son of Kulajit Frequency rank 42488/72933

adhirohin	adjective ascending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rising above (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 42497/72933

anaṅguligrāhin	adjective not sticking to the fingers Frequency rank 42569/72933

ananubandhin	adjective Frequency rank 42629/72933

anaparādhin	adjective innocent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 22925/72933

anabhinandana	noun (neuter) dislike lack of appetite Frequency rank 20528/72933

anabhiniviṣṭa	adjective Frequency rank 42699/72933

anabhiniveśa	noun (masculine) Frequency rank 42700/72933

anabhinihita	adjective Frequency rank 42701/72933

anarthin	adjective Frequency rank 26283/72933

anavacchinna	adjective immoderate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not intersected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not marked off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unbounded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) undiscriminated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uninterrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 10263/72933

anavabodhin	adjective Frequency rank 42780/72933

anārambhin	adjective inactive Frequency rank 42881/72933

anirbhinna	adjective unpierced Frequency rank 20564/72933

anugrāhin	adjective favourable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) gracious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 22984/72933

anudgrāhin	adjective Frequency rank 43145/72933

anudbhinna	adjective Frequency rank 31922/72933

anubandhin	adjective attached (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) connected with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) continuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having in its train or as a consequence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) lasting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) permanent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) resulting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8386/72933

anurodhin	adjective compliant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) complying with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having respect or regard to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obliging (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 18803/72933

aparādhin	adjective criminal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) guilty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) offending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11164/72933

aparigrāhin	adjective not greedy Frequency rank 43666/72933

aparicchinna	adjective connected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) continuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) undistinguished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uninterrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unlimited (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) without interval or division (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20627/72933

aparipanthin	adjective Frequency rank 32123/72933

apastambhinī	noun (feminine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 43736/72933

abhinad	verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to raise a noise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to sound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to sound towards (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44163/72933

abhinand	verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to acknowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to applaud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to approve (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to greet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to hail (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to please (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to praise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to rejoice at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to salute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to welcome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2505/72933

abhinandin	adjective desiring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rejoicing at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11170/72933

abhinanda	noun (masculine) desire for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the author of the Yogavāsiṣṭhasāra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the first month (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pleasure (of sensuality) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the delight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44164/72933

abhinandā	noun (feminine) delight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32300/72933

abhinandatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 44165/72933

abhinandana	noun (neuter) applauding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) delighting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) praising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20688/72933

abhinanday	verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to gladden (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to salute Frequency rank 23113/72933

abhinanditṛ	adjective gladdening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44166/72933

abhinam	verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to bow or bend or turn towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44167/72933

abhinaya	noun (masculine) acting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) dramatic action (expressive of sentiment) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [dram.] representation (of a feeling etc. in words) Frequency rank 10019/72933

abhinayana	noun (neuter) [dram.] representation Frequency rank 44168/72933

abhinard	verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to roar towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 18852/72933

abhinava	adjective fresh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) modern (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of two men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not having experience (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) quite new or young (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) very young (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7158/72933

abhinavagupta	noun (masculine) name of a well-known author (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20689/72933

abhinavodbhid	noun (masculine) a new bud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44169/72933

abhinah	verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to bind a cover over ... Frequency rank 32301/72933

abhinahana	noun (neuter) a bandage (over the eyes) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44170/72933

abhināday	verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to cause to sound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to fill with noise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20690/72933

abhinigraha	noun (masculine) Frequency rank 44171/72933

abhinidhā	verb (class 3 parasmaipada) to be in close contact (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to place upon one's self (as a burden) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to place upon or into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to touch slightly with (instr.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32302/72933

abhinidhyai	verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to give attention to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44172/72933

abhinind	verb (class 1 ātmanepada) Frequency rank 32303/72933

abhinipāta	noun (masculine) Frequency rank 44173/72933

abhinipātana	noun (neuter) Frequency rank 44174/72933

abhinipīḍay	verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to press (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to squeeze (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to trouble (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 18853/72933

abhinimantray	verb (denominative parasmaipada) to invite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to summon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32304/72933

abhinimruc	verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to (said of the sun) to set upon anybody who is sleeping or has not finished his work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44175/72933

abhiniyukta	adjective occupied in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44176/72933

abhiniras	verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to throw towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44177/72933

abhinirgam	verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to go out or away from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32305/72933

abhinirji	verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to conquer to subdue to win Frequency rank 32306/72933

abhinirṇud	verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to drive out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to frighten away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44178/72933

abhinirdiś	verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to appoint (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to characterize (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to fix (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to indicate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to point out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to settle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11910/72933

abhinirdeśa	noun (masculine) description Frequency rank 44179/72933

abhinirbharts	verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to scold thoroughly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44180/72933

abhinirmā	verb (class 3 ātmanepada) to create to produce Frequency rank 20691/72933

abhinirmuc	verb (class 6 parasmaipada) Frequency rank 32307/72933

abhiniryā	verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to go out towards (dat.) or from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to march out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11171/72933

abhiniryāṇa	noun (neuter) march of an assailant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44181/72933

abhiniryātṛ	adjective Frequency rank 44182/72933

abhinirvartaka	adjective bringing about causing Frequency rank 44183/72933

abhinirvartana	noun (neuter) Frequency rank 18854/72933

abhinirvartay	verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to accomplish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to perform to produce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7916/72933

abhinirvṛt	verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to proceed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to result from (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6480/72933

abhinirvṛtti	noun (feminine) accomplishment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) proceeding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) resulting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [medic.] seizure, paroxysm Frequency rank 8393/72933

abhinirhāra	noun (masculine) Frequency rank 32308/72933

abhinirhṛ	verb (class 2 parasmaipada) Frequency rank 26525/72933

abhinirhṛtatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 44184/72933

abhinivartay	verb (class 10 ātmanepada) Frequency rank 44185/72933

abhiniviś	verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to devote one's self entirely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to disembogue (as a river) into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to enter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6966/72933

abhinivṛt	verb (class 1 ātmanepada) Frequency rank 26526/72933

abhinivṛtti	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 44186/72933

abhiniveday	verb (class 10 ātmanepada) Frequency rank 44187/72933

abhiniveśa	noun (masculine) adherence to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) affection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) application (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) determination (to effect a purpose or attain an object) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) devotion (with loc. or ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intentness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) tenacity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 4561/72933

abhiniveśin	adjective determined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) devoted to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intent upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 14669/72933

abhiniveśaka	noun (masculine) affection Frequency rank 44188/72933

abhiniveśay	verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to appoint someone to a task to cause anyone to devote himself entirely to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to cause to enter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to devote one's attention to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 23114/72933

abhiniveśavant	adjective Frequency rank 32309/72933

abhiniścikramiṣā	noun (feminine) the wish to leave Frequency rank 44189/72933

abhiniścita	adjective quite convinced of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) settled or fixed with regard to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44190/72933

abhiniṣic	verb (class 6 ātmanepada) Frequency rank 32310/72933

abhiniṣkram	verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to go out towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to lead towards (as a door) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to leave the house in order to become an anchorite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 10559/72933

abhiniṣkramaṇa	noun (masculine) name of Buddhacarita 5 Frequency rank 44191/72933

abhiniṣṭhā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 44192/72933

abhiniṣṭhāna	noun (masculine neuter) [gramm.] the Visarga Frequency rank 32311/72933

abhiniṣpū	verb (class 9 ātmanepada) Frequency rank 44193/72933

abhiniṣpat	verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to fly out towards (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to shoot forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to spring forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32312/72933

abhiniṣpatti	noun (feminine) appearance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32313/72933

abhiniṣpad	verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to appear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to become (with acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to come to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to enter into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17559/72933

abhinisṛ	verb (class 3 parasmaipada) Frequency rank 44194/72933

abhinihan	verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to beat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to strike (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17560/72933

abhiniḥśvas	verb (class 2 ātmanepada) to exhale to sigh Frequency rank 32314/72933

abhiniḥsṛ	verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to issue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to stream forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 13962/72933

abhiniḥsrota	adjective flowing down Frequency rank 44195/72933

abhinī	verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to act (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to adduce (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to bring near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to conduct towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to finish or ornament something to quote (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to represent dramatically (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 9536/72933

abhinītatara	adjective very polite Frequency rank 32315/72933

abhinud	verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to press (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to push (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44196/72933

abhinoday	verb (class 10 parasmaipada) to excite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to spur or urge on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44197/72933

abhinna	adjective integer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not different from (abl. or in comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unaltered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unbroken (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unchanged (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uncut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uninterrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) whole (as numbers) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 5071/72933

abhinnatā	noun (feminine) identity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32316/72933

abhinnatva	noun (neuter) (with numbers) wholeness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) identity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32317/72933

abhinnīkaraṇa	noun (neuter) Frequency rank 44198/72933

abhinnīkṛta	adjective ungetrennt Frequency rank 44199/72933

abhinyas	verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to depress (as fire) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44200/72933

abhinyāsa	noun (masculine) a kind of fever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 18855/72933

abhipramāthin	adjective Frequency rank 44226/72933

abhivāhin	adjective Frequency rank 26538/72933

abhyarthin	adjective asking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44469/72933

amlamehin	adjective suffering from amlameha Frequency rank 44733/72933

arathin	noun (masculine) a warrior who does not fight in a car (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 23186/72933

arthin	adjective active (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) industrious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) libidinous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) one who wants or desires anything (instr. or in comp) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) supplicating or entreating any one (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 953/72933

arthin	noun (masculine) a beggar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a follower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a plaintiff (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a servant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a wooer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) companion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) one who asks for a girl in marriage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) one who supplicates with prayers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) petitioner (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) prosecutor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) suitor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 5419/72933

arthasambandhin	adjective concerned or interested in an affair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 44927/72933

ardhin	adjective forming a half (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) giving half (the dakṣiṇā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) receiving half (the dakṣiṇā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32552/72933

alaṅghin	adjective Frequency rank 45006/72933

alābhin	adjective Frequency rank 45028/72933

alimohinī	noun (feminine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 45038/72933

avagāhin	adjective diving Frequency rank 26682/72933

avacchinnatā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 45118/72933

avadohin	adjective equipped with a milkpail giving milk Frequency rank 32626/72933

avabodhin	adjective Frequency rank 45175/72933

avarodhin	adjective covering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hindering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wrapping up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 26709/72933

avarohin	noun (masculine) the Indian fig-tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 45212/72933

avalehin	adjective fond of dainties (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) lickerish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 45235/72933

avaṣṭambhin	adjective hemmend hindernd Frequency rank 45251/72933

avicchinna	adjective continual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uninterrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7648/72933

avicchinnapāta	noun (masculine) continually falling (on one's knees) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 45355/72933

avicchinnam	indeclinable continually Frequency rank 26733/72933

avidāhin	adjective not producing heartburn (on account of being imperfectly digested) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8561/72933

avinirbhinna	adjective Frequency rank 45394/72933

avibhinna	adjective not separated from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unchanged (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 26744/72933

avirodhin	adjective not being obstructive to (gen. or in comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not being out of harmony with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7918/72933

avivāhin	adjective interdicted as to marriage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not to be married (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 45455/72933

avyavacchinna	adjective uninterrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 26773/72933

avyucchinna	adjective uninterrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17620/72933

aśobhin	adjective Frequency rank 45621/72933

aśrāddhin	adjective not performing funeral rites (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 45654/72933

aśvamedhin	adjective engaged in an Aśvamedha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 26802/72933

asaṃbandhin	adjective Frequency rank 32861/72933

asaṃbhinna	adjective not being in contact (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) not broken or passed (as barriers or bounds) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) separate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) separated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 32865/72933

asukhin	adjective sorrowful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unhappy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 45955/72933

ānāhin	adjective suffering from constipation Frequency rank 26945/72933

āyudhin	noun (masculine) a warrior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) bearing weapons (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 18987/72933

āyodhin	adjective fighting Frequency rank 46575/72933

ārambhin	adjective enterprising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) one who makes many new projects (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20875/72933

ārohin	adjective ascending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) helping to attain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) leading to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mounting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) one who mounts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rides (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 33161/72933

ālālamehin	adjective suffering from ālālameha Frequency rank 46670/72933

āvāhin	adjective bringing transporting Frequency rank 46710/72933

ikṣumehin	adjective suffering from ikṣumeha Frequency rank 46858/72933

ucchinna	noun (masculine) a peace obtained by ceding valuable lands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 33329/72933

utkaṇṭhin	adjective Frequency rank 47108/72933

utkaṇṭhinī	noun (feminine) a form of Devī Frequency rank 33349/72933

uttaravāhinī	noun (feminine) name of a plant Frequency rank 47156/72933

utsāhin	adjective active (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) energetic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) firm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mighty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) powerful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) steady (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 23467/72933

udakamehin	adjective suffering from the above (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 47245/72933

udamehin	adjective having watery urine or diabetes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 47266/72933

udbodhin	adjective waking Frequency rank 47360/72933

unmāthin	adjective agitating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) annulling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) destroying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) ifc. shaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 33468/72933

upagrāhin	adjective grasping Frequency rank 47473/72933

upabṛṃhin	adjective Frequency rank 33519/72933

uparodhin	adjective having an impediment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) impeded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) impeding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 33531/72933

upavāhin	adjective flowing or streaming towards (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 33540/72933

upānahin	adjective having shoes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) shoed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 47729/72933

ṛkthin	adjective an inheritor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) heir (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) receiving or inheriting property (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 47873/72933

ekatīrthin	adjective inhabiting the same hermitage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 47955/72933

ekarikthin	adjective co-heir (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sharing the same heritage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 47986/72933

oghin	adjective sending forth streaming Frequency rank 17749/72933

kaṭhina	noun (masculine) a kind of grain Frequency rank 48338/72933

kaṭhinī	noun (feminine) chalk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 19109/72933

kaṭhinā	noun (feminine) crystallized sugar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Ficus oppositifolia species of betel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sweetmeat made with refined sugar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 48339/72933

kaṭhina	adjective difficult (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) firm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) harsh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) inflexible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) stiff (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) violent (as pain) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 1994/72933

kaṭhina	noun (neuter) a kind of salt an earthen vessel for cooking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) scoop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) shovel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) strap or pole for carrying burdens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) tuttha Frequency rank 21006/72933

kaṭhinatara	adjective very hard Frequency rank 48340/72933

kaṭhinapṛṣṭhaka	noun (masculine) tortoise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 48341/72933

kaṭhinaphala	noun (masculine) Feronia Elephantum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 48342/72933

kaṭhinīkṛ	verb (class 8 ātmanepada) to make hard Frequency rank 23591/72933

kaṭhinībhū	verb (class 1 ātmanepada) Frequency rank 48343/72933

kaṇṭhin	adjective (ifc.) having a throat belonging to the throat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 48398/72933

kadarthin	adjective Frequency rank 48450/72933

kandagranthin	noun (masculine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 48493/72933

kaphavirodhin	noun (neuter) black pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 48583/72933

karagrāhin	adjective bridegroom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) taking the hand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 48629/72933

karpūragandhinī	noun (feminine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 27422/72933

kalahin	adjective contentious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) quarrelsome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 48839/72933

kāṭhinya	noun (neuter) difficulty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) firmness of character (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hardness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obscurity (of style) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rigidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) severity (name of a disease) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sternness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) stiffness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6669/72933

kāmadohinī	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 33970/72933

kālamehin	adjective [medic.] suffering from kālameha Frequency rank 27506/72933

kāṣṭhāmbuvāhinī	noun (feminine) a wooden bucket or baling vessel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 49382/72933

kuṭhāracchinnā	noun (feminine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 14829/72933

kuṭhārachinnikā	noun (feminine) name of a plant Frequency rank 49592/72933

kunakhin	adjective having bad or diseased nails (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12452/72933

kumudagandhinī	noun (feminine) śuklabhaṇḍī Frequency rank 49712/72933

kumbhin	noun (masculine) a crocodile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a kind of poisonous insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the number 'eight' (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21106/72933

kumbhinī	noun (feminine) the earth Frequency rank 34141/72933

kumbhinīphala	noun (neuter) recaka Frequency rank 49739/72933

kumbhinībīja	noun (neuter) the croton-nut (Croton Jamalgota) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 49740/72933

kuṣṭhin	adjective [med.] suffering from kuṣṭha Frequency rank 5125/72933

kusaṃbandhin	adjective Frequency rank 49874/72933

kṛmikoṣṭhin	adjective suffering from worms in the intestines Frequency rank 34210/72933

koṭivedhin	adjective performing most difficult things (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) img/alchemy.bmp Frequency rank 27670/72933

koṣṭhin	adjective Frequency rank 34303/72933

krāthin	adjective Frequency rank 34345/72933

krodhin	noun (masculine) a buffalo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a dog (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a rhinoceros (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the 38th year of the sixty years' cycle of Jupiter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 27700/72933

krodhin	adjective angry Frequency rank 23803/72933

kṣāramehin	adjective one whose urine has that smell and taste (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) suffering from kṣārameha Frequency rank 34408/72933

kṣobhin	adjective rocking shaking Frequency rank 21170/72933

kṣaudramehin	adjective suffering from kṣaudrameha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 50751/72933

gaṇeśeśadānavidhinirūpaṇa	noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 2.34 Frequency rank 51008/72933

gandhin	adjective a very little of anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having a smell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) ifc. having (only the smell) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) odoriferous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) smelling of (in comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6217/72933

gandhavāhin	noun (masculine) air breath wind Frequency rank 34584/72933

gandhinī	noun (feminine) a kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 51116/72933

gardhin	adjective eager after (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) greedy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) ifc. desirous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 27814/72933

garbhin	adjective impregnated or filled with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pregnant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 9593/72933

garbhanābhināḍī	noun (feminine) the umbilical cord (G.J. Meulenbeld (0), 246) Frequency rank 27815/72933

gāthin	noun (masculine) name of Viśvāmitra's father (son of Kuśika) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the descendants of Gāthin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 51252/72933

gādhin	noun (masculine) name of Viśvāmitra's father (king of Kānyakubja) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 23874/72933

gādhinandana	noun (masculine) -ja (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Viśvāmitra Frequency rank 27831/72933

gāndhinī	noun (feminine) name of a princess (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the Gaṅgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 34634/72933

gāhin	adjective Frequency rank 51290/72933

gucchin	noun (masculine) Frequency rank 51339/72933

guptagandhin	noun (neuter) the bark of Feronia elephantum Frequency rank 51405/72933

gṛddhin	adjective being very busy with (in comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) ifc. eagerly longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6674/72933

gṛhin	adjective possessing a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 51466/72933

gṛhin	noun (masculine) Gṛha-stha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) householder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the master of a house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6877/72933

gṛhamedhin	adjective being the object of domestic rites (as the Maruts) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) one who performs the domestic sacrifices (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) religious man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 51481/72933

gṛhamedhin	noun (masculine) a Brāhman in the 2nd period of his life (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a married Brāhman who has a household (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the householder who performs the domestic rites (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7185/72933

gṛhamedhinī	noun (feminine) the wife of a householder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 51482/72933

gehinī	noun (feminine) a wife Frequency rank 27866/72933

godhinī	noun (feminine) a variety of Solanum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 51537/72933

granthin	noun (masculine) Name einer mediz. Substanz Frequency rank 51693/72933

granthin	adjective one who reads books (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) strung together (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) well-read (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 16750/72933

granthinikā	noun (feminine) a kind of bulbous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 51699/72933

grahin	adjective one who takes, keeps Frequency rank 51714/72933

grāsārthin	adjective (alchem.) Quecksilber, das Amalgame bilden kann Frequency rank 51753/72933

grāhin	adjective holding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) ifc. seizing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) laying hold of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) taking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2355/72933

grāhin	noun (masculine) Feronia elephantum Frequency rank 34774/72933

caraṇayodhin	noun (masculine) a cock Frequency rank 52119/72933

citrayodhin	noun (masculine) Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a quail (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Terminalia Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 52328/72933

caitravāhinī	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 35026/72933

chinna	noun (masculine) [medic.] a kind of śvāsa Frequency rank 21310/72933

chinni	noun (feminine) a kind of cutting tool Frequency rank 52571/72933

chinna	noun (neuter) [medic.] a kind of vraṇa [medic.] a particular fracture of the bones Frequency rank 14896/72933

chinnā	noun (feminine) a harlot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Cocculus cordifolius Frequency rank 13505/72933

chinnaka	noun (masculine) a kind of tool Frequency rank 52572/72933

chinnagranthanikā	noun (feminine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 52573/72933

chinnagranthinikā	noun (feminine) a kind of bulbous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 28041/72933

chinnapakṣa	adjective having the wings torn off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pakṣachinna Frequency rank 16776/72933

chinnapattrī	noun (feminine) Hibiscus cannabinus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 52574/72933

chinnabhava	adjective (term. techn. Ackerbau) Frequency rank 52575/72933

chinnamastā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 35065/72933

chinnaruha	adjective (? term. techn. aus Ackerbau; cmp. comm. ad Suśr., Sū. 46.19) Frequency rank 52576/72933

chinnaruha	noun (masculine) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 52577/72933

chinnaruhā	noun (feminine) Boswellia thurifera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Cocculus cordifolius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Pandanus odoratissimus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12040/72933

chinnāṅgā	noun (feminine) a kind of plant (?) guḍūcī Frequency rank 35066/72933

chinnodbhava	adjective (term. techn. Ackerbau) Frequency rank 52578/72933

chinnodbhavā	noun (feminine) Cocculus cordifolius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21311/72933

jayavāhinī	noun (feminine) name of Indra's wife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 52723/72933

jīmūtavāhin	noun (masculine) smoke (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 52973/72933

jīvabodhinī	noun (feminine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 52998/72933

jṛmbhin	adjective blossoming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) yawning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 35204/72933

jyaiṣṭhineya	noun (masculine) a son of the father's first wife (jyeṣṭhā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 35220/72933

ṭhiṇṭhinin	noun (masculine) name of a teacher of Yoga Frequency rank 53164/72933

tiladhenudānavidhinirūpaṇa	noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 2.37 Frequency rank 53585/72933

tuhina	noun (masculine neuter) camphor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) cold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) dew (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) frost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) moonlight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) snow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12972/72933

tuhinagiri	noun (masculine) Frequency rank 35452/72933

tuhinaśikhara	noun (masculine) the Himālaya Frequency rank 53734/72933

tuhinācala	noun (masculine) the Himālaya Frequency rank 28227/72933

tuhinādri	noun (masculine) the Himālaya Frequency rank 28228/72933

tuhināṃśu	noun (masculine) camphor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 53735/72933

tṛṇagrāhin	noun (masculine) sapphire or another gem (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24131/72933

trisaṃdhin	noun (masculine) a kind of weapon (?) Frequency rank 54018/72933

trailokyamohinīpūjanavidhi	noun (masculine) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.29 Frequency rank 54048/72933

dadhināman	noun (masculine neuter) dadhittha kapittha (cmp. comm. ad Su, Utt. 50.27) a kind of substance Frequency rank 35577/72933

dantagrāhin	adjective an den Zähnen ziehend Frequency rank 54205/72933

dambhin	adjective acting deceitfully (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 28314/72933

darbhin	noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 35597/72933

dāhin	adjective burning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) paining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) setting on fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) tormenting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12986/72933

dugdhinī	noun (feminine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 54589/72933

dugdhinikā	noun (feminine) red-flowered Apāmārga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 54590/72933

dundubhin	adjective Frequency rank 54597/72933

durbodhin	adjective Frequency rank 54701/72933

duśchinna	adjective badly cut out or extracted (thorn) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 54789/72933

duḥkhin	adjective afflicted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) grieved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pained (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7687/72933

duḥkhaduḥkhin	adjective having sorrow upon sorrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 54829/72933

dṛḍhagrāhin	adjective pursuing an object with untiring energy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) seizing firmly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 54865/72933

dehin	noun (masculine) a living creature (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) soul (enveloped in the body) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the spirit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 1425/72933

dehin	adjective corporeal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having a body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 19456/72933

dohin	adjective milking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) yielding milk or desires (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 55051/72933

drohin	adjective harming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hostile to (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hurting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) perfidious against (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 10974/72933

dvimukhin	noun (masculine) name of a Nāga Frequency rank 35936/72933

dhanuṣkambhin	adjective [medic.] suffering from dhanuṣkambha Frequency rank 55309/72933

dhinvi	noun (masculine) [gramm.] root dhinv Frequency rank 55451/72933

dhūtavāhinī	noun (feminine) name of a river Frequency rank 55502/72933

dhūmavedhin	adjective img/alchemy.bmp Frequency rank 21543/72933

nakhin	noun (masculine) a clawed animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a mouse lion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 28561/72933

nakhin	adjective having nails or claws (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) prickly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) thorny (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 36083/72933

naravāhinī	noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī Frequency rank 55711/72933

navānītagandhinī	noun (feminine) name of a divyauṣadhī Frequency rank 55760/72933

nāgabodhin	noun (masculine) name of an author (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 36156/72933

nābhināḍī	noun (feminine) the navel string (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 36192/72933

nābhināla	noun (neuter) the navel-string (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 55877/72933

nibandhin	adjective being the cause of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) binding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) causing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) confining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) connected with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fettering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) joined by (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) bandhana Frequency rank 18055/72933

nibarhin	adjective curative deleting Frequency rank 19509/72933

niraparādhin	adjective innocent Frequency rank 56085/72933

nirodhin	adjective hindering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 16900/72933

nirbandhin	adjective insisting upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 36323/72933

nirvāhin	adjective discharging (as a wound) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) leading or carrying out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24410/72933

nivāhin	adjective Frequency rank 56370/72933

niśīthinī	noun (feminine) night (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 36392/72933

nīlamehin	adjective suffering from nīlameha Frequency rank 28776/72933

pakṣacchinna	adjective img/alchemy.bmp Frequency rank 15003/72933

parameṣṭhin	noun (masculine) a kind of ammonite (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a son of Prajāpati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Agni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of any supreme being (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Garuḍa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Manu Cakṣus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Prajāpati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the teacher of the teacher of any one's teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2058/72933

parameṣṭhin	adjective chief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) highest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) principal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) standing at the head (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 57155/72933

parameṣṭhinī	noun (feminine) Ruta Graveolens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [rel.] name of Devī Frequency rank 28855/72933

paraśvadhin	adjective furnished with an axe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 28856/72933

parigrāhin	adjective grasping Frequency rank 36645/72933

paricchinnā	noun (feminine) a kind of plant; guḍūcī Cocculus cordifolius DC. Frequency rank 57257/72933

pariṇāhin	adjective round Frequency rank 57270/72933

paripanthin	adjective hindering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) standing in the way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7837/72933

paribodhin	adjective Frequency rank 57344/72933

parirambhin	adjective clasped (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) embracing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) girt by (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 36701/72933

parilehin	noun (masculine) a particular disease of the ear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 36703/72933

parīkhinna	adjective Frequency rank 57480/72933

pāṭhin	noun (masculine) a Brāhman (esp. one who has finished his sacred studies) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Plumbago Zeylanica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24576/72933

piṣṭamehin	adjective suffering from piṣṭameha Frequency rank 58059/72933

pīthin	adjective drinking up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) exhausting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21742/72933

pucchin	noun (masculine) a cock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Calotropis Gigantea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 58132/72933

punararthin	adjective requesting again (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 58171/72933

puṣpavāhinī	noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 58311/72933

pūticchinna	noun (masculine) a kind of plant (??) Frequency rank 58531/72933

pratigrahin	adjective a receiver (opp. to dātṛ) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) one who receives (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 29142/72933

pratigrāhin	adjective accepting receiving Frequency rank 29144/72933

pratibandhin	adjective being impeded or prevented (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) impeding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) meeting with an obstacle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37182/72933

pratibodhin	adjective about to awake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) awaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37185/72933

pratirodhin	adjective hindering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 58891/72933

pratilābhin	adjective Frequency rank 58897/72933

pratiṣedhin	adjective preventing Frequency rank 58957/72933

pratispardhin	adjective a rival (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) coping with (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) emulous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) like (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) resembling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24722/72933

pratyabhinand	verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to bid welcome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to greet in return (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) to return a salutation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 29191/72933

pratyabhinandana	noun (neuter) Frequency rank 37248/72933

pratyabhinanday	verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to agree Frequency rank 59064/72933

pratyarthin	adjective emulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hostile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) inimical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) opposing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rivalling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37252/72933

pratyarthin	noun (masculine) (in law) a defendant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) an adversary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) opponent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rival (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8825/72933

prabodhin	adjective awaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) coming forth from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37317/72933

prabhinna	adjective altered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) blown (as a flower) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) broken (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) broken through (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) cleft (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) depressed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disfigured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) exuding (as blood) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) flowing with juice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) interrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) opened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pierced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) split asunder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 59248/72933

pramathin	adjective annoying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) harassing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) tormenting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37328/72933

pramathinī	noun (feminine) name of a Śakti of Śiva Frequency rank 59265/72933

pramāthin	adjective (in med.) throwing out i.e. producing secretion of the vessels (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) destroying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) harassing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rending (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) stirring about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) striking off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) tearing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) troubling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) used for striking off (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 6438/72933

pramāthin	noun (masculine) name of a monkey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the 13th (47th) year of a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12138/72933

pramāthinī	noun (feminine) name of a form of Devī name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37335/72933

pramehin	adjective suffering from urinary disease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 10151/72933

pramohin	adjective bewildering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) infatuating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 59302/72933

prarohin	adjective causing to grow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) growing or shooting up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) propagating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) shooting up from (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24758/72933

prarohin	noun (masculine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 59337/72933

pralobhinī	noun (feminine) sand Frequency rank 59357/72933

pravardhin	adjective Frequency rank 37369/72933

pravāhin	adjective abounding in streams (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) bearing along or away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) carrying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) drawing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) streaming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 13083/72933

prārthin	adjective assailing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) attacking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) desirous of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wishing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37473/72933

plīhin	adjective suffering from plīhan Frequency rank 59838/72933

phenamehin	adjective discharging frothy urine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) suffering from phenameha Frequency rank 59934/72933

bandhin	adjective betraying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) binding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) catching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) causing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) clasping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) effecting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) evincing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) producing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) showing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 9428/72933

barhin	noun (masculine) a peacock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Devagandharva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Ṛṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 5512/72933

balapramathinī	noun (feminine) name of an attendant of Devī (K.R. von Kooji (1972), 50) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva Frequency rank 21907/72933

bahucchinnā	noun (feminine) a species of Cocculus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37613/72933

bādhin	adjective impeding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) injuring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 21916/72933

buddhin	adjective Frequency rank 60311/72933

bṛṃhin	adjective Frequency rank 60370/72933

bodhin	adjective awakening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) careful of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) causing to know or perceive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) enlightening (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) familiar with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) intent upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) knowing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24859/72933

bodhinī	noun (feminine) Trigonella Foenum Graecum Frequency rank 37708/72933

bhasmagandhinī	noun (feminine) a kind of perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60621/72933

bhāravāhinī	noun (feminine) name of a plant Frequency rank 60675/72933

bhindipāla	noun (masculine) a short javelin or arrow thrown from the hand or shot through a tube (others "a stone fastened to a string" or "a kind of sling for throwing stones") (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8314/72933

bhinna	adjective abnormal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) altered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) anything less than a whole (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) betrayed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) blown (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) bribed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) broken (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) broken through (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) changed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) cleaving to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) destroyed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) detached (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) deviating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) different from or other than (abl. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disclosed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disjoined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) distinct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disturbed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disunited (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) divided into parts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) expanded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) interrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) irregular (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) leaky (as a ship) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) loosened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mixed or mingled with (instr. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) opened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pierced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) seduced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) set at variance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) shattered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) split (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) transgressed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) violated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 14344/72933

bhinna	noun (neuter) a fragment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a particular mode of fighting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a stab (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) bit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) portion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [medic.] a kind of vraṇa: a wound from a pointed weapon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 24905/72933

bhinnakaraṭa	adjective a rutting elephant having a fissure in the temples (from which fluid exudes) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60746/72933

bhinnakrama	adjective displaced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) out of order or place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 19774/72933

bhinnagati	adjective going with great strides or quickly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60747/72933

bhinnatamas	noun (masculine) name of a mendicant Frequency rank 19775/72933

bhinnatara	adjective Frequency rank 60748/72933

bhinnadarśin	adjective making a different (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) partial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) seeing different things (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) state a difference (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60749/72933

bhinnadalā	noun (feminine) Sanseviera Roxburghiana (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60750/72933

bhinnadṛś	adjective Frequency rank 29470/72933

bhinnamantra	adjective one who has betrayed a plan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60751/72933

bhinnamaryāda	adjective disrespectful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) regardless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) separated from the right way (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) uncontrolled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unrestrained (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) whose course is broken (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60752/72933

bhinnayojinī	noun (feminine) Plectranthus scutellarioides Frequency rank 60753/72933

bhinnaliṅga	noun (neuter) incongruity of gender in a comparison (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60754/72933

bhinnavarcas	adjective having thin evacuations (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) voiding excrement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 60755/72933

bhinnavarṇa	adjective changed in colour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) discoloured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) of a different caste or tribe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pale (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37818/72933

bhinnaviṣayā	noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī Frequency rank 60756/72933

bhinnavṛtta	adjective containing a metrical fault (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 37819/72933

bhinnāñjana	noun (neuter) divided antimony or collyrium mixed (with oil etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) eye-ointment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12602/72933

bhṛṅgamohin	noun (masculine) Michelia Champaka Frequency rank 60839/72933

majjamehin	adjective [medic.] suffering from majjameha Frequency rank 29523/72933

mañjiṣṭhāmehin	adjective suffering from a certain disease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61157/72933

madhumehin	adjective suffering from saccharine urine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12162/72933

madhurakaṇṭhin	adjective singing sweetly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61354/72933

manogrāhin	adjective captivating the mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fascinating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61440/72933

manthin	noun (masculine) Soma-juice with meal mixed in it by stirring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) semen virile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 38046/72933

mandavāhinī	noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61487/72933

mayūkhin	adjective brilliant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) radiant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61521/72933

mahāmohinī	noun (feminine) name of a goddess Frequency rank 61821/72933

mahinasa	noun (masculine) a form of Śiva or Rudra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 61926/72933

mahindī	noun (feminine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 61927/72933

māñjiṣṭhamehin	adjective [medic.] suffering from māñjiṣṭhameha Frequency rank 61985/72933

māṇikyaśreṣṭhin	noun (masculine) a good name for a Vaiśya Frequency rank 61991/72933

mātṛgandhinī	noun (feminine) an unnatural mother (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 62012/72933

mātṛvāhinī	noun (feminine) a bat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 62021/72933

mukhaśodhin	noun (masculine) a lime or citron (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) citron tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 62303/72933

mugdhāvabodhinī	noun (feminine) name of a commentary Frequency rank 25072/72933

methinī	noun (feminine) Trigonella Foenum Graecum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 38390/72933

mehin	adjective (only ifc.) voiding urine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) making water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) suffering from a particular urinary disease (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8006/72933

mohin	adjective confusing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) deluding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) illusive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) perplexing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15133/72933

mohinī	noun (feminine) a fascinating woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a daughter of Rukmāṅgada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the flower of a species of jasmine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8846/72933

yājñavalkyoktadravyaśuddhinirūpaṇa	noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.97 Frequency rank 62994/72933

yājñavalkyoktaśrāddhavidhinirūpaṇa	noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.99 Frequency rank 62999/72933

yuktārohin	adjective Frequency rank 63053/72933

yogavāhin	adjective contriving artifices (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) receiving into or assimilating to one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) serving as medium for mixing medicines Frequency rank 6925/72933

yodhin	adjective combating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fighting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 3950/72933

yodhin	noun (masculine) a warrior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) conqueror (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8853/72933

raktakaṇṭhin	adjective Frequency rank 63165/72933

raktamehin	adjective [medic.] suffering from raktameha Frequency rank 63213/72933

rathin	noun (masculine) a driver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a Kṣatriya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) an owner of a carriage or chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) charioteer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) warrior who fights from a chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 1608/72933

rathin	adjective accustomed to chariot (as horses) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) carried in chariot (as goods) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) consisting of chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fighting in a chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) possessing or going in a chariot or carriage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 10181/72933

rathinī	noun (feminine) a number of carriages or chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 63375/72933

rikthin	adjective an heir (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) inheriting property (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) possessing property (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wealthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 13718/72933

rikthin	noun (masculine) a testator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 38758/72933

rodhin	adjective covering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) filling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) overpowering or drowning (one sound by another) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12194/72933

rohin	noun (masculine) Andersonia Rohitaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Ficus Indica and Religiosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 25217/72933

rohin	adjective growing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) grown (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) increasing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) long (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mounting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 22145/72933

lakṣavedhin	adjective piercing or hitting the mark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) img/alchemy.bmp Frequency rank 63981/72933

lakṣmīdānavidhinirūpaṇa	noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 2.36 Frequency rank 63990/72933

lambhin	adjective Frequency rank 64084/72933

lavaṇamehin	adjective suffering from lavaṇameha Frequency rank 64104/72933

lābhin	adjective finding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) meeting with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obtaining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 16072/72933

lekhin	noun (masculine) sulfur Frequency rank 64234/72933

lekhin	adjective scratching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 25244/72933

lehin	adjective a licker (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) licking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 64254/72933

lomavāhin	adjective "sharp enough to cut a hair" (said of an arrow) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) bearing or having feathers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 25253/72933

vaktraśodhin	noun (masculine) the citron tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 64404/72933

vaṭṭahin	noun (masculine) a quail Frequency rank 64507/72933

vayaḥstambhin	adjective Frequency rank 64656/72933

varohaśākhin	noun (masculine) Ficus Infectoria Frequency rank 64715/72933

varūthin	noun (masculine) a ear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a guard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) defender (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 64766/72933

varūthin	adjective affording protection or shelter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) furnished with a protecting ledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having a guard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) seated in a chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) surrounded by a quantity or heap of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wearing defensive arms or armour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 15176/72933

varūthinī	noun (feminine) a multitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) army (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of an Apsaras troop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7339/72933

vardhin	adjective augmenting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) increasing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7230/72933

vasāmehin	adjective suffering from vasāmeha Frequency rank 25315/72933

vātavyādhinidāna	noun (neuter) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Nid. 15 name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.166 name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Nid. 1 Frequency rank 30111/72933

vāyuvāhinī	noun (feminine) name of a river the air-conveying (vessel of the body) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 65169/72933

vāluvāhinī	noun (feminine) name of a river Frequency rank 30134/72933

vāhin	noun (masculine) a chariot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 65313/72933

vāhin	adjective bearing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) bearing along (said of rivers) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) bringing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) carrying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) causing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) causing to flow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) conveying along (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) drawing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) driving along (as a car) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) effecting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) flowing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) performing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) possessing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) practising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) producing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) shedding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) streaming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) transporting undergoing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wafting (said of the wind) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wearing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2723/72933

vāhinī	noun (feminine) a channel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a particular division of an army (consisting of 3 Gaṇas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) an army (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) body of forces (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) host (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the wife of Kuru (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 2120/72933

vāhinīpati	noun (masculine) a general (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Commentator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a poet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8864/72933

vigandhin	adjective having a bad smell stinking Frequency rank 65418/72933

vigarhin	adjective blaming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 65423/72933

vigrahin	adjective a minister of war (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) corporeal possessing a body waging war (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30162/72933

vidathin	noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 65570/72933

vidāhin	adjective acrid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) burning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pungent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) scorching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 4363/72933

vidyāstambhinī	noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a ?? Frequency rank 65619/72933

vidradhināśana	noun (masculine) śobhāñjana Frequency rank 65636/72933

vinibarhin	adjective Frequency rank 65714/72933

vibandhin	adjective constipating Frequency rank 65876/72933

vimohin	adjective bewildering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) perplexing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 39444/72933

virahin	adjective absent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) abstaining from (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) lonely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) parted (esp. from a beloved person) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) separated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) solitary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 9477/72933

virodhin	adjective besieging (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) blockading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) dispelling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) disturbing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) excluding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) hindering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) opposing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) preventing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) removing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 4786/72933

virodhin	noun (masculine) name of the 25th year of Jupiter's 60 years cycle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 66004/72933

virohin	adjective budding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) shooting forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sprouting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 66011/72933

vilaṅghin	adjective ascending to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) overstepping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) passing beyond (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) striking against (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) transgressing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 39475/72933

vilekhin	adjective reaching up to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) scratching i.e. rubbing against (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) touching (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 66033/72933

vivardhin	adjective augmenting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) furthering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) increasing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 9947/72933

viśodhin	adjective clearing purifying Frequency rank 20082/72933

viśodhinī	noun (feminine) name of a plant Frequency rank 66119/72933

viśrambhin	adjective confidential (as talk) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) enjoying confidence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) relying on (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) trusting in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 66122/72933

viṣṭambhin	adjective checking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) chilling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) making motionless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstructing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) stopping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) supporting (lit. and fig.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 5148/72933

visrambhin	adjective Frequency rank 66315/72933

veḍhinikā	noun (feminine) Frequency rank 39670/72933

vedhin	noun (masculine) Rumex Vesicarius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 39693/72933

vedhin	adjective hitting (a mark) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) perforating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) piercing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) transmuting/transforming (?) Frequency rank 2157/72933

śaṅkhin	adjective bearing shells (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) possessed by the demon Śaṅkha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) possessing a conch (as Viṣṇu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) possessing the treasure called Śaṅkha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 18510/72933

śaṅkhin	noun (masculine) a worker in shells (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30425/72933

śaṅkhinī	noun (feminine) a kind of semidivine being or fairy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a particular plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a particular vein (nāḍī) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mother of pearl (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Tirtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a Yakṣiṇī name of a śakti (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of one of the four classes into which females are divided (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [rel.] name of Devī Frequency rank 6366/72933

śaṅkhinikā	noun (feminine) a kind of substance Frequency rank 67139/72933

śaṅkhinīphala	noun (masculine) Acacia Sirissa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 67140/72933

śatavedhin	adjective img/alchemy.bmp Frequency rank 67181/72933

śatavedhin	noun (masculine) Rumex Vesicarius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 25553/72933

śanairmehin	adjective suffering from śanairmeha Frequency rank 22370/72933

śabdavedhin	adjective hitting an unseen object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Arjuna (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) img/alchemy.bmp Frequency rank 16175/72933

śaracchikhin	noun (masculine) a peacock in autumn (supposed to cease its cries) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 67256/72933

śaravedhin	noun (masculine) amlavetasa Frequency rank 67274/72933

śākhin	adjective adhering to a particular Vedic school (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) provided with branches (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) separated into schools (said of the Veda) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 67408/72933

śākhin	noun (masculine) a tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a Veda which exists in various schools (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Salvadora Persica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the follower of any Vedic school (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8032/72933

śākhinī	noun (feminine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 25579/72933

śikhin	noun (masculine) Ardea Nivea (a kind of heron or crane) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a bull (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a cock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a comet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a horse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a kind of potherb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a lamp (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a mountain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a peacock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a religious mendicant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) an arrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fire or the firegod (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) gold Marsilea Quadrifolia name of a Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Indra under Manu Tāmasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of Ketu (the personified descending node) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) name of the second Buddhi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Plumbago zeylanica Linn. Trigonella Foenum Graecum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the number "three" (from the three sacred fires) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a kind of poison one of the Malas of mercury (agni) Frequency rank 2513/72933

śikhin	adjective having a tuft or lock of hair on the top of the head (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) one who has reached the summit of knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) proud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12243/72933

śikhinī	noun (feminine) a pea-hen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Celosia Cristata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) cock's comb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30515/72933

śītamehin	adjective [medic.] suffering from śītameha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30540/72933

śukramehin	adjective suffering from seminal diabetes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 25619/72933

śuklamehin	adjective suffering from white diabetes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 67847/72933

śaikhina	adjective relating to or coming from or produced by a peacock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 67977/72933

śoṇitamehin	adjective discharging urine mixed with bloodiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) suffering from śoṇitameha Frequency rank 68037/72933

śothin	adjective von śotha befallen Frequency rank 30580/72933

śodhin	adjective cleansing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) purifying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) requiting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) settling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 12695/72933

śophin	adjective having tumours (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) subject to swellings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20175/72933

śobhin	adjective beautified by (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) beautiful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) brilliant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) resplendent with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) splendid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 5877/72933

śraddhin	adjective believing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) faithful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) trustful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 68146/72933

śrāddhin	adjective partaking of a Śrāddha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) performing Śrāddhas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 10218/72933

śreṣṭhin	adjective best (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) chief (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) having the best (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 68258/72933

śreṣṭhin	noun (masculine) a distinguished man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a person of rank or authority (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a warrior of high rank (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) an eminent artisan (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the head or chief of an association following the same trade or industry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) the president or foreman of a guild (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8039/72933

śreṣṭhinī	noun (feminine) the wife of a merchant Frequency rank 68261/72933

ślāghin	adjective boasting or proud of (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) celebrated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) celebrating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) desiring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) famous for (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) haughty (as a lion) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) praising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 7753/72933

sadyaśchinna	adjective recently severed or cut or incised (said of a wound) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 68733/72933

samādhin	adjective absorbed in contemplation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 69020/72933

samālambhin	adjective killing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) seizing (the sacrificial victim) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 69054/72933

samṛddhin	adjective blessed (said of Gaṅgā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) happy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) possessing abundance of (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) prosperous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30786/72933

samprabhinna	adjective cleft (said of an elephant whose temples are cleft during the rutting season) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) split open (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) split quite asunder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 69278/72933

sambandhin	adjective a relative (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) adjunct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) belonging or relating to (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) connected by marriage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) connected with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) connected with possessed of (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) inherent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) related (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) [rit.] samānodaka Frequency rank 2782/72933

sambhinna	adjective abandoned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) close (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) combined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) come into contact with (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) compact (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) completely broken or divided (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) contracted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) interrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) joined (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) mingled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) solid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) tight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 69321/72933

sammohin	adjective verwirrend Frequency rank 69336/72933

samūhin	adjective belonging to a group Frequency rank 69342/72933

sarpagandhinī	noun (feminine) name of a plant Frequency rank 69397/72933

sarpirmehin	adjective having urine like clarified butter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) suffering from sarpirmeha Frequency rank 69431/72933

sarvatomukhinī	noun (feminine) name of a goddess Frequency rank 69451/72933

sahin	adjective Frequency rank 69636/72933

sahasravedhin	adjective img/alchemy.bmp Frequency rank 69696/72933

sahasravedhin	noun (neuter) Asa Foetida (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 30856/72933

sahasravedhin	noun (masculine) a kind of sorrel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Calamus Fasciculatus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) musk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20254/72933

saṃkṣobhin	adjective jerking (as a carriage) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) jolting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) shaking about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 25775/72933

saṃgrahin	noun (masculine) a collector (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) procurer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20258/72933

saṃgrāhin	adjective accumulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) astringent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) collecting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) constipating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) gathering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) grasping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) propitiating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) winning over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 4704/72933

saṃgrāhin	noun (masculine) Wrightia Antidysenterica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 69789/72933

saṃdohin	adjective Frequency rank 69879/72933

saṃdhin	adjective close to Frequency rank 69885/72933

saṃdhinī	noun (feminine) a cow in heat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a cow milked unseasonably or every second day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) a cow which has just taken the bull (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 20270/72933

saṃdhināla	noun (masculine neuter) Unguis Odoratus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 40660/72933

saṃrambhin	adjective angry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) angry (as a sore) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) ardently devoted to (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) furious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) inflamed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) irascible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) irritable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) proud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) wrathful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 13843/72933

saṃrodhin	adjective Frequency rank 30929/72933

saṃrohin	adjective growing up or in (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 70064/72933

saṃvardhin	adjective Frequency rank 70080/72933

saṃvāhinī	noun (feminine) a partic. vessel of the body (leading from the fetus to the mother) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 40725/72933

saṃstambhin	adjective averting (danger) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) stopping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 70167/72933

saṃspardhin	adjective jealous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) vying with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 70176/72933

sādhin	adjective accomplishing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) performing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17383/72933

sāndramehin	adjective suffering from sāndrameha Frequency rank 40787/72933

sikatāmehin	adjective [medic.] suffering from sikatāmeha Frequency rank 30988/72933

sitagandhinī	noun (feminine) a kind of plant Frequency rank 70503/72933

siddhinandana	noun (masculine) name of a man Frequency rank 70580/72933

siṃhavāhinī	noun (feminine) name of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 70649/72933

sukhin	adjective comfortable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) easy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) happy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) joyful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) pleasant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) possessing or causing happiness or pleasure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 1776/72933

sugandhin	noun (masculine) saugandhika a sexually weak man who is stimulated by the smell of the female organs Frequency rank 70743/72933

sugandhin	adjective fragrant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) sweet-smelling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 8894/72933

surabhin	adjective fragrant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) perfumed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) scented (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 71119/72933

surāmehin	adjective suffering from surāmeha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 41030/72933

suvyavacchinna	adjective Frequency rank 71294/72933

saitavāhinī	noun (feminine) name of the river Bāhudā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 71448/72933

saugandhin	adjective Frequency rank 71544/72933

stambhin	adjective arrogant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) obstipating provided with pillars or columns (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) puffed up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) restraining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) stopping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) supporting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 17420/72933

stambhinī	noun (feminine) name of one of the five Dhāraṇās or elements (the earth) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 41180/72933

snehin	adjective affectionate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) attached to or fond of (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) fat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) friendly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) oily (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) unctuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 71872/72933

spardhin	adjective emulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) gorgeous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) proud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) rivalling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) superb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) vying with (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988)) Frequency rank 11136/72933

sparśavedhin	adjective img/alchemy.bmp Frequency rank 12296/72933

svabhinītatā	noun (feminine) the being fit to be acted on the stage/by gestures Frequency rank 72105/72933

haridrāmehin	adjective suffering from haridrāmeha Frequency rank 72370/72933

hastimehin	adjective [medic.] suffering from hastimeha Frequency rank 22761/72933

hāridramehin	adjective [medic.] suffering from hāridrameha Frequency rank 31276/72933

hemadhenudānavidhinirūpaṇa	noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 2.35 Frequency rank 72700/72933

Ayurvedic MedicalDictionary Dr. Potturu with thanks

Purchase Kindle edition


abhinyāsajvara	an acute kind of fever where all three humors participate; fever that is difficult to cure with various signs and symptoms similar to swine flu, typhoid et Century It is one of the 4 subtypes of tridoṣaja fevers.
abhinyāya	adjudication
ahipūtana	napkin rash or diaper rash; sores on the hinder part of the body; anal eruption in children.
añjana	eye salves, galena; 1. the act of applying an ointment or pigment; embellishing; black pigment or collyrium applied to the eyelashes or the rim of the eyelid; 2. stibnite (black antimony); 3. fine semisolids of drugs to be applied with an instrument (netra śalāka)
anulomanavilomana	alternate nostril breathing.
apakarṣaṇa	1. distraction; taking away; forcing away; abolishing; 2. elimination of waste substances from inside the human body.
apīnasa	dry nose and inability to recognise smell with a feeling of hot fumes; rhinitis.
aśmantaka	Plant mountain ebody, Bauhinia tomentosa, B. recemosa.
āsphoṭa	1. trembling; quivering; 2. Plant Vallaris solanacea. girikarṇika, kovidāra. (Clitoria ternata and Bauhinia variegata) Calotropis gigantea, Echies dichotomoa, Jasminum sambac, Clotorea ternata are also known by this name; breadflower.
āśvāsa	breathing again or freely; recovery.
aśvaśāstra	a text written by Abhinavcandra in the 15th Century AD about science of horses; it was published recently.
avabhāsini	shining down (skin); outermost layer of skin.
avadhūta	he who has shed everything, an asceti Century
avapīdana	1. act of pressing down; 2. sternutatory; nasal medicine; insufflations of drugs in thin paste form through the nasal passages.
badarāyana	teacher and founder of Vedāntadarśana, one of the six philosophical streams of thinking
bahirāmaya	tetanus; opisthotonus; state of severe hyperextension and spasticity in which patient'sbody enter into a complete arching position like a bow.
bhakṣya	eatable; something fit to be eaten.
bharjana	frying; roasting; parching.
bodhakasleṣma	one of the five variants of sleṣma located on the tongue (taste-teaching)
bodhana	1. teaching or enlightening; 2. burning incense; 3. awakening of mercury.
brahmadaṇḍi	Plant Indian globe thistle, Echinops echinatus.
chinnam	incomplete fracture of bone.
chinnaśvāsa	Cheyne-stokes respiration; an abnormal pattern of breathing characterized by deeper and faster breathing, followed by a gradual decrease that results in a temporary stop in breathing called an apnea.
chinnavraṇa	exised wound.
chinnakarṇa	severed pinna of the ear.
cibuka	chin.
chinnaruha	Go to gudūci
cintya	thinking, cerebration.
culukin	porpoise, sea-hog; any of several aquatic mammals, such as dolphin.
dāha	burning sensation; thirst, dāhapraśamana quenching thirst.
darada	Go to hingula.
devadāli	Plant bristly luffa, thorn gourd, Luffa echinata.
dhaniṣṭa	star Beta Delphinium.
dūṣiviṣa	slow acting poison; less potent toxic substances remain in a dormant state within the body for years.
garbhadṛti	internal liquefication (of mercury); internal digestion; liquefication of conusmed substance within mercury.
gaura	white, yellowish, pale red; shining, clean, beautiful.
ghṛṣaṇa	brushing
hanu	jaw, chin; hanumokṣaṇa, hanusthambha, hanugraha lock jaw (temporo-mandibular dislocation)
hataujasajvara	Go to abhinyāsa jvara.
hindola	swinging cradle or hammock.
hindupatri	Plant wild asafoetida, Ferula jaeschkeana.
hingula	cinnabar; vermillion; important mineral of mercury.
hintāla	Plant mangrove date palm; marshy date tree; Phoenix or Elate paludosa; queen sago, Cycas circinalis.
hlādana	refreshing; that which provides relief by subsiding thirst, sweat et Century
indragopa	cochineal; a scale insect, from which crimson-coloured dye carmine is derived.
japāpuṣpa	Plant China rose; Hibiscus rosa-sinensis.
jīmūta	Plant bitter sponge gourd, Luffa echinata.
kacchu	itching; scabies.
kāñcanāra	Plant mountain ebony, Bauhinia variegata, B. purpur
kanḍu	itching, pruritis.
karkaṭa	crab; karkaṭaśṛṇgi crab’s claw, insect secretions on Pistacia chinensia, syn, Pistacia integerrima, syn. Rhus integerrima.
karkoṭaki	1. Plant Momordica dioica, M. cochinchinensis; 2. women whose children die abruptly.
kaṭhina	hard.
kaṭukarohini	Plant sharproot, hellebore, Picrorhiza kurroa.
khaḍga	1. sword; 2. rhinoceros.
kovidāra	Plant mountain ebony, Bauhinia purpurea, B. veriegata.
kṛśata	thinness, inanition.
kṣapana	destructive, diminishing, fasting; chastisement of the body.
kṣīradadhinyāya	mulk-curds hypothesis about the transformation of tissues.
kṣīravardhini	galactogogue, lactogogue.
madhusnuhi	Plant China root, Smilax china.
mahārasa	primary alchemical substances, mercury (pādarasa), vermillion (hingulīka), mica (abhraka), loadstone (kāntaloha), iron pyrites (vimala), pyrites (mākṣika), tourmaline (vaikrānta), conch (śankha).
mahāśvāsa	Biot’s breathing; Kussamoul respiration.
mardana	1. rubbing, massaging, 2. grinding, rubbing, washing ores and metallic substances with extracts of plants.
medasaka	Plant Indian laurel, Litsea chinensis, L. glutinosa, L. sebifera.
mūrva	Plant bowstring hemp, a controversial plant. several plants like Marsdenia tenacissima, M. volubilis; elephant creeper or Argyreia nervosa; Clematis triloba, Maerua arenaria, Bauhinia vahlii; Chenomorpha fragrans are considered as mūrva.
nāḍihingu	Plant cumbi gum tree, Gardenia gummifera.
nasya	errhine, tonic treatment of the head; inhalation therapy
nīlajhinṭi	Plant root of Barleria strigosa, barleria.
nirviṣa	1. non-venomous; 2. a kind of snake sans poison; 3. Plant jadwar, Delphinium denudatum.
pañcakarma	five purifying therapatic procedures: emesis vamana, errhine nasya, enema vasti, purgation virecana, blood-letting raktamokṣaṇa.
parimlāyi	an eye disease. Vision with yellow streaks, seeing all things with glistening.
paśu	animal, beast; paśukāya bestial body; person with traits of beast like bad thinking, sluggish activity, dreams of copulation and denying everything.
peśaṇa	pounding, crushing, hand-mill.
peya	beverage, rice is fried in oil and later boiled in water, one of the eight varieties of rice preparations, thin gruel.
pīnasa	chronic rhinitis, sinusitis, coryza.
pītabhṛngarāja	Plant Chinese wedelia, Wedelia chinensis.
prakṣālana	washing; flushing of wound with water or watery medicine.
pravāhini	one of the three rectal folds that allow defecation /furthering.
pūtinasya	bad smell from nose; ozena or atrophic rhinitis, in which the bony ridges and mucous membrane of the nose waste away.
rasapiṣṭi	grinded mercurial; twelve parts of mercury and one part of sulphur are grounded in a mortar in sunshine, milk may also be mixed.
sādhaka	fulfilling, accomplishing; sādhakapitta accomplishing choler; one of the five variants of choler located in heart.
sādhāraṇarasa	group of nine non-herbal substances used in rasaśāstra; kampilla, gauripāshāna, navāsāra, kapardika, agnijāra, girisindhūra, hingula, mṛdārṣṛnga.
śākali	fish; a fishing region in Nepal.
samskāra	rites with scientific significance on reaching developmental milestones; refining; forming well, alchemical operations.
śankhini	Plant bur weed, Xanthium strumarium.
santarpana	nourishing therapy, restorative; drākṣa, dāḍima, kharjūra, lāja, water with sugar along with ghee and honey are well mixed.
sāraṇa	pushing, stretching out (mercury).
soma	1. moon; 2. nectar; 3.soma plant, Ephedra gerardiana, a norcotic drug fermented for consumption. 4. Ephedra vulgaris, E. distachya, E. wallichii; Caraka refers to it as somavalli (twine); Dalhana thinks it is gudūci.
stanamūla	a lethal point (marma) bleow the breast, splinter entering this point can cause difficulty in breathing.
surabhinimba	Plant curry leaves, leaves of Murraya koenigii.
śvāsa	dyspnoea, difficulty in breathing.
śyanda	drug, promoting thin secretions.
trāyamāna	Plant Gentiana kurroo; Delphinium zalil; pakhur fig tree, Ficus heterophylla.
udānavāta	breathing upwards, one of the five winds located in chest; up-breath.
uddāla	Plant Indian barnyard millet, Echinochloa frumentacea.
udgāra	belching, eructation.
udgharṣaṇa	striking, beating, rubbing up, scratching.
upadaṃśa	1. chanchroid, venerial disease; 2. pickle, anything eaten in addition.
ūrdhvagata	upward, ūrdhvagata raktapitta vomiting and coughing up blood; heamoptysis and haematemesis.
utkārika	pan-cake; poultice or cataplasm; a soft moist, warm and medicated stuff kept on cloth and spread over aching part of the body.
utkrośa	1. fishing eagle, sea eagle; 2. outcry, proclamation.
vātakunḍalika	incoordination between bladder constriction and sphincter relaxation; cystitis.
vātātipika	occurring in wind and sunshine; a rejuvenating therapy.
vicāra,vicārana	discretion, consideration, deep thinking.
vilekhana	scratching, lacerating.
viśva	universe; every; whole; viśvakarma accomplish everything; a quality of mind.
vṛṣaka	Plant Nilgiri nettle, itching plant, Girardinia heterophylla.
yūthikaparṇi	Plant ibon-ibonan, Rhinacanthus nasuta.

Wordnet Search

"hin" has 297 results.


hin	nipuṇa, pravīṇa, abhijña, vijña, niṣṇāta, śikṣita, vaijñānika, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kuśala, saṅkhyāvat, matimat, kuśagrīyamati, kṛṣṭi, vidura, budha, dakṣa, nediṣṭha, kṛtadhī, sudhin, vidvas, kṛtakarman, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, catura, prauḍha, boddhṛ, viśārada, sumedhas, sumati, tīkṣṇa, prekṣāvat, vibudha, vidan, vijñānika, kuśalin yaḥ prakarṣeṇa kāryakṣamaḥ asti। arjunaḥ dhanurvidyāyāṃ nipuṇaḥ āsīt।
hin	upasthita, vidyamāna, vartamāna, abhīmukha, pratyakṣa, pārimukhika, upasthāyin, sannihita, aparokṣa, sammukha, sammukhin, sannidhistha, abhimukhastha, antika yaḥ samīpe tiṣṭhati vā sākṣāt vartamānaḥ। adya kakṣāyāṃ daśachātrāḥ upasthitāḥ santi।
hin	ananyarūpa, abhinnarūpa, sama, samāna, samasamāna, tulya, ananya, abhinna, avibhinna, abheda, apara, aviparīta, nirastabheda, nirviśeṣa yad rūpādiṣu sadṛśam। tena ananyarūpāḥ tisraḥ mūrtayaḥ krītāḥ।
hin	asamarūpa, bhinnarūpa, bhinnarūpin, viṣamarūpin, asamarūpin yaḥ pratirūpī nāsti। asmin mandire śivasya asamarūpāḥ pratimāḥ santi।
hin	vikalāṅga, vikala, chināṅga, hīnāṅga, lūnāṅga, khaṇḍitāṅga, vyaṅga, apāṅga, aṅgavikala, aṅgahīna yasya śarīrāvayave vikṛtiḥ jātā। vikalāṅgānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ sahāyyaṃ karaṇīyam।
hin	aparāddha, aparādhin, sāparādha, kṛtāparādha, prāptāparādha, pāpin, pāpavat, pāpakarman, sapāpa, doṣin, sadoṣa, pātakin, duṣkṛtin, enasvin, kṛtainas, kṛtāgas yena aparādhaḥ kṛtaḥ। aparāddho daṇḍanīyaḥ eva।
hin	bhinnasaṅkhyā, bhinnāṅka gaṇanaśāstre saṅkhyāyāḥ vibhāgaḥ। adya adhyāpakena gṛhakāryārthe bhinnasaṅkhyayā sambandhitaḥ praśnaḥ dattaḥ।
hin	anugrāhin, upakārin, anukūla, anugrahaśīla, upakāraśīla, hitabuddhi, suśīla, dakṣiṇa, sujana yaḥ anugṛhṇāti। anugrāhiṇaḥ puruṣasya jīvanaṃ śāntiyuktam asti।
hin	sthānāntare, anyatra, itaratra, paratra, anyatas, aparatas, itaratas, anyasthāne, bhinnasthāne anyat sthāne। śyāmaḥ rāmeṇa saha sthānāntare gataḥ।
hin	abhiṣyanda, abhisyanda, pariṣyandin, parisyandin, viṣyanda, pravāhin, gatimat, gatiśīla yasmin gatiḥ asti। abhiṣyande jale jantavaḥ na santi।
hin	taḍ, tuḍ, tud, āhan, abhihan, abhyāhan, abhinihan, ātud, udāhan, uṭh kasmin api kena api vastunā āhananapūrvakaḥ vyāpāraḥ। ārakṣakaḥ cauraṃ laguḍena tāḍayati।
hin	kaṣṭena, duḥkhena, kaṣṭaṃ, kṛcchreṇa, kaṭhinataḥ kāṭhinyena saha। kaṭhinatayā etad kāryaṃ samāptam।
hin	raktaḥ, raktā, raktam, lohitaḥ, lohitā, lohitāhinī, lohitam, raktavarṇaḥ, raktavarṇā, raktavarṇam, lohitavarṇam, rohitaḥ, rohitā, rohitāhinī, śoṇitaḥ, śoṇitā, śoṇitam, śoṇaḥ, śoṇā, śoṇam, śoṇī, sindūravarṇaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, kaṣāyā, kaṣāyam, mañjiṣṭhaḥ, mañjiṣṭhī, mañjiṣṭham, aruṇaḥ, aruṇā, aruṇam, pāṭalaḥ, pāṭalā, pāṭalam varṇaviśeṣaḥ, raktasya varṇaḥ iva varṇaḥ। imaṃ prakoṣṭhaṃ raktena varṇena varṇaya।
hin	viṣayaka, sambandhīya, sambandhin kasyāpi viṣayena kāryeṇa tathyena vā sambandhitaḥ। krīḍādikaṃ viṣayakaṃ vārtā tasmai rocate।
hin	āvāsin, antevāsin, chātrāvāsin, vidyārthinilayavāsin yaḥ chātraḥ vidyām adhyetuṃ vidyālayasya saṅkule vasati। pituḥ sthānāntaraṇāt anantaraṃ mohanaḥ āvāsī abhavat।
hin	kapitthaḥ, dadhitthaḥ, manmathaḥ, dadhiphalaḥ, puṣpaphalaḥ, dantaśaṭhaḥ, kagitthaḥ, maṅgalyaḥ, nīlamallikā, grāhīphalaḥ, cīrapākī, granthiphalaḥ, kucaphalaḥ, kapīṣṭaḥ, gandhaphalaḥ, dantaphalaḥ, karabhavallabhaḥ, kāṭhinyaphalaḥ. kaṇṭakayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalāni tiktāni kaṭuni ca santi। asmin vane kapitthasya ādhikyaṃ vartate।
hin	ghrāṇam, nāsā, nāsikā, nasā, nasyā, ghoṇā, gandhavāhaḥ, gandhajñā, gandhanālī, ghratiḥ, nāḥ, nastaḥ, nāsikyam, nāsikyakam, siṅghinī, vikūṇikā, tanubhasrā, nakram, nakuṭam, narkuṭakam avayavaviśeṣaḥ, jighrate anena iti। nyāyamatena ghrāṇasya gandhagrāhitvam iti guṇaḥ।
hin	drohin, niṣṭhāhīna, viśvāsaghātin, abhakta, abhaktimān, kṣīṇabhakti, bhaktihīna, viśrambhaghātin, bhaktighātin yaḥ niṣṭhā rahitaḥ। sohanaḥ viśvāsaghātī asti।
hin	aparādhin yaḥ aparādhe lagnaḥ asti। ārakṣakeṇa dvau aparādhinau gṛhītau।
hin	śrānta, pariśrānta, klānta, jātaśrama, khinna, khedita, kliṣṭa, kliśita, kleśita, glāna, pariglāna, klamī, śramin, avasanna, avasādita yaḥ klāmyati। śrāntaḥ pathikaḥ vṛkṣacchāyāyāṃ śrāmyati।
hin	saspṛha, vāñchin, icchu, īpsu, icchuka, icchāvat, abhilāṣin yaḥ icchati। purāṇakāle icchāvantaḥ asurāḥ śivaṃ bhagavantam icchāpūrtyartham ārādhitavantaḥ।
hin	ekāgratā, tanmayatā, nimagnatā, ananyacittatā, ekāgracittatā, līnatā, anurati, abhiniviṣṭatā, manoyogitā, avirati ekāgrasya bhāvaḥ। divākaraḥ ekāgratayā svasya kāryaṃ karoti।
hin	bahirmukhin yasya mukhaṃ bahiḥ vartate। śyāmaḥ bahirmukhī asti।
hin	śākhin, śākhya, kāṇḍiraḥ yaḥ śākhayā yuktaḥ asti। āmraḥ śākhī vṛkṣaḥ asti।
hin	kalahakārin, kalahakāra, kalahapriya, kalikārī, kalikāraka, kalipriya, vivādārthin, vivādin, vivādaśīla, vivādapriya, yuyutsu yaḥ kalahaṃ karoti। manoharaḥ kalahapriyām bhāryām upāyaṃsta।
hin	lubdha, lobhin, saspṛha, sākāṃkṣa, īpsu, abhīpsu, prepsu, pariprepsu, iṣṭī, jighṛkṣu, āśaṃsu, lālasin, tṛṣṇaka, kamra, icchu, icchuka, icchuka, icchāvat, icchānvita, abhilāṣin, abhilāṣuka, vāñchin, arthin, kāmin, kāmuka, kāmavat, kāmāyāna āśayā yuktaḥ। bālakāḥ miṣṭānnaṃ lubdhayā dṛṣṭyā paśyanti।
hin	vatsala, snehin, snigdha, snehaśīla, suhṛttama, anurāgin, prītimat, hita, praṇayin, sapraṇaya, jātahārda yaḥ snihyati। asmākaṃ guruvaryaḥ vatsalaḥ asti।
hin	chinnakarṇājaḥ saḥ ajaḥ yasya karṇaṃ chitvā dharmavidhau devatāya arpitaḥ। śvānaḥ chinnakarṇājaṃ dhāvayanti।
hin	kohinūraratnam bhāratasya ekaḥ maulyavān hīrakaḥ। atīva mahārhaṃ kohinūraratnam ।
hin	chātrā, vidyārthinī yā paṭhati। asya vidyālayasya chātrayā daśamakakṣāyāṃ rājye prathamakramāṅkaḥ arjitaḥ।
hin	abhinandita, abhivandita yaḥ abhinandyate। deśabhaktaiḥ teṣāṃ rāṣṭraṃ nityam abhinanditam।
hin	sambaddha, sambandhin, anubaddha yena sambandho vartate। rāmāyaṇa iti hindudharmeṇa sambaddhaḥ granthaḥ।
hin	icchuka, icchu, icchaka, icchāvat, icchānvita, abhilāṣin, abhilāṣuka, vāñchin, ākāṅkṣin, arthin, kāmin, kāmuka, kāmavat, kāmayāna, lobhin, lubdha, spṛhayālu, jātaspṛha, saspṛha, sākāṅkṣa, īpsu, abhīpsu, prepsu, pariprepsu, iṣṭin, jighṛkṣu, āśāyukta, lālasin, tṛṣṇaka, kamra yaḥ icchati। rāmaḥ pustakaṃ kretum icchukaḥ asti।
hin	ekāgratā, aikāgryam, niṣṭhā, niṣṭhitatvam, ekaniṣṭhatā, ananyavṛttiḥ, ekacittā, ekacittatvam, ananyacittatā, abhiniveśaḥ, cittābhiniveśaḥ, abhiyuktatā, abhiniviṣṭatā, āsaktiḥ, āsaktatā, niveśaḥ, praveśaḥ, niviṣṭatā, āviṣṭatvam, paratā, manoyogaḥ ekacittasya bhāvaḥ। saritā pratyekaṃ kāryaṃ ekāgratayā karoti।
hin	aṅkuraḥ, prarohaḥ, pallavaḥ, kisalayaḥ, kiśalayaḥ, kisalaḥ, kiśalaḥ, navaviṭapaḥ, abhinavodbhid, rohaḥ, aṅkaraḥ bījāt nūtanotpannatṛṇādiḥ। kṣetre caṇakasya aṅkurān dṛśyante।
hin	rātriḥ, niśā, rajanī, kṣaṇadā, kṣapā, śarvarī, niś, nid, triyāmā, yāninī, yāmavatī, naktam, niśīthinī, tamasvinī, vibhāvarī, tamī, tamā, tamiḥ, jyotaṣmatī, nirātapā, niśīthyā, niśīthaḥ, śamanī, vāsurā, vāśurā, śyāmā, śatākṣī, śatvarī, śaryā, yāmiḥ, yāmī, yāmikā, yāmīrā, yāmyā, doṣā, ghorā, vāsateyī, tuṅgī, kalāpinī, vāyuroṣā, niṣadvarī, śayyā, śārvarī, cakrabhedinī, vasatiḥ, kālī, tārakiṇī, bhūṣā, tārā, niṭ dīpāvacchinna-sūryakiraṇānavacchinnakālaḥ। yadā dikṣu ca aṣṭāsu meror bhūgolakodbhavā। chāyā bhavet tadā rātriḥ syācca tadvirahād dinam।
hin	adhināyikā, dalanāyikā dalasya samājasya vā pradhānā strī। rājñī lakṣmī kuśalā adhināyikā āsīt।
hin	ātmīya, iṣṭa, antaraṅga, abhinna yaḥ atyantaṃ nikaṭaḥ। rāmaḥ mama ātmīyaṃ mitram।
hin	aprasannatā, khinnatā, udāsīnatā, asantuṣṭi khinnasya avasthā bhāvo vā। tasya mukhe aprasannatā āsīt।
hin	candraḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ, hariḥ khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ pṛthvīṃ paribhramati। adhunā mānavaḥ candrasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaṃ gatvā saṃśodhanaṃ karoti।
hin	sphūrtihīna, nirutsāhin yasmin utsāhaḥ sphūrtiḥ vā nāsti। sphūrtihīnāḥ krīḍāpaṭavāḥ dalāt bahiḥ kṛtāḥ।
hin	akṣata, akhaṇḍita, khaṇḍahīna, anavacchinna, avyāhata, abhañjita yaḥ na khaṇḍitaḥ। sītāsvayaṃvare prabhurāmeṇa akṣataṃ dhanuṣyaṃ khaṇḍitam।
hin	pāpin, aghin, adhama, anācārin, patita, pātakin, nīca, pāpakarman, pāpātman, adharmin, pāpācārin, avara yaḥ pāpaṃ karoti। dhārmikagranthānusāreṇa yadā pṛthivyāṃ pāpaṃ vardhate tadā prabhuḥ avatāraṃ gṛhītvā pāpīnāṃ saṃharati।
hin	lakṣyavedhin, lakṣyānugāmin yaḥ lakṣyaṃ prāpnoti। vyādhasya śaravyakaṃ lakṣyavedhi āsīt।
hin	praśaṃsanīya, praśaṃsya, ślāghya, ślāghanīya, stutya, abhinandanīya yaḥ praśaṃsituṃ yogyaḥ। ye anyān kṛte jīvanti te praśaṃsanīyāḥ santi।
hin	vinodaka, hṛdayaṅgama, manorañjaka, cittavedhaka, manohara, hṛdayagrāhin, vinodada, anurāgajanaka, kautukavat yad vinodena paripūrṇam। tasya pārśve naikāḥ vinodakāḥ granthāḥ santi।
hin	anumud, abhinand, roc, praśas, anuman, anuraj manasi ānandotpādanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ। anena dṛśyena mama manaḥ anumodate।
hin	ānukramika, kramabaddha, średhin, anvayin, samanvayin, śrṛṅkhalita, kramaka, kramāgata, kramāyāta, kramānuyāyin yad krameṇa vartate। viśvesmin jīvānām ānukramikaḥ vikāsaḥ abhavat।
hin	avarodhaka, avarodhin, bādhaka, anurodhaka, anurodhin, nirodhin, pariṣṭhā yaḥ avarodhaṃ karoti। aśikṣā rāṣṭrasya vikāsāya avarodhikā asti।
hin	durāgrahin yaḥ durāgrahaṃ karoti। durāgrahiṇaḥ manuṣyasya upadeśaḥ kaṭhinam।
hin	matāgrahin yaḥ āgraheṇa svamatam sthāpayati। śyāmaḥ matāgrahī bālakaḥ asti
hin	sāgaraḥ, samudraḥ, abdhiḥ, akūpāraḥ, pārāvāraḥ, saritpatiḥ, udanvān, udadhiḥ, sindhuḥ, sarasvān, sāgaraḥ, arṇavaḥ, ratnākaraḥ, jalanidhiḥ, yādaḥpatiḥ, apāmpatiḥ, mahākacchaḥ, nadīkāntaḥ, tarīyaḥ, dvīpavān, jalendraḥ, manthiraḥ, kṣauṇīprācīram, makarālayaḥ, saritāmpatiḥ, jaladhiḥ, nīranijhiḥ, ambudhiḥ, pāthondhiḥ, pādhodhiḥ, yādasāmpatiḥ, nadīnaḥ, indrajanakaḥ, timikoṣaḥ, vārāṃnidhiḥ, vārinidhiḥ, vārdhiḥ, vāridhiḥ, toyanidhiḥ, kīlāladhiḥ, dharaṇīpūraḥ, kṣīrābdhiḥ, dharaṇiplavaḥ, vāṅkaḥ, kacaṅgalaḥ, peruḥ, mitadruḥ, vāhinīpatiḥ, gaṅagādharaḥ, dāradaḥ, timiḥ, prāṇabhāsvān, urmimālī, mahāśayaḥ, ambhonidhiḥ, ambhodhiḥ, tariṣaḥ, kūlaṅkaṣaḥ, tāriṣaḥ, vārirāśiḥ, śailaśiviram, parākuvaḥ, tarantaḥ, mahīprācīram, sarinnāthaḥ, ambhorāśiḥ, dhunīnāthaḥ, nityaḥ, kandhiḥ, apānnāthaḥ bhūmeḥ paritaḥ lavaṇayuktā jalarāśiḥ। sāgare mauktikāni santi।
hin	abhinayaḥ, naṭanam, nāṭyam, nāṭaḥ, nāṭanam, vyañjakaḥ anyasya krodhādibhāvābhivyañjakasya anukaraṇam। asmin raṅge rāmasya abhinayaḥ praśaṃsanīyaḥ।
hin	kāmuka, kāmin, kāmavṛtti, kāmapravaṇa, kāmāsakta, sakāma, kāmana, kamana, kamra, kamitṛ, kāmayitā, ratārthin, maithunārthin, suratārthin, maithunābhilāṣin, sambhogābhilāśin, maithunecchu, vyavāyin, anuka, abhīka, abhika, lāpuka, abhilāṣuka, vyavāyaparāyaṇa, lampaṭa, strīrata, strīpara, kāmārta, kāmātura, kāmāndha, kāmānvita, kāmāviṣṭa, kāmagrasta, kāmādhīna, kāmayukta, kāmākrānta, kāmajita, jātakāma, kāmopahata yaḥ strīsambhogābhilāṣī asti। saḥ kāmukaḥ vyaktiḥ asti।
hin	adhināyakaḥ, gaṇanāyakaḥ, dalapatiḥ yaḥ kasyāpi dalasya samudāyasya vā pradhānaḥ asti। aṭala bihārī vājapeyī mahodayaḥ bhāratīya janatā pārṭī iti dalasya adhināyakaḥ asti।
hin	rathārohin yaḥ rathe āruḍhaḥ asti। purā rathārohī rājā ayudhyata।
hin	khinna, mlāna, anyamanaska, aprasanna yasya cittaṃ śokākulaṃ bhūtvā nirvṛttam। tava khinnā mudrā eva vadati tvaṃ saṅkaṭagrastaḥ।
hin	aviratam, nirantaram, anavaratam, avicchinnam, prabandhena virāmeṇa vinā। dvau horāṃ yāvat avirataṃ varṣā bhavati।
hin	niraparādhin, nirdoṣa yaḥ aparādhī nāsti। kaśmīraprānte ātaṅkavādinā naike niraparādhinaḥ janāḥ hatāḥ।
hin	akrodhin, krodhahīna yaḥ na kupyati। akrodhinaḥ sarvebhyaḥ priyāḥ।
hin	abhyarthin, nivedaka yaḥ prārthayate। adya abhyarthinaḥ karmakarāṇāṃ prārthanāpatrān vicārayante।
hin	raktaḥ, raktā, raktam, raktavarṇīyaḥ, raktavarṇīyā, raktavarṇīyam, lohitaḥ, lohitā, lohitāhinī, lohitam, raktavarṇaḥ, raktavarṇā, raktavarṇam, lohitavarṇam, rohitaḥ, rohitā, rohitāhinī, śoṇitaḥ, śoṇitā, śoṇitam, śoṇaḥ, śoṇā, śoṇam, śoṇī, sindūravarṇaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, kaṣāyā, kaṣāyam, mañjiṣṭhaḥ, mañjiṣṭhī, mañjiṣṭham, aruṇaḥ, aruṇā, aruṇam, pāṭalaḥ, pāṭalā, pāṭalam vastūnāṃ raktaguṇatvadyotanārthe upayujyamānaṃ viśeṣaṇam। rakte guṇe tatvaṃ raktam iti ucyate।
hin	bhūtasambandhin bhūtapretādibhiḥ sambandhitaḥ। bhūtasambandhinīṃ kathāṃ śrutvā bālakaḥ bhayabhītaḥ jātaḥ।
hin	hatāśa, nirāśa, khinna, dainyagrasta hatā naṣṭā vā āśā yasya। vidyālaye nāmāṅkanaṃ na prāptam ataḥ śyāmaḥ hatāśaḥ abhūt। / gaurbhūtvāsumukhī khinnā rudanti।
hin	hindolotsavaḥ varṣā-ṛtoḥ saḥ utsavaḥ yasmin mūrtayaḥ hindole sthāpayitvā hindolayanti। saḥ hindolotsavam draṣṭuṃ prativarṣe ayodhyāṃ gacchati।
hin	yātrā, vrajyā, prayāṇam, gamanam, prasthānam, abhiniryāṇam ekasmāt sthānāt anyat sthānaṃ prati vrajanam। saḥ yātrāṃ prārabhat।
hin	sukhin, kuśalin, kuśala, prasanna, prahṛṣṭamanas, bhadra, subhaga yaḥ sarvaṃ sukham anubhavati। sarve janāḥ sukhinaḥ santu iti eva asmākaṃ prārthanā।
hin	sarasvatī, prajñā, bhāratī, vāgīśvarī, vāgdevī, vīṇāvādinī, śāradā, haṃsavāhinī, girā, ilā, brāhmī, irā, jñānadā, gīrdevī, īśvarī, vācā, vacasāmīśā, varṇamātṛkā, gauḥ, śrīḥ, vākyeśvarī, antyasandhyeśvarī, sāyaṃsandhyādevatā, gaurī vidyāyāḥ vāṇyaḥ ca adhiṣṭhātrī devatā। sarasvatyāḥ vāhanaṃ haṃsaḥ asti।
hin	āṅgika, aṅgasambandhin yaḥ aṅgena sambaddhaḥ। naṭasya āṅgikayā kriyayā sarvam spaṣṭaṃ jātam।
hin	kāṭhīnyam, kaṭhinatā kaṭhīnasya avasthā bhāvo vā। jīvane kāṭhīnyaṃ dṛṣṭvā yaḥ na bibheti saḥ vīraḥ iti jñāyate।
hin	ugravādin, ugrapanthin yaḥ ugravādasya samarthanaṃ karoti। ugravādī puruṣaḥ rāṣṭre hiṃsāṃ saṃvardhayati।
hin	krodhin yasya kopaḥ svabhāvataḥ adhikaḥ। krodhinaḥ puruṣāt antaram eva varam।
hin	lolupa, lolubha, atilobhin, gṛdhnu, luṣdha, lubdha, lobhāviṣṭa yaḥ atyadhikaṃ kāṅkṣate। saḥ gurusevārthe lolupaḥ asti।
hin	niḥsvārthin yaḥ svārtharahitaḥ asti। ādhunike yuge niḥsvārthinaḥ puruṣāḥ durlabhāḥ।
hin	kūrmaḥ, kacchapaḥ, kamaṭhaḥ, kāmaṭhaḥ, gūḍhāṅgaḥ, pañcāgaguptaḥ, pañcaguptaḥ, kaṭhinapṛṣṭham, caturgatiḥ, kroḍapādaḥ, udbhaṭaḥ, smaraṇāpatyatarpakaḥ jantuviśeṣaḥ saḥ jantuḥ kiñcid dṛṣṭvā śarīre eva mukhasampuṭaṃ praveśayati। adhunā kacchapasya saṅkhyā nyūnā jātā।
hin	kaṭhoratā, kāṭhinyam kaṭhorasya avasthā bhāvo vā। śuṣkāyāḥ mṛdāyāḥ kaṭhoratā jalena dūrīkartuṃ śakyate।
hin	hemagandhinī, reṇukā sugandhitavastuprakāraḥ। hemagandhinī dhārmikeṣu anuṣṭhāneṣu upayujyate।
hin	abhinirvṛt, nivṛt, parisamāp, anusamāp, nistṝ prārabdha-kārya-samāptyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। prathamam etat kāryam abhinivartayatu anantaram anyat kāryaṃ prārabhatu।
hin	udyamaśīla, arthin, cekriya, mahārambha, mahodyoga, vyavasāyavasāyin, svapasya, svapāka yaḥ pariśramān karoti। udyamaśīlaḥ nityaṃ saphalo bhavati।
hin	abhinetā yaḥ abhinayaṃ karoti। saḥ ekaḥ kuśalaḥ abhinetā asti।
hin	durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate। navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।
hin	mārjanī, śodhanī, ūhanī, ūhinī, pavanī, pādūlakaḥ, rajoharaḥ, vardhanī, samūhanī bhūmyādinirmmalīkaraṇārthe upayuktā lomamayī dīrghā āgharṣaṇī। saḥ mārjanyā gṛhaṃ sammārjayati।
hin	nadī, sarit, taraṅgiṇī, śaivalinī, taṭinī, dhunī, srotasvatī, dvīpavatī, sravantī, nimnagā, āpagā, srotasvinī, srotovahā, sāgaragāminī, apagā, nirjhariṇī, sarasvatī, samudragā, kūlaṅkaṣā, kūlavatī, śaivālinī, samudrakāntā, sāgaragā, rodhovatī, vāhinī jalasya saḥ pravāhaḥ yaḥ parvatāt ārabhya viśiṣṭamārgeṇa sāgaraṃ prati gacchati। parvatapradeśe pāṣāṇasikatādiṣu nadī mārgam ākramati ।/ pāṇineḥ na nadī gaṅgā yamunā na nadī sthalī।
hin	jalaukā, raktapā, jalaukasaḥ, jalūkā, jalākā, jaloragī, jalāyukā, jalikā, jalāsukā, jalajantukā, veṇī, jalālokā, jalaukasī, jalaukasam, jalaukasā, raktapāyinī, raktasandaśikā, tīkṣṇā, vamanī, jalajīvanī, raktapātā, vedhinī, jalasarpiṇī, jalasūciḥ, jalāṭanī, jalākā, jalapaṭātmikā, jalikā, jalālukā, jalavāsinī jalajantuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ prāṇināṃ śarīrasthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitaṃ nirharet। priyadarśanaḥ jalaukā babhūva।
hin	kaṭhinatvac yasya tvak kaṭhinā vartate। yadā kaṭhinatvak bādāmaḥ sandaṣṭaḥ tadā dantaḥ eva bhagnaḥ।
hin	kṣamāprārthin, kṣamāyācin yaḥ kṣamāṃ prārthayati। kṣamāprārthī puruṣaḥ kṣantavyaḥ।
hin	bhagna, bhañjita, khaṇḍita, vikhaṇḍita, vicchinna yad khaṇḍyate। śivasya bhagnaṃ dhanuṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā paraśurāmaḥ kruddhaḥ।
hin	udvignatā, abhiniviṣṭatā, asthiracittatā asthiracittasya bhāvaḥ। udvignatayā ahaṃ samyak nirṇayaṃ kartum asamarthaḥ।
hin	līlā, alāyāsaḥ, nirāyāsaḥ, sukaraḥ, susādhyaḥ, akaṣṭaḥ, sukhasādhyaḥ, sugamaḥ, akaṭhinaḥ, aviṣamaḥ, sulabhaḥ, niḥśalyorthaḥ, akleśaḥ, sukaram, ayatnataḥ, saukaryeṇa, duḥkhaṃ vinā, kleṣaṃ vinā, susahaḥ, helayā sukhena yat kartum śakyate। śrīkṛṣṇena govardhanaparvataḥ līlayā utthāpitaḥ।
hin	utsāhin, utsāhavat, sattvādhika, ojasvat, tavas, tviṣīmat, vājayu, ajaḍadhī yasmin ojaḥ asti। utsāhī vyaktiḥ kim api kāryaṃ śīghraṃ sampūrṇatāṃ nayati।
hin	deśadrohin, rāṣṭradrohin yena rāṣṭraṃ prati drohaḥ kṛtaḥ। deśadrohiṇaṃ mṛtyudaṇḍena eva daṇḍanīyam।
hin	utsāhin, utsāhavat utsāhayuktaḥ। utsāhī puruṣaḥ sarvāṇi kāryāṇi utsāhena karoti।
hin	gulikā, sīsakagulikā, dūravedhinī gulikā sīsakena vinirmitā gulikā yā sūkṣma-gulikā-prakṣepiṇyāḥ antarāgnibalena nāḍīchidrāt atidūraṃ niḥsāryate। caṭakāhananārthe tena prakṣepiṇyāṃ gulikāḥ abhipūritāḥ।
hin	santarj, santap, kup, parigarj, paribharts, samabhitarj, upālabh, upakruś, ātarj, abhinirbharts, adhikṣip, avabharts krodhajanya udvegajanya vā vacanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। kāryālaye karmacāriṇaḥ anupasthityā adhikārīmahodayaḥ bahu samatarjayat।
hin	kaṭhinī, khaṭinī, kaṭhikā, khaṭikā, khaḍikā dhavalamṛttikā। adhyāpakaḥ kaṭhinyā śyāmapaṭṭe likhati।
hin	praśikṣaṇārthin yena praśikṣaṇaṃ prāpyate। sarveṣāṃ praśikṣaṇārthināṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ kāle upasthitiḥ āvaśyakī।
hin	virahin yaḥ priyajanāt pṛthak bhūtaḥ। virahī rāmaḥ sītām anveṣṭuṃ vane vane abhramat।
hin	utsāhin utsāhena pūrṇaḥ। utsāhī puruṣaḥ sarvāṇi kāryāṇi utsāhena karoti।
hin	dolāya, āndolaya, hindolaya, andolaya, dolaya, hillolaya, udbhrāmaya, khel, āvyadh, iṣ, īṅkh, udiṅg, preṅkh hindolam āruhya ekadiktaḥ aparadikparyantaṃ vicalanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। saḥ horāṃ hindole dolāyate।
hin	hindolaḥ, hindolakaḥ, dolā, dolī, dolam, dolīkā, preṅkhā, preṅkholanam, kācaḥ vṛkṣe ācchāde vā baddhā dolāyamānā sakāṣṭharajjuḥ। sā udyāne hindolaṃ badhnāti।
hin	dūravedhinī, śataghnī astraviśeṣaḥ- tat astraṃ yasmāt raṇagolaḥ kṣipyate। nūtanānāṃ dūravedhinīnāṃ parīkṣaṇam āvaśyakam asti।
hin	āpīḍaya, pīḍaya, abhinipīḍaya, nipīḍaya bhārayuktasya vastunaḥ adhaḥ vartamānatvāt kartrabhiprāyaḥ vibādhānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। pāṣāṇena bālakasya hastaḥ āpīḍayate।
hin	darśanārthin darśanasya abhilāṣī। śrāvaṇamāse śivamandirenaike darśanārthinaḥ saṃmilanti।
hin	senādhyakṣaḥ, senāpatiḥ, senānāyakaḥ, senādhipatiḥ, senādhināthaḥ senāyāḥ adhyakṣaḥ। mohanaḥ kuśalaḥ senādhyakṣaḥ asti।
hin	satyāgrahin yaḥ satyāgrahaṃ karoti। satyāgrahe gāndhīmahodayasya sāhāyyārthe naike satyāgrahiṇaḥ upasthitāḥ।
hin	kṣaireya, dugdhin, sakṣīra yat dugdhena saha sammiśrya kriyate vā dugdhasya eva kriyate। etad kṣaireyaṃ miṣṭānnam asti।
hin	mṛdu, akaṭhina, arūkṣa, arūkṣita, arūkṣṇa, alūkṣa, āma, pakṣmala, masṛṇa yad parūṣaṃ kaṭhinaṃ vā nāsti। tasyāḥ hastau atīva mṛdū staḥ।
hin	jalamocikā, jalavāhinī dhātunirmitā nalikā yayā gṛhe gṛhe jalasya vahanaṃ śakyaṃ bhavati। adhunāpi jalamocikāyāṃ jalaṃ nāsti।
hin	himam, avaśyāyaḥ, nīhāraḥ, tuṣāraḥ, tuhinam, prāleyam, mahimā, indrāgnidhūmaḥ, khabāṣpaḥ, rajanījalam vāyau miśritaḥ dhūlamiśritaḥ dhūmaḥ yaḥ śaityāt śvetavarṇiyakaṇaḥ bhūtvā bhūmyāṃ prasaranti। atyādhikasya himasya vṛṣṭiḥ abhavat ataḥ ālūnāṃ sasyaṃ naṣṭam।
hin	putrārthin yaḥ putraṃ kāmayate। mahātmā putrārthinaṃ puruṣaṃ putraprāpteḥ āśīrvacobhiḥ anugṛhītavān।
hin	virodhin, vipakṣin, pratipakṣin yaḥ viruddhaḥ asti। asmin nirvācane tena virodhinaḥ dalasya sahakāryaṃ gṛhītam।
hin	indriyanigrahin, saṃyamī, ātmanigrahin yena indriyāṇi nigrahitāni। indriyanigrahī puruṣaḥ sukham anubhavati।
hin	vidrohin yaḥ vidrohaṃ karoti। vidrohibhiḥ puruṣaiḥ mantrīmahodayasya nivāsaḥ prajvālitaḥ।
hin	brāhmī, somalatā, sarasvatī, saumyā, suraśreṣṭhā, śāradā, suvarcalā, kapotavagā, vaidhātrī, divyatejāḥ, mahauṣadhī, svayaṃbhuvī, saumyalatā, sureṣṭā, brahmakanyakā, maṇaḍūkamātā, maṇḍukī, surasā, medhyā, vīrā, bhāratī, varā, parameṣṭhinī, divyā, śāradā kṣupaviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ bheṣajarupeṇa upayujyate yasya guṇāḥ vātāmlapittanāśitvaṃ tathā ca buddhiprajñāmedhākārītvam। brāhmī prāyaḥ gaṅgātaṭe haridvāranagarasya samīpe dṛśyate।
hin	khanitram, khanitrakam, khātram, kaṭhinam, vaṇḍālaḥ, vaṇṭālaḥ, vaṇṭhālaḥ, kaṭhinakaḥ, phālaḥ ekam upakaraṇaṃ yena mṛttikādi unnīya anyatra sthāpyate athavā anyad kimapi vastuḥ tasmin pūrayate। saḥ khanitreṇa aṅgāram unnīya kaṇḍole sthāpayati।
hin	chinnakarṇa yasya karṇaḥ chinnaḥ। chinnakarṇaḥ meṣaḥ kṛṣīkṣetre tṛṇam atti।
hin	bhāratīya, hindusthāyin bhāratasya bhāratasambandhī vā। bahuṣu dineṣu yāvat bhāratīyā janatā dāsyatvam anvabhūt।
hin	bhedaḥ, vyāvṛttiḥ, bhinnatā, vibhinnatā, viṣamatā, asamānatā asamānasya avasthā bhāvo vā। asmin vastuni mahān bhedaḥ asti।
hin	mohinīvidyā ākarṣaṇaśaktiḥ, yasyāṃ prayojitāyāṃ janāḥ prayoktuḥ icchayā kāryaṃ karoti; kaiścit munayaḥ mohinīvidyāyāḥ prabhāveṇa janān vaśīkaroti iti bahavaḥ janāḥ manyate
hin	kruddhatā, khinnatā kruddhasya khinnasya vā bhāvaḥ। tasya kruddhatāṃ dṛṣṭvā ahaṃ hasitavān।
hin	naṭaḥ, abhinetā yaḥ nāṭyādiṣu abhinayaṃ karoti। śyāmadevaḥ kuśalaḥ naṭaḥ asti।
hin	lubdha, lubdhaka, atilubdha, lolubha, lobhātman, lobhānvita, lampaṭa, māmaka, atilobha, āditsu, ādyūna, audarika, gardhana, gardhita, gardhin, gārdhra, nikāma, bhariṣa, matsara, lāṣuka, lola, vāyu yasmin lobhaḥ asti। saḥ lubdhaḥ asti।
hin	dhanalobhin, dhanalolupa yaḥ dhanasya lobhī asti। rāmaḥ dhanalobhī manuṣyaḥ asti।
hin	kriyāvat, anavasara, aptur, karmavat, karmin, kṛtvan, gṛddhin, bahukara, bhūrikarman, veṣa, vyāpāpārin, vyāpṛta, vyāyata yaḥ kasmin api kārye rataḥ asti। saḥ prātaḥkālād eva saḥ kriyāvān asti।
hin	śirīṣaḥ, bhaṇḍilaḥ, bhaṇḍiraḥ, bhaṇḍīlaḥ, bhaṇḍīraḥ, mṛdupuṣpaḥ, śukataruḥ, viśanāśanaḥ, śītapuṣpaḥ, bhaṇḍikaḥ, svarṇapuṣpakaḥ, śukeṣṭaḥ, varhapuṣpaḥ, viṣahantā, supuṣpakaḥ, uddānakaḥ, śukrataruḥ, lomaśapuṣpakaḥ, kapītakaḥ, kaliṅgaḥ, śyāmalaḥ, śaṅkhiniphalaḥ, madhupuṣpaḥ, vṛttapuṣpaḥ, śikhinīphalaḥ, bhaṇḍiḥ, plavagaḥ, śukapuṣpaḥ tīkṣṇasārāsadṛśaḥ dīrghaḥ vṛkṣaḥ। śirīṣasya kāṣṭhaṃ dṛḍham asti।
hin	praśaṃs, ślāgh, stu, nu, prastu, abhiśaṃs, āśaṃs, abhiṣṭu, anuprath, abhinand, gṝ, āgṝ, abhigṝ, anumad, īḍ, kīrtaya, parivand, pratiśaṃs, pravac anyasya guṇānāṃ prakarṣeṇa varṇanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। mohanaḥ rāmasya guṇān prāśaṃsat।
hin	abhiniveśaḥ, atinirbandhaḥ svamatam anusṛtya eva ācaraṇam। abhiniveśena kimapi kāryaṃ na kartavyam।
hin	śacī, śaciḥ, indrāṇī, paulomī, pulomajā, sacī, saciḥ, pūtakratāyī, māhendrī, aindrī, jayavāhinī, śatāvarī indrasya patnī। pulomnaḥ kanyā śacī।
hin	āsīna, upaviṣṭa, adhyāsīna, abhiniviṣṭa yaḥ āsyate। mañce āsīneṣu janeṣu mama gurucaraṇāḥ api santi।
hin	kaṅkatam, kaṅkatikā, kaṅakataḥ, veṇivedhinī, keśamārjakam, keśamārjanam, keśamārjanī, prasādhanam, keśaprasādhanam, prasādhanī, phalī, phalikā, phaliḥ keśaprasādhanārthaṃ kāṣṭhādinirmitadravyam। sītā kaṅkatena keśān avamārṣṭi।
hin	chātrāvāsam, vidyārthinilayaḥ chātrāṇāṃ nivāsasthānam। rāhulaḥ chātrāvāse nivāsaṃ kṛtvā adhyayanaṃ karoti।
hin	tīkṣṇabuddhin, kuśāgrabuddhin, tīvrabuddhin yasyāḥ buddhiḥ tīkṣṇā asti। tīkṣṇabuddhī manoharaḥ ekaḥ kuśalaḥ krīḍāpaṭuḥ asti।
hin	devotthānaikādaśī, prabodhinī-ekādaśī kārtikamāsasya śuklapakṣe vartamānā ekādaśī। devotthānaikādaśyāṃ viṣṇuḥ śeṣasya mañcāt uttiṣṭhati iti manyate।
hin	chinnanāsya yasya nāsikā chinnā। chinnanāsyā śūrpaṇakhā bhrātā rāvaṇasya samīpe gatā।
hin	kācanam, kācanakam, bandhinī tad vastu yena kimapi badhyate। saḥ idānīmapi pādatrasya kācanaṃ baddhum asamarthaḥ।
hin	methikā, methinī, methī, dīpanī, bahuputrikā, bodhinī, gandhabījā, jyotiḥ, gandhaphalā, vallarī, candrikā, manthā, miśrapuṣpā, keravī, kuñcikā, bahuparṇī, pītabījā ekaḥ kṣupaḥ yasya parṇānāṃ śākaṃ kriyate। saḥ gṛhasya pṛṣṭhabhāge ekasmin laghukhaṇḍe methikām avapat।
hin	methinī, methī, dīpanī, bahuputrikā, bodhinī, gandhabījā, jyotiḥ, gandhaphalā, vallarī, candrikā, manthā, miśrapuṣpā, keravī, kuñcikā, bahuparṇī, pītabījā ekasya kṣupaviśeṣasya bījam। methinyāḥ upayogaḥ vyañjanarūpeṇa kriyate।
hin	mohinī viṣṇoḥ avatāraviśeṣaḥ, samudramanthanakāle devānāmāmṛtapānāyāsurāṇāṃ mohanāya ca bhagavadavatāraḥ; sarvāḥ asurāḥ mohinyāḥ rūpeṇa ākṛṣṭā / dhānvantaraṃ dvādaśamaṃ trayodaśamameva ca apāyayat surānanyān mohinyā mohayan striyā
hin	śabdavedhin, śabdabhedin, dhvanivedhin śābdajñānena eva kamapi hantuṃ avasṛṣṭaḥ bāṇaḥ। rājñaḥ daśarathasya śabdavedhinā bāṇena śravaṇaḥ hataḥ।
hin	śaraṇārthin yaḥ svasya nivāsasthānāt balapūrvakaṃ dūrīkṛtaḥ ataḥ yaḥ anyatra śaraṇārthe gataḥ। śaraṇārthī salamānaḥ adhunā api amerikādeśe vasati।
hin	samānārthaka, paryāya, paryāyavācaka, samānārthin yasya arthaḥ samānaḥ asti। kamalam ityasya catvāraḥ samānārthakāḥ śabdāḥ likhyatu।
hin	hintālaḥ tālajāteḥ vṛkṣaprakāraḥ। hintālasya arkakṣīrāt hintālapiṇḍāni nirmīyante।
hin	hṛdayagrāhin yaḥ cittam ākarṣayati। neharu-vijñāna-bhavane vartamānāni citrāṇi hṛdayagrāhīṇi santi।
hin	adhiniyamaḥ, kriyākāraḥ saṃsadādidvārā nirmitaḥ niyamaḥ। sarvakāraḥ svānukūlatām anu adhiniyamān parivartayituṃ śaknoti।
hin	prathinam kliṣṭānāṃ kārbanikayaugikānāṃ vargāṇām ekaḥ yasmin kārbana iti, hāiḍrojana iti, āksījana iti, nāiṭrojana iti tathā ca salphara iti sarve padārthāḥ santi। prathinaṃ prākṛtikarūpeṇa vanaspatiṣu tathā ca jantuṣu prāpyate।
hin	hindībhāṣā devanāgarīlipyāṃ likhyamānā sā bhāṣā yā bhāratadeśasya uttarabhāge madhyabhāge ca adhikatayā sambhāṣyate। hindībhāṣā bhāratadeśasya rājabhāṣā asti।
hin	hinduḥ āryāṇāṃ bhāratīyāḥ vaṃśajāḥ yeṣāṃ vedasmṛtipurāṇādayaḥ dharmagranthāḥ santi। hindavaḥ mūrtipūjakāḥ santi।
hin	kaṭhina, vikaṭa, gahana, durdama yaḥ sulabhaḥ nāsti। asyāḥ kaṭhināyāḥ samasyāyāḥ samādhānaṃ śīghram anvīṣyatām।
hin	aśvārohin, hayārohin aśve āruḍhaḥ। aśvārohī dalaḥ mandaṃ mandam agre gacchati।
hin	argalā, kīlaḥ, dvārabandhanī, viṣkambham, rodhinī kīlyate anena iti। argalayā saha vṛṣabhaḥ dhāvati।
hin	hindolaḥ kāṣṭhādeḥ bahudolaiḥ yuktaṃ cakram। melake bālakaḥ hindole upaviśatuṃ haṭhaḥ akarot।
hin	āpīḍaya, niṣpīḍaya, pīḍaya, nipīḍaya, prapīḍaya, bādh, mṛd, ābādh, abhinipīḍaya, upapīḍaya, lī, abhinodaya, āmīv, pramīv, khid, piccaya uparitaḥ bhārayojanena tadadhaḥ vastuviśeṣasya saṃvlīnānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। āmikṣāyāḥ piṇḍaṃ kartuṃ tāṃ vastreṇa ācchādayitvā upalasya adhaḥ āpīḍayati।
hin	niṣpīḍaya, paripīḍaya, abhinipīḍaya, nipīḍaya, pīḍaya, pratipīḍaya, prapīḍaya, saṃpīḍaya, sampīḍaya, nibādh, ābādh kasmin api vastuni ubhayadiktaḥ bhārasya gurutvasya ca samprayojanena vibādhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। mama aṅguliḥ argalāyāṃ niṣapīḍayat।
hin	prāp, āp, abhiprāp, anusamprāp, anvāp, abhyāp, abhisaṃprāp, abhisamprāp, āyā, āviś, anusamaś, anvaś, anvas, abhinaś, abhiprapad, abhiprasthā, ābhūṣ kañcana sthānam abhi vitānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। āplāvajalaṃ grāmaṃ samayā prāpat।
hin	abhinata yasmin pakṣapātaḥ jātaḥ। nyāyādhīśena abhinataḥ nirṇayaḥ kṛtaḥ।
hin	abhiniṣkrāmaya diśam abhi niṣkramaṇapreraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। aṭṭilakākāraḥ gṛhasya aṭṭakaṃ laghumārgaṃ yāvat abhiniṣkrāmayati।
hin	abhinirdiś, pradiś, nirdiś, upadiś, apadiś, nidarśaya, pradarśaya, vinirdiś, avadyotaya, lakṣaya, ādiś, upādiś, ākṣip kāryaviśeṣasya vā vastuviśeṣasya vā jñāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। mātā mahyaṃ ākāśe dhruvasya sthitim abhinirdiśati।
hin	pipāsu, pipāsita, udakārthin, jalārthin, tarṣita, tarṣuka, tṛṣṇaj, pipāsat, pipāsāvat, pipāsāla, pipāsin, pipīṣat, pipīṣu, peru, viśuṣka, satarṣa, satṛṣ, satṛṣa, salilārthin yaḥ tṛṣṇāśamanārthe jalaṃ vāñcchati। jalasya abhāvāt eṣaḥ pipāsuḥ amṛta।
hin	hindamahāsāgaraḥ bhāratadeśasya samīpasthaḥ ekaḥ mahāsāgaraḥ। hindamahāsāgaraḥ jagati tṛtīyaḥ viśālaḥ mahāsāgaraḥ asti।
hin	akhaṇḍatā, pūrṇatā, abhinnabhāvaḥ akhaṇḍasya avasthā bhāvo vā। asmābhiḥ svadeśasya akhaṇḍatā rakṣitavyā।
hin	saṃmohinī ekaḥ gandhayuktaḥ rāsāyanikaḥ dravapadārthaḥ। saṃmohanyaḥ āghrāṇena maṇḍukaḥ niśceṣṭaḥ jātaḥ।
hin	rājadrohin yaḥ rājadrohaṃ karoti। rājadrohibhiḥ nṛbhiḥ naikeṣāṃ rājñāṃ rājyam adhigṛhītam।
hin	viniṣkram, abhiniṣkram, nirgam, niḥsṛ antaḥ bahirāgamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। sarpaḥ bilāt viniṣkrāmati।
hin	arthin yatkartṛkā āvaśyakatā vartate। asmābhiḥ arthināṃ janānāṃ sāhāyyaṃ kartavyam।
hin	abhinirdiś, niści, avadhāraya, prakalpaya, parikalpaya sthānasamayādīnāṃ niścayānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। saḥ dvivādane āgamanaṃ abhinirdiśati।
hin	ketakaḥ, ketakī, indukalikā, tīkṣṇapuṣpā, dīrghapatraḥ, pāṃsukā, amarapuṣpaḥ, amarapuṣpakaḥ, kaṇṭadalā, kanakaketakī, kanakapuṣpī, droṇīdalaḥ, karatṛṇam, krakacacchadaḥ, gandhapuṣpaḥ, dalapuṣpā, dalapuṣpī, cakṣuṣyaḥ, cāmarapuṣpaḥ, chinnaruhā, jambālaḥ, jambulaḥ, dhūlipuṣpikā, nṛpapriyā, pharendraḥ, valīnakaḥ, viphalaḥ, vyañjanaḥ, śivadviṣṭā, sugandhinī, sūcipuṣpaḥ, sūcikā, strībhūṣaṇam, sthiragandhaḥ, svarṇaketakī, hanīlaḥ, halīmaḥ, hemaketakī, haimaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ- yasya savāsikasya puṣpasya patrāṇi krakacasya iva tīkṣṇāni santi। adhunā udyānasthasya ketakasya puṣpaṃ vikasati।
hin	mūtravāhinī upasthe vartamānā sā vāhinī yasmāt mūtram vahati। rugṇasya mūtravisarjanakāle mūtravāhinyāṃ pīḍā bhavati।
hin	drohin yaḥ drohaṃ karoti। drohiṇāṃ janānāṃ kāraṇāt eva deśe asurakṣitatā vartate।
hin	dhārāvāhika, dhārāvāhin yaḥ dhārārūpeṇa nirantaraṃ gacchati। tasya dhārāvāhikaḥ lekhaḥ śanivāsare vārtāpatre āgacchati।
hin	kāṭhinyam kaṭhinasya kriyā avasthā bhāvo vā। pādasya kāṭhinyāt gamane kaṣṭam anubhavāmi।
hin	ākarṣaṇam, ākṛṣṭiḥ, pralobhanam, vilobhanam, mohanam, vimohanam, mohinī, lālanam īpsitakāryasiddhyarthaṃ yena kena prakāreṇa anyajanānām icchāpūrteḥ āśvāsanāt prasthāpitaḥ prabhāvaḥ; nūtanadvicakrīvāhanasya ākarṣaṇāt yuvakaḥ taddivyaṃ kartum udyataḥ
hin	adrohin yaḥ drohaṃ na karoti। adrohī puruṣaḥ śāntaḥ asti।
hin	adhiniyamanam saṃsadā adhiniyamasya svīkṛteḥ kriyā। asya adhiniyamanam āvaśyakameva।
hin	hindolaḥ ekaḥ rāgaḥ। saṅgītajñaḥ hindolaṃ gāyati।
hin	śayanabodhinī-ekādaśī mārgaśīrṣamāsasya kṛṣṇapakṣasya ekādaśī। śyāmaḥ śayanabodhinī-ekādaśyāṃ jātaḥ।
hin	pramehin yaḥ pramehena bādhitaḥ। cikitsakaḥ pramehinaṃ rugṇaṃ sūcanāṃ karoti।
hin	abhinandananāthaḥ jainadharmiyāṇāṃ caturviṃśatau tīrthaṅkareṣu ekaḥ। abhinandananāthaḥ jainadharmiyāṇāṃ caturthaḥ tīrthaṅkaraḥ āsīt।
hin	khaṇḍita, chinna, ācchinna, ucchinna, avaluñcita yaḥ cheditaḥ। rīmāyāḥ khaṇḍitau bhujau dṛṣṭvā sā bhītī।
hin	akhaṇḍita, anucchinna yaḥ khaṇḍitaḥ nāsti। bhikṣukena akhaṇḍitāḥ aṅgulyaḥ api vastreṇa ācchāditāḥ।
hin	praśasta, abhinandita, ślāghita yasya praśaṃsā kṛtā। latāmaṅgeśkaramahodayā ekā khyātā tathā ca praśastā gāyikā asti।
hin	anekārthin, anekārthaka yasya naike arthāḥ santi। anekārthināṃ śabdānāṃ sarve arthāḥ spaṣṭīkriyatām।
hin	surāmehin yaḥ surāmehena pīḍitaḥ। cikitsakaḥ surāmehinaḥ puruṣasya cikitsāṃ karoti।
hin	madhumehin yaḥ madhumehena pīḍitaḥ। vaidyasya samīpe bahavaḥ madhumehinaḥ rugṇāḥ āgatāḥ।
hin	abhinīta, arha kasyacit kṛte āparimāṇaṃ paryāptañca। mama kṛte etat āstaraṇam abhinītam asti।
hin	praśikṣaṇārthī, praśikṣaṇārthini yaḥ praśikṣaṇaṃ prāpnoti। sarvaiḥ praśikṣaṇārthibhiḥ śvaḥ praśikṣaṇakendre samaye upasthātavyam।
hin	nirmama, nirmohin yasmāt mamatvaṃ nirgatam। nirmamaḥ māṃsikaḥ eva anyaṃ jīvaṃ hantuṃ śaknoti।
hin	hindudharmaḥ, hindutvam ekaḥ bhāratīyaḥ sanātanaḥ dharmaḥ yasmin devatānāṃ vedānāṃ purāṇādīnāṃ ca atīva mahatvaṃ vartate। hindudharmaḥ ekena manuṣyena na pravartitaḥ।
hin	khaḍgadhārin, sakhaḍga, khaḍgagrāhin yaḥ khaḍgaṃ dhārayati। dvau khaḍgadhāriṇau yodhakau parasparaṃ yuddhamānau।
hin	hinḍolīrāgam ekā rāgiṇī। saḍa़gītajñaḥ hinḍolīrāgasya viṣaye bhāṣate।
hin	pramāthinī ekā apsarāḥ। pramāthinyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vidyate।
hin	nakārārthaka, nakārārthin yasmin na ityasya arthaḥ nihitaḥ asti। na iti nakārārthakaḥ śabdaḥ asti।
hin	apṛthak, apṛthaka, abhinna, abheda, avibhakta yaḥ pṛthak nāsti। tayoḥ apṛthak yugmaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve janāḥ muditāḥ।
hin	dhārāvāhinī, dhāravāhikaḥ dūradarśanādiṣu prasāryamāṇāḥ nāṭakādayaḥ yatra ghaṭanākramaḥ pradhānaḥ vartate yacca viśiṣṭānāṃ pātrāṇāṃ jīvanaṃ darśayati। dūradarśane prasāryamāṇānāṃ sarvāsāṃ dhārāvāhinīnāṃ kathāḥ samānāḥ eva bhānti।
hin	amlavetasaḥ, raktasāraḥ, rājāmlaḥ, vīravetasaḥ, vetasāmlaḥ, vaitasaḥ, śuktā, vedhakaḥ, vṛddharājaḥ, śuktikā, āmlavetasaḥ, śuktikā, śaṅkhadrāvin, vedhin vallarīviśeṣaḥ। amlavetasaḥ paścimeṣu parvateṣu vardhate।
hin	kaṭhina, kliṣṭa, sūkṣma, agamya, avagāha yaḥ jñātuṃ sukaraḥ nāsti। asya kaṭhinasya praśnasya samādhānaṃ praśnakartāram eva praṣṭavyam।
hin	dvārakā, abdhinagarī, dvāravatī, dvārakānagarī, dvārakāpurī kāṭhiyāvāḍaprāntasya prācīnā pavitrā purī। dvārakā hindudharmīyāṇāṃ caturṣu tīrtheṣu ekam।
hin	svadeśaśatruḥ, svadeśaghātakaḥ, rājadrohin, viśvāsaghātakaḥ yaḥ deśasya viruddhaṃ droham akarot। satarkatayā svadeśaśatrūṇāṃ gūḍhayukteḥ upāyaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।
hin	abhinandin kasyāpi praśaṃsāyai abhinandanāya vā prastutam। abhinandinaḥ vastūni prāpya vijetā praphullitaḥ।
hin	virodhakaḥ, virodhī, vimataḥ, bhinnamatiḥ yaḥ virodhaṃ karoti। asmākaṃ dale virodhakānāṃ antarbhāvaḥ sādhuḥ bhavet।
hin	virodhin yaḥ virodhaṃ karoti saḥ। virodhīnāṃ netṝṇāṃ kiṃ karaṇīyam।
hin	abhinnapadam śleṣālaṅkārasya bhedaḥ। idam abhinnapadasya udāharaṇam asti।
hin	abhinyāsaḥ sannipātaviśeṣaḥ। abhinyāsena pīḍitāya manuṣyāya calanaṃ kaṭhinam।
hin	kārkaśyam, rūkṣatā, pāruṣyam, kāṭhinyam, niṣṭhuratā, kaṭhoratā, ugratā karkaśasya avasthā athavā bhāvaḥ। ekadā ahamapi teṣāṃ kārkaśyasya lakṣyam abhavam।
hin	vikalāṅgatā, vikalatā, chinnāṅgatā, hīnāṅgatā, lūnāṅgatā, khaṇḍitāṅgatā, vyaṅgatā, apāṅgatā, aṅgavikalatā, aṅgahīnatā, asamarthatā vikalāṅgasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā। udyamaśīlānāṃ kṛte vikalāṅgatā vikāse bādhikā na bhavati।
hin	chinnamastā ekā devī yā durgāyāḥ rūpaṃ matā। bihāre chinnamastāyāḥ ekaṃ prasiddhaṃ mandiraṃ vartate।
hin	anākarṣaka, amanohara, amohin yad ākarṣakaṃ nāsti। asmin kakṣe sthitāni sarvāṇi citrāṇi anākarṣakāṇi santi।
hin	satyāgrahin satyāgrahasambandhī। satyagrahinaḥ netṝn draṣṭuṃ janāḥ sammilitāḥ।
hin	chindavāḍānagaram madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram। chindavāḍānagare mama mātṛṣvasā nivasati।
hin	chindavāḍāmaṇḍalam. madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam। chindavāḍāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ chindavāḍānagare asti।
hin	sidhinagaram madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram। sidhinagare teṣām ekaṃ laghu gṛham asti।
hin	karṇabhedin, karṇavedhin uccaiḥ prayuktaḥ svaraḥ। śīlāyāḥ svaraḥ karṇabhedī asti।
hin	ārohaka, ārohina yaḥ ārohati। yaḥ asya ārohakasya dalasya netā asti।
hin	abhiniveśaḥ dṛḍhasaṅkalpaḥ। pitāmahasya bhīṣmasya abhiniveśaḥ tasya parājayasya kāraṇam abhavat।
hin	saṃdigdha, saṃdehin, saṃśayāpanna, saṃśayin, sāṃśayika śaṅkayā yuktaḥ। saṃdigdhaḥ manuṣyaḥ kāryaṃ kartum asamarthaḥ āsīt।
hin	somaḥ, candraḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, induḥ, mayaṅkaḥ, kalānidhiḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, somaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ devatāviśeṣaḥ; patitaṃ somamālokya brahmā lokapitāmahaḥ[śa.ka]
hin	pṛthivī, bhūḥ, bhūmiḥ, acalā, anantā, rasā, viśvambharā, sthirā, dharā, dharitrī, dharaṇī, kṣauṇī, jyā, kāśyapī, kṣitiḥ, sarvasahā, vasumatī, vasudhā, urvī, vasundharā, gotrā, kuḥ, pṛthvī, kṣmā, avaniḥ, medinī, mahī, dharaṇī, kṣoṇiḥ, kṣauṇiḥ, kṣamā, avanī, mahiḥ, ratnagarbhā, sāgarāmbarā, abdhimekhalā, bhūtadhātrī, ratnāvatī, dehinī, pārā, vipulā, madhyamalokavartmā, dhāraṇī, gandhavatī, mahākāntā, khaṇḍanī, girikarṇikā, dhārayitrī, dhātrī, acalakīlā, gauḥ, abdhidvīpā, iḍā, iḍikā, ilā, ilikā, irā, ādimā, īlā, varā, ādyā, jagatī, pṛthuḥ, bhuvanamātā, niścalā, śyāmā martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtā। pṛthivī pañcamam bhūtam
hin	hindukuśaḥ, pāriyātraḥ madhya-eśiyākhaṇḍasya parvataḥ। hindukuśasya vistāraḥ bṛhad asti।
hin	hindīviṣayaḥ saḥ viṣayaḥ yasmin hindī ityasyāyāḥ bhāṣāyāḥ sāhityavyākaraṇādīnām adhyayanaṃ bhavati। hindīviṣaye ahaṃ pratiśataṃ śatān aṅkān prāptavān।
hin	tuṣāraḥ, tuhinam, kālakaḥ, tauṣāram, srutiḥ suśītale vātāvaraṇe bāṣpāt dhūmāvayavanirmuktasya jalasya ghanībhūtāḥ kaṇāḥ ye ākāśāt bhūmiṃ prapatanti। adya parvatakṣetre tuṣārāḥ patiṣyanti iti sūcyate।
hin	aṅkurita, pallavita, udbhinna, sphuṭita, korita, nirantarodbhinna, privarūḍha, protthita, prasṛta yaḥ navapatrādi-yukta-śākhāgravān asti। tena bālena aṅkuritā latā utpāṭitā।
hin	abhinavaḥ, ādhunikaḥ, adhunātanaḥ, idānīṃtanaḥ, arvācīnaḥ, aprācīnaḥ, apurāṇaḥ, nūtanaḥ, navaḥ, navīnaḥ, nūtanakālīnaḥ adyatanīyā vyaktiḥ। abhinavaiḥ janaiḥ nūtanaḥ pathaḥ pradarśitaḥ।/saḥ abhinavaḥ kālidāsaḥ eva।
hin	bhinna, vividha yad anyaiḥ saha samānaṃ nāsti। sarvaiḥ saha melituṃ mahodayena bhinnaḥ samayaḥ niścitaḥ kṛtaḥ।
hin	nāṭaya, abhinī calaccitre rūpake vā bhāvābhivyaktidvārā anukūraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। asmin citrapaṭe amitābhaḥ sainikarūpeṇa nāṭayati।
hin	abhineya abhinayaṃ kartuṃ yogyaḥ। asya nāṭakasya kathānakaṃ abhineyapakṣaśca uttamaḥ asti।
hin	macchindranāthaḥ, mīnanāthaḥ gorakṣanāthasya guruḥ। macchidranāthaḥ mahān saṃnyāsī āsīt।
hin	madhuvāhinī paurāṇikī nadī। madhuvāhinyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।
hin	sthūṇā, sthāṇuḥ, sthāṇu, dhruvaḥ, śaṅkuḥ, sasthūṇacchinnaḥ, āvraścanaḥ chinnasya athavā śuṣkasya vṛkṣasya śākhāpatrādivirahitaḥ bhūmisthaḥ kāṇḍādhobhāgaḥ। kṛṣakaḥ sthūṇāṃ chinatti।
hin	anadhyavasāyin, aprayatnaśīla, alpaceṣṭita, anudyamin, anudyogin, alasa, gehemehin, jihma, nirūdyama, niryatna, niṣkriyātman yaḥ prayatitum anutsukaḥ asti। anadhyavasāyī manuṣyaḥ kadāpi yaśaḥ na prāpnoti।
hin	kāṣṭhamaya, dārumaya, kāṣṭhin, dārupaṭita, dārava, adhidārva, kāṣṭhaghaṭita, dāruja, dārva, vṛkṣaja kāṣṭhe ghaṭitaḥ kāṣṭhasambandhitaḥ vā। ahaṃ kāṣṭhamayaṃ sandhāraṃ krītavān।
hin	dūravedhinīyānam dūravedhinīsthāpanasya yānam। saḥ dūravedhinīyānaṃ cālayati।
hin	avacchinna yat avacchidyate। yuddhabhūmau sarvatra śatrūṇām avacchinnāni śarīrāṇi āsan।
hin	avacchinna, paricchinna, asakta yad pṛthakkriyate। karmakaraḥ yantrasya avacchinnān bhāgān yojayati।
hin	ājādahindasenā bhāratadeśasya svātantryārthaṃ subhāṣacandrabosamahodayaiḥ nirmitā senā। bhāratadeśasya svatantratāyām ājādahindasenāyāḥ mahatvapūrṇaṃ yogadānam āsīt।
hin	unmūlita, utpāṭita, vipāṭita, udvṛḍha, samucchinna yasya unmūlanaṃ kṛtam। unmūlitāḥ vṛkṣāḥ punaḥ āropitāḥ।
hin	avasādaka, pīthin, śoṣin yena mlānatā anubhūyate। auṣadhasevanāntaraṃ rugṇe avasādakāni cihnāni dṛṣṭāni।
hin	avaidha, niyamaviruddha, dharmarodhin yad vidhyanusāreṇa yogyaṃ nāsti। avaidhena kāryeṇa hāniḥ bhavati।
hin	kalahinī śaneḥ patnī। kalahinyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇe prāpyate।
hin	mohinī-bhīṣmaka-maṇiḥ, amṛta-maṇiḥ bhīṣmakamaṇeḥ prakārayoḥ ekaḥ prakāraḥ। mohinī-bhīṣmaka-maṇiḥ ratnasadṛśaḥ asti।
hin	ātmadrohin ātmānam eva kliśnāti iti। ātmadrohiṇaḥ pratihatāḥ bhavanti।
hin	kulekhin yaḥ sundaraṃ spaṣṭaṃ ca na likhati। etat patraṃ kenacit kulekhinā manuṣyeṇa likhitam asti।
hin	adhinirṇayaḥ nyāyādhīśādibhiḥ dattaḥ nirṇayaḥ। nirṇāyakaiḥ grāmasabhāyām adhinirṇayaḥ śrāvitaḥ।
hin	vividha, bhinna, pṛthagvidha anekaprakārakaḥ। asmābhiḥ vividhāni sāṃskṛtikāḥ kāryakramāḥ anubhūtāḥ।
hin	nūtana, navīna, nava, apūrva, abhinava, navaka, ārdra, pratyagra yasya vidyamānatā pūrvaṃ nāsīt। kimapi nūtanaṃ kāryam asmābhiḥ kartavyam।
hin	sudhākhaṇḍaḥ, kakkhaṭī, kaṭhikā, kaṭhinī, kaṭhinikā, khaṭī, khaṭikā, khaṭinī, khaḍī, khaḍikā sudhayā nirmitā ekā yaṣṭiḥ yayā phalakādiṣu likhyate। adhyāpakaḥ kṛṣṇaphalake sudhākhaṇḍena likhati।
hin	nirodhaka, nirodhin uparodhaka, uparodhin pratibandhaka yaḥ nirodhayati। ātaṅkavādasya nirodhakaṃ dalaṃ nirmātuṃ sarvakāraḥ cintayati।
hin	dūravedhinīgṛham dūravedhinīnāṃ samūhaḥ। dūravedhinīgṛhasya abhyāsaḥ kriyate।
hin	raktabandhinī śāsanasya kāryālaye vartamānānāṃ patrāṇāṃ raktavarṇīyā bandhinī। lipikaḥ raktabandhinyāṃ bandhitāni patrāṇi udghāṭayati।
hin	pādukābandhinī pādatrāṇaṃ pāde samyaktayā sthātuṃ teṣāṃ bandhanārthaṃ upayuktā bandhinī। pādukābandhinyāḥ udghāṭanena pādukābandhinī pāde saṃśliṣyati।
hin	pṛthuvāhinī, pṛthuvāhikā eṣā sañcāravāhinīnāṃ vidhāsu anyatamā abhīkṣṇatānāṃ vistṛtarājiṃ bibharti prāyeṇa śravyādārabhya dṛśyābhīkṣṇatāparyantam। naikābhiḥ udyogasaṃsthābhiḥ pṛthuvāhinyāḥ mūlyaṃ nyūnīkṛtam।
hin	moṭara-vāhana-adhiniyamaḥ moṭara-vāhanasambandhī adhiniyamaḥ। moṭara-vāhana-adhiniyame vāhanacālanena sambaddhāḥ viṣayāḥ api uktāḥ।
hin	jīvāṇurodhin, jīvāṇurodhaka yaḥ jīvāṇūnāṃ prabhāvam avaruṇaddhi। madhuni jīvāṇurodhinaḥ guṇāḥ santi।
hin	vṛttavāhinī sā vāhinī yasyāḥ vṛttaṃ prasāryate। ājataka, ja़ī nyūja़, jiyo nyūja़, bībīsī nyūja़ ityādayaḥ vṛttavāhinyaḥ santi।
hin	avibhājya, abhinna yad vibhājayituṃ na śakyate। jammū-kaśmīra iti bhāratasya avibhājyam aṅgam asti।
hin	cañcala, apasyu, irya, iṣira, utsāhin, udāra, vicarṣaṇi, sakriya, saceṣṭa yaḥ atīva capalaḥ asti। cañcalānāṃ bālakānāṃ pālanaṃ kaṭhinaṃ bhavati।
hin	vāhinīpatiḥ ekaḥ kaviḥ । vāhinīpateḥ varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
hin	vāhinīśaḥ ekaḥpuruṣaḥ । vāhinīśasya varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
hin	vijayābhinandanaḥ ekaḥ rājā । vijayābhinandanasya varṇanaṃ vīraracitam iti nāṭake prāpyate
hin	vibhinduḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । vibhindoḥ varṇanaṃ kośe asti
hin	śaṅkhinī striyaḥ caturvidheṣu prakāreṣu ekaḥ । śaṅkhinyāḥ varṇanaṃ koṣe asti
hin	śabdaśaktiprabodhinī ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ । śabdaśaktiprabodhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	śabdārṇavābhinam ekaḥ śabdakoṣaḥ । śabdārṇavābhidhānasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	śākhinaḥ ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ । śākhīnām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	kumbhinaraka: narakaviśeṣaḥ । pāpī janaḥ kumbhinarake patati
hin	kṛttattvabodhinī ekaḥ vyākaraṇaprabandhaḥ । kṛttattvabodhinī kośe ullikhitā asti
hin	madhuvāhinī ekā nadī । madhuvāhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate
hin	śivagītātātparyabodhinī ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ । śivagītātātparyabodhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	śiśubodhinī kṛtiviśeṣaḥ । śiśubodhinī nāmakānāṃ naikāsāṃ kṛtīnām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	prāyaścittasubodhinī ekā kṛtiḥ । saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāyaścittasubodhinī iti khyātā racanā
hin	kumbhinaraka: narakaviśeṣaḥ । pāpī janaḥ kumbhinarake patati
hin	kṛttattvabodhinī ekaḥ vyākaraṇaprabandhaḥ । kṛttattvabodhinī kośe ullikhitā asti
hin	kevikā, kavikā, kevī, bhṛṅgāriḥ, bhṛṅgamārī, nṛpavallabhā, mahāgandhā, rājakanyā, alivāhinī ekaṃ puṣpam,asya guṇāḥ madhuratvaṃ,śītatvaṃ,dāhapittaśramavātaśleṣmarogapittacharddivināśitvaṃ ca । kevikāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate
hin	satyābhinavatīrthaḥ ekaḥ lekhakaḥ । satyābhinavatīrthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
hin	sabhyābhinavayatiḥ ekaḥ lekhakaḥ । sabhyābhinavayateḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
hin	vāhinīpatiḥ ekaḥ kaviḥ । vāhinīpateḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyāṃ vartate
hin	sahajādhināthaḥ ekaḥ rājā । sahajādhināthasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
hin	sārabodhinī ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ । sārabodhinī kāvyaprakāśasya ṭīkāgranthaḥ asti
hin	siddhinṛsiṃhaḥ ekaḥ rājā । siddhinṛsiṃhasya ullekhaḥ praśastyām asti
hin	senādhināthaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । senādhināthasya ullekhaḥ vāsavadattāyāṃ vartate
hin	śaṅkhinī bauddhajanaiḥ pūjitā śaktiḥ । śaṅkhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ kālacakre asti
hin	śaṅkhinī ekaṃ tīrtham । śaṅkhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti
hin	vāhinīpatiḥ ekaḥ ṭīkākāraḥ । vāhinīpateḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	virodhinī duḥsahasya putrī rākṣasī ca । virodhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti
hin	kevikā, kavikā, kevī, bhṛṅgāriḥ, bhṛṅgamārī, nṛpavallabhā, mahāgandhā, rājakanyā, alivāhinī ekaṃ puṣpam, asya guṇāḥ madhuratvaṃ, śītatvaṃ, dāhapittaśramavātaśleṣmarogapittacharddivināśitvaṃ ca । kevikāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate
hin	khindakaḥ ekaḥ arabadeśī khagolaśāstrajñaḥ alkindiḥ । khindakasya varṇanaṃ kośe vartate
hin	gauḍābhinandaḥ ekaḥ kaviḥ । gauḍābhinandasya varṇanaṃ śārṅgadhara-paddhatyāṃ dṛśyate
hin	gauḍābhinandanaḥ ekaḥ kaviḥ । gauḍābhinandanasya śārṅgadhara-paddhatyāṃ vartate
hin	hariharadevahindūpatiḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । hariharadevahindūpateḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti
hin	puṣpavāhinī ekā nadī । puṣpavāhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti
hin	karavīrakarambhin ekaṃ kāṣṭham । karavīrakarambhiṇaḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti
hin	kaphinī ekā nadī । kaphinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	āpastambhinī ekaḥ kṣupaḥ । āpastambhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	āpastambhinī ekaḥ kṣupaḥ । āpastambhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	cākaciccā, śvetavuhnā, kapītaḥ, vanatiktā, visarpiṇī, śaṅkhinī, girijā, dhūsaracchadā ekaḥ kṣupaḥ । cākaciccāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate
hin	chinnamaḥ ekaḥ kaviḥ । chinnamasya ullekhaḥ sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇe prāpyate
hin	jahinaḥ ekaḥ puruṣaḥ । jahinasya ullekhaḥ pravaragrantheṣu asti
hin	tātparyabodhinī citradīpasya ṭīkāgranthaḥ । tātparyabodhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti
hin	kāmārthinagara ekaṃ nagaram । kāmārthinagarasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

Help

Credits